Skip to main content

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

See other formats


Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 

in 2012 witii funding from 

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://archive.org/details/armstrong8485arms 






r> '• 



ij^'':^^M 



',«' •' 



?*»?, 



/••/ 



p 



( ; 















■M'- 








1984-1985 Catalog 

COllCQC Savannah, Georgia 




HIGH SCHOOL 
PREPARATION FOR COLLEGE 



Based upon a careful review of the high school curriculum and public college 
admissions requirements, the State Board of Education and the Board of 
Regents recommended the following courses as being essential for success in 
college: 



Course (Units) 

English (4) 

Science (3) 

Mathematics (3) 
Social Science (3) 



Instructional Emphasis 

-Grammar and usage 
-Literature (American & World) 
-Advanced composition skills 

-Physical Science 
-At least two laboratory courses 
from Biology, Chemistry, or Physics 

-Two courses in Algebra and one 
in Geometry 

-American History 

-World History 

-Economics and Government 



•Skill-building courses emphasizing speaking, 
listening, reading, and writing. 



Foreign Language (2) 
Additional courses selected from the following are also strongly recommended: 



Trigonometry 

An additional laboratory course in science 

A third course in a foreign language or study in a second foreign language 

Fine Arts (art, dance, drama, music) 

Computer Technology 

Physical and Health Education 

Typing 

For information on specific prerequisites related to given majors, students 
should consult college catalogues and their high school counselors. 



A Senior College in the 
University System of Georgia 



fA \ College 



11935 ABERCORN STREET 

SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 

31419-1997 



1984-1985 



Accredited by the 

Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 

Commission on Colleges 

— Reaffirmed December, 1982 — 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



From the President 

This Armstrong State College catalog con- 
tains policies, regulations, academic programs, 
and general information about our college 
While this IS useful information, it will not pro- 
vide you a feeling for the exciting Armstrong 
educational experience Only living it will. 

Acting President 



Contents 



Academic Calendar 


4 


History. Purpose, Programs 


6 


Admissions 


8 


Academic Regulations 


19 


Fees 


27 


Financial Aid 


30 


Student Services and Activities 


34 


Degree Requirements 


37 


Degree Programs 


45 


Undergraduate Faculty 


165 


Undergraduate Index 


218 



Special Notice 



The statements set forth in this Catalog are for information purposes only and should not be 
construed as the basis of a contract between a student and this institution. 



While the provisions of the Catalog will ordinarily be applied as stated, Armstrong State College 
reserves the right to change any provision listed in this Catalog, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort 
will be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information on changes will be 
available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Dean for Student Affairs, and the academic deans. It 
IS especially important that students note that it is their responsibility to keep themselves 
apprised of current graduation requirements for their particular degree program. 

Armstrong State College is an affirmative action/equal opportunity educational institution and 
does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, age, creed, or national origin in employment, 
admissions, or activities. The College does not discriminate on the basis of physical handicap. 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 

h - On-Campus Student Housing Facilities 
Degrees Awarded A — Associate, B — Baccalaureate. J — Juris Doctor. 

M — Masters. S — Specialist m Education, D — Doctorate 

cD — Doctorate offered in cooperation with a University System university. 

with degree awarded by the university 

Universities 

Atlanta 30303 



Athens 30602 

University of Georgia — h: B,J,M,S.D 
Atlanta 30332 

Georgia Institute of Technology — h; B.IVI.D 



Georgia State University - A.B.J.IVI.S.D 
Augusta 30912 
Medical College of Georgia — h; A,B,M,D 



Senior 

Albany 31705 
Albany State College — h, B,M 
! Americus 31 709 

: Georgia Southwestern College — h, A,B,M,S 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta College — A.B.M.S 
Carrollton 30118 
West Georgia College - h. A.B.M.S 
\ Columbus 31993 
; Columbus College — A.B.M.S 
I Dahlonega 30597 
* North Georgia College — h: A.B.M 
iFort Valley 31030 

Fort Valley State College — h; A.B.M 



Colleges 



A.B 



Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw College 
Marietta 30060 

Southern Technical Institute — h; A.B.M 
Milledgeville31061 

Georgia College — h: A.B.M.S 
Savannah 31419 

Armstrong State College — A.B.M 
Savannah 31 404 

Savannah State College — h; A.B.M 
Statesboro 30460 

Georgia Southern College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 
Valdosta 31698 

Valdosta State College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 



I Albany 31707 

Albany Junior College — ^ 
1 Atlanta 30310 

Atlanta Junior College — / 
i Bainbridge31717 

Bainbridge Junior College 



Junior Colleges 



• Locations ol 
Universities 
and Colleges 




h; A 



A 



h: A 



Barnesville 30204 

Gordon Junior College 
Brunswick 31523 

Brunswick Junior College 
Cochran 31014 

Middle Georgia College - 
Dalton 30720 

Dalton Junior College — A 
Douglas 31533 

South Georgia College — h; A 
Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville Junior College — A 
Macon 31297 

Macon Junior College — A 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton Junior College — A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd Junior College — A 
Swainsboro 30401 

Emanuel County Jcjnior College — 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agri College 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross Junior College — A 



h; A 



University System of Georgia 
244 Washington Street. S.W. 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Calendar 





Fall, 1984 

(11 wMks) 


MVInUr, 1985 

(11 WMk«) 


Spring. 1988 

(11 wMks) 


Summ*r, 198S 
(7 WMks) (9 w*«l 


Registration 


Sept 17 18 19 


Janua', 2 


Va'C" 2E 


j'^re:^ 


June 


First Day of Classes 


September 20 


Januarys 


March 26 


June 18 


June 


Mid-Term Examinations 


October 24 


February 6 


April 29 


July 1 1 


July 


Last Day to Withdraw 


October 24 


Februarys 


April 29 


July 11 


July 


Early Registration and Advisemen! 


Oct 31 -Nov 11 


Feb 6-17 


Apr 23-May 4 


July 16-28 


July 16 


Last Day of Classes 


November 28 


March 13 


June 4 


August 5 


August 


Reading Day 


December 3 


March 14 


..-e5 


August 6 


August 


Final Examinations Begin 


Decen"ber 4 


Marc^ 15 


jL.ne 6 


August 7 


August 


Final Examinations End 


December 6 


March 19 


June 7 


August 9 


August 


Graduation 


December 6 




June 7 






Holiday 


Nov 22 23 






Juiv4 


Ju 


Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) 


Septembei- 8 


December 1 


March 9 






Basic Skills Examination (BSE) 


Sept 7 12 


December 2C 


March 18 


June 10 24 


July 1 8 
22 29 Au< 


Diagnostic Tests (Eng & Math) 


Sect " •'2 
October 15 


Dec 3 20 
January 28 


Ma'C^ 18 

April 15 


June 10 24 


July 1 8 
22 29 Au 


College Level Examination Program (CLEPi 


OctcCer 1 " 


Januan, 16 


Apnl 17 






Regents Test Application Deadline 


October 12 


Januai> 15 


Apnl 9 






Regents Test Administration 


October 25 


February 5 


April 30 






General Orientation Sessions 


September 17 


January 2 


March 25 






CHAOS Orientation Sessions 


July 12 19 26 
August 2 9 











Board of Regents 

Anderson. John Hawkinsville 

Bishop. Julius Athens 

Divine. Williann Albany 

Dodd, Mane W Atlanta 

Frier, Thomas Douglas 

Gignilliat. Arthur Savannah 

Green, Joseph Augusta 

Hill, Jesse. Jr Atlanta 

McMillan, EIridge Atlanta 

Plunkett. Lamar Bowdon 

Robinson. John, III Americus 

Skandalakis, John Atlanta 

Smith, Sidney. Chair Gainesville 

Summer. Lloyd. Jr.. Vice Chair Rome 

Ward. Jackie Atlanta 



College Commission 



Victor. Irving 

Beall. Y.A.. Jr. 
Bell. Joseph 
Kole, Kay 
Ranitz. John Jr. 
Stegall. John 
Bargeron. Saxon 
Etheridge. Ronald 
Rousakis. John 
Stephenson, Bill 
Young. David A. 
Burnett. Robert 
Groach. Maureen 



Chairma 



Secretary ar 
Treasure 



PRINCIPALS 



Staff of the Board 



Crawford, Vernorn Chancellor 

Propst. H Dean Vice Chancellor 

Neal, Henry Executive Secretary 

Wamsley. Jacob Vice-Chancellor- 
Fiscal Affairs and Treasurer 
Branch, Frederick Vice Chancellor- 
Facilities 
Jordan, Howard, Jr Vice Chancellor- 
Services 
McDonald, Thomas Vice Chancellor- 
Student Services 
O'Rear, Harry Vice Chancellor- 
Health Affairs 
Pounds. Haskin Vice Chancellor- 
Research and Planning 
Cleere, Ray W Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Affairs 

Cannon, Robert Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Affirmative Action 

Carmon, James Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Computing Systems 

Cheek, Wanda K Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Planning 

Funk, Gordon M Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Fiscal Affairs 

Hickman, Mary Ann ' Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Academic Affairs 
Jenkins, Guy Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Facilities 

Joiner, Robert Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Communications 

'Mann, Thomas E Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Facilities 

Mosshart, Roger Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Fiscal Affairs 

Schwarzmueller, E. Beth Assistani 

Vice Chancellor-Research 



Officers of Administration 

Burnett, Robert Acting President 

Stegall, John . , . Vice President for Business 

and Finance 

Adams. Joseph Dean, School of 

Arts and Sciences 

Anderson, Donald Dean, College and 

Community Services 

Buck, Joseph Dean, Student Affairs 

and Development 

Nash, Charles . . Dean, School of Education 

Norsworthy, Gary . . . Dean, Coastal Georgia 

Center for Continuing Education 

Repella, James Dean, School of Health 

Professions 

Urbanz, Ed Director of Plant 

Operations 

Groach, Maureen Director of Finance 

Harris, Alvis Director of Student 

Activities 

Struck. Ellen Director of Personnel 

Hunnicutt, George Registrar 

Miller, Thomas Director of Admissions 

and Recruitment 
Morrison, Margaret . . Director of Computer 

Services 

Prosser, Arthur Director of Business 

Services 

Sandy, Gerald Director of Library and 

Administrative Services 

Winters, James Director of Financial Aid 

and Veterans Affairs 

Benson, Lynn Director of 

Counseling Services 

Cox. Patrick Housing Coordinator 

Martucci. Karen Dir. Career Development 

and Placement Counselor 

Lee, Michele Coordinator 

College Communications 

Blakewood, Barbara Asst. Dir. Financial 

Aid and Veterans Affairs 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College was founded on 
May 27, 1 935, as Armstrong Junior College, by 
the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of Savan- 
nah to meet a pressing need for a college in 
the community The college was housed in the 
Armstrong Building, a gift to the city from the 
family of George F Armstrong, and over the 
years built or acquired five additional buildings 
in the Forsyth Park and Monterey Square 
areas. The college, as Armstrong College of 
Savannah, became a two-year unit in the Uni- 
versity System of Georgia on January 1 , 1 959, 
under the control of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity System. In 1 962, the Mills B Lane Founda- 
tion purchased a new campus site of over 200 
acres located on Abercorn Extension. The 
new campus, with eight new buildings, was 
occupied in December, 1965 

In 1964, the Regents conferred upon Arm- 
strong the status of a four-year college, with 
the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of 
Business Administration. The college now 
offers more than twenty major programs lead- 
ing to baccalaureate degrees, and, in addition, 
the two-year associate degree in a number of 
academic areas. 

The academic community includes approx- 
imately 3,000 students and 1 65 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully 
accredited as a senior institution by the South- 
ern Association of Colleges and Schools in 
December, 1968, with accreditation retroac- 
tive to January 1 . 1 968. and was last reaccred- 
ited in December, 1982. 

Purpose of the College 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose 
institution offering degree programs in the 
health professions, human services, liberal 
arts and teacher education. Graduate pro- 
grams are also available in selected academic 
areas. As a service to the community, it also 
provides a continuing education program for 
those who have nondegree objectives. The 
College strives to maintain the flexibility and 
adaptability which activated its growth and 
change of status in less than thirty-five years 
from a small city-supported junior college to a 
senior college in the University System of 
Georgia. Therefore, the College defines its 
present purpose in the following terms: 

to provide a professional staff and modern 
facilities in an environment that promotes the 
free exchange of ideas; 



to bring each student to a better realization 
of his own intellectual, emotional, and spiritual 
potential by providing academic programs in 
the humanities, natural sciences, and social 
sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and ana- 
lytical skills through programs leading to pro- 
fessional degrees in a number of areas, includ- 
ing Health Professions, Criminal Justice, and 
Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing educa- 
tion through symposia, conferences, institutes, 
and courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the 
College through involvement in research proj- 
ects, public service activities, and other pro- 
grams sponsored by the community. 

Accreditations 

Armstrong State College has earned the fol- 
lowing regional and special purpose accredi- 
tations: 

Armstrong State College - by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schoolsfor the 
period 1982-1992. 
Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1977- 
1985. 
Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice 
Accreditation Council for the period 1 981 - 
1991. 
Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Ac- 
creditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary 
Educational Programs for the period 
1979-1984. 
Health Information Management - by the 
Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation for the period 1 981 -1 984. 
Respiratory Therapy Department - by the 
Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation for the period 1 983-1 988. 
Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education for the period 1 982-1 989. 

Two- Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered 

as preparation for higher degrees in the liberal 

arts and professions or as terminal profes-| 

sional degrees: i 

Associate in Arts 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science in Health Information! 
Management ] 



PROGRAMS 



Associate in Science in Nursing 
Associate in Science m Radiologic 

Technologies 
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four- Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art. drama- 
speech. English, history, music, political sci- 
ence, and psychology 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, 
and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Early Elementary Education: Middle School 
Education. Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation: and Secondary Education in the 
teaching fields of Art Education, Biology Edu- 
cation, Business Education (with concentra- 
tions in bookkeeping and business manage- 
ment, comprehensive, or data processing: 
cooperative arrangement with Savannah State 
College), Chemistry Education, English Edu- 
cation. General Science Education, Industrial 
Arts Education (cooperative arrangement with 
Savannah State College), Social Science Edu- 
cation (with concentrations in history, political 
science, and behavioral science), and Trade 
and Industrial Education (cooperative arrange- 
ment with Savannah State College). 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher 
Education programs, preparing students for 
certification by the Georgia State Department 
of Education, in the following areas: art, behav- 
ioral science, biology, business education, 
chemistry, early elementary education, Eng- 
lish, general science, history, industrial arts, 
library media, mathematics, middle school 
education, music, physics, political science, 
social studies, trade and industrial education. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses ap- 
propriate for the first two years of baccalau- 
reate programs such as engineering, forestry, 
industrial management, pharmacy, physical 
therapy, physics, etc., not offered among its 
degree programs, and the pre-professional 
study appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, 



veterinary medicine, and the other profes- 
sional fields 

Dual-Degree Programs 

upon completion of the first three years of 
academic work at Armstrong, the student may 
enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia 
Institute of Technology After completing the 
requirements of the two cooperating institu- 
tions, the student will be awarded a baccalau- 
reate degree from Armstrong State College 
and a baccalaureate degree in one of a 
number of academic areas from the Georgia 
Institute of Technology. For further information 
on this dual-degree program, the student should 
contact the Head of the Department of Chemis- 
try and Physics, who isthe local coordinator of 
the Dual-Degree program. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Joint Continuing Education Center was 
established in 1 979 to combine the resources 
of Armstrong State College's Community Ser- 
vices Division and Savannah State College's 
Extended Services Division Utilizing a Down- 
town Center located at 428 Bull Street, the 
Joint Center operates a unified continuing 
education program dedicated to serving the 
people of Savannah, Chatham County, the 
State of Georgia and, for some programs, per- 
sons beyond those boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at 
Armstrong State College, Savannah State Col- 
lege, the Downtown Center and, when it is 
appropriate, at job sites, schools, community 
centers, and other locations in Savannah 
Instructors are drawn from the faculties of both 
institutions, from qualified experts in the 
Savannah community, and from consultants 
throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the Division of 
Community Services under the direction of the 
Dean for Community Services is responsible 
for the coordination of all community services/ 
continuing education activities. Since these 
activities are viewed as a college-wide func- 
tion, responsibility for program development 
is shared with the various academic depart- 
ments on campus. The major community ser- 
vices/continuing education component of 
the college is the short-course/conference 
program. This unit administers non-degree 
courses, conferences, and seminars designed 
for area residents who do not wish to partici- 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



pate in the regular credit classes offered by the 

college. These activities vary widely — some 
are related to professional development, oth- 
ers reflect personal interests, while others are 
recreational in nature The Registrar maintains 
permanent records of persons participating in 
activities that meet certain criteria. 

The Division of Community Services coop- 
erates with the University of Georgia Center 
for Continuing Education through service as a 
center at which examinations are proctored 
for students enrolled in independent study 
(correspondence) courses. A booklet describ- 
ing these courses is available upon request. 
Examinations from other colleges and exami- 
nations by professional societies can also be 
proctored. Examination proctoring is by prior 
arrangement only. 

Student Cooperative 
Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State Col- 
lege or at Armstrong State College as a full- 
time student has the privilege of taking one 
course with his Dean's approval at the other 
college without paying an additional fee. A stu- 
dent may obtain in the Office of the Registrar 
the proper form for permission to register for 
courses at Savannah State College. 



ADMISSIONS 



General Information 

Application forms for admission to Arm- 
strong State College are provided by the Office 
of Admissions upon request. Applications can- 
not be considered until all required forms are 
completed and returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

Applicants must be at least sixteen years old 
on or before registration date and must give 
evidence of good moral character, promise of 
growth and development, seriousness of pur- 
pose, and a sense of social responsibility. 
Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
examine and appraise the character, the per- 
sonality, and the physical fitness of applicants 
by the use of tests and to require additional 
biographical data and an interview before 
applicants are accepted or rejected If an 
interview is required, the applicants will be 
notified. 



Armstrong State College reserves the right 
to refuse to accept any or all of the credits from 
any high school or other institution, notwith- 
standing Its accredited status, when the Col- 
lege determines through investigation or oth- 
erwise that the quality of instruction at such 
high school or other institution is, for any rea- 
son, deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment 
of the College on this question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by 
high school or college grades and academic 
potential as shown by scores on the Scholas- 
tic Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each appli- 
cant's readiness to undertake college work will 
be made. The Admissions Officer may refer 
any application to the Admissions Committee 
of the College for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether applicants shall 
be accepted or rejected will be made by the 
Admissions Officer in accordance with admis- 
sion policies and subject to the applicants' 
right of appeal as provided in the policies of the 
Board of Regents of the University System. 
The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as 
practicable, inform applicants of the action 
taken upon their application. 

The College reserves the right to reject an 
applicant who is not a resident of the State of 
Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstrong 
State College are required to affirm that they 
will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Information Required of 
Freshmen Applicants 

All freshmen applicants must submit the 

following: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accred- 
ited high school. A transcript of the high 
school record must be submitted by the 
high school directly to the College. 
OR 
b. Evidence of successful completion of 
the General Education Development Test 
(GED), with no scores less than 45, A 
score report form must be submitted 
directly to the college from the GED test- 
ing center where the student took the 
test or by DANTES, 2318 South Park 
Street, Madison. Wisconsin 5371 3 (if the 
student took the test through the United 
States Armed Forces Institute while in 
military service) 

2 Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Apti- 
tude Test of the College Entrance Examina- 



ADMISSIONS 



tion Board Specific scores required are 
listed under the categories of admission. 
Official results of the SAT must be filed with 
the Office of Admissions by the final date 
for the submission of an application for the 
quarter in which a student wishes to enroll 
Students wishing to make application to 
take the SAT may secure application forms 
from their secondary school principal or 
counselor or from the College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, 
New Jersey 08540. 

An Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(ISAT) IS given quarterly through the Office of 
Counseling and Placement at the College. 
ISAT scores can be used only for admission to 
Armstrong State College and registration forms 
are available through the Office of Admissions. 



Regular Admission 

Applicants who meet all three of the follow- 
ing requirements will be granted regular ad- 
mission to the College: 

1 A total score on the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test of at least 750 (combined verbal and 
mathematics sections) 

2 A score of not less than 330 on the verbal 
section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test 

3 A score of not less than 330 on the mathe- 
matics section of the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test. 



Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to 
the College but who does not qualify for regu- 
lar admission will be granted conditional ad- 
mission. A student is conditionally admitted to 
the College if the SAT score total is less than 
750 or if any part of the SAT score (verbal or 
math) IS less than 330. 

All conditionally admitted students must 
take the Basic Skills Examination (BSE) in 
order to qualify for regular admission. This 
examination should be taken before the stu- 
dent's first registration at the College. If a con- 
ditionally admitted student fails to take the BSE 
before registering, the choice of courses (until 
the test IS taken) will be limited by the student's 
SAT scores as follows: 

If the verbal SAT score is less than 330 — 
I must take English 098 and Reading 098 

I 
i 



If the verbal SAT score is 330-440 — may 
take English 099 

If the verbal SAT score is 450-490 — may 
take English 100 

If the verbal SAT score is 500 and up— may 
take English 101 

If the math SAT score is less than 410 — 
eligible for Math 098 only 

Any other courses taken prior to taking and 
passing the BSE must be approved by the 
Head of the Department of Developmental 
Studies, or by the Counselor of that department 

A student in the Developmental Studies 
Program must have a schedule of classes 
approved by the Head of the Department of 
Developmental Studies or the Counselor each 
time the student registers or preregisters. The 
Head of the Department may refuse to allow a 
student in the Developmental Studies Program 
to enroll in any course for which the student 
lacks a prerequisite or for which the student's 
academic preparation appears inadequate 

Once a student is conditionally admitted, 
regular admission status may be obtained only 
through the following: 

1 . Passing all parts of the Basic Skills Exami- 
nation on the first attempt. 

2. If any part of the BSE is not passed on the 
first attempt the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate remedial course 
Upon successful completion of all required 
Developmental Studies courses, the stu- 
dent will be granted regular admission. 

A student in the Developmental Studies 
Program will not be allowed to continue as a 
student at the College if the student receives 
three grades other than P for a course required 
in the Developmental Studies Program. Grades 
other than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF 
Copies of the policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program may be obtained from the 
Developmental Studies Office. 



Provisional Admission 

A student who has been a graduate from an 
accreditefj high school for a period of eight 
years or more may be granted provisional 
admission to the college without submitting 
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The 
student will be required to take the institutional 
diagnostic tests for course placement. A stu- 
dent admitted underthe Provisional Admission 



10 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Category must complete 30 hours of college 
credit with a minimum 2.0 grade point average 
in order to be granted regular admission to the 
college. 

Advanced Placement and 
Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College gives advanced 
placement, or in some cases college credit, for 
college-level high school courses, on the 
basis of the student's grade on the College 
Board Advanced Placement Examination or 
the AdmissionsTesting Program achievement 
tests and approval by the appropriate depart- 
ment head at Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfac- 
tory scores on selected tests of the College- 
Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satis- 
factory completion of appropriate courses and 
tests offered through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military ser- 
vice schools and experience as recommended 
by the Commission on Accreditation of Ser- 
vice Experiences of the American Council on 
Education. Such credits may not exceed more 
than one-fourth of the work counted toward a 
degree. 

Specifically, students with a strong aca- 
demic background may. through certain exam- 
inations, demonstrate competence in: ART 
200; BIO 101,1 02; ENG 101.1 02; CJ 1 00. 204; 
Foreign Language 1 01 , 1 02. 1 03; HIS 1 1 4, 1 1 5. 
251 . 252; MAT 101,1 03. 206, 207; MUS 200; 
Natural Science without laboratory; PCS 
1 1 3, see 201 . For information concerning the 
examinations which apply to the specific areas, 
please make inquiry to the Office of Admis- 
sions, the Office of the Registrar, the Office of 
Counseling and Placement, or the head of the 
appropriate academic department. 

Requirements of Transfer 
Applicants 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same 
procedures as freshmen applicants except 
that transfer applicants who will have 
achieved sophomore standing at the time 
of their entrance will not be required to 
submit their high school records. Such 
records may be required by the Office of 
Admissions but normally the transcripts of 
previous college records will suffice in 
place of the high school record. Transfer 



applicants must ask the Registrar of each 
college they have previously attended to 
mail an official transcript of their records to 
the Office of Admissions at Armstrong 
State College, regardless of the transfera- 
bility of the credits. 
2 Transfer applicants who will enter with less 
than 36 quarter hours completed must 
meet entrance requirements of both fresh- 
men and transfer applicants and will be 
required to submit their high school records 
as well as transcripts of college records. 

3. Transfer applicants will not be eligible for 
admission to Armstrong State College un- 
less they are eligible to return to the last 
college attended on the date they expect to 
enter Armstrong. Students who are on sus- 
pension from another college because of 
poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons 
will not be eligible for admission. 

4. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, on 
all work attempted at other institutions, their 
academic performance as shown by their 
grade-point-average is equivalent to the 
minimum standard required by Armstrong 
State College students by comparable 
standing. (See chart under Academic Pro- 
bation and Dismissal Policy in the "Aca- 
demic Regulations" section of this Catalog.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in 
which students received a grade of "C" or 
above. Credit will also be given for transfer 
work in which the students received grades 
of "D", with the limitation that such credit 
will not exceed twenty-five percent of the 
total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be 
allowed for such courses as remedial Eng- 
lish or remedial mathematics or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropnate regional accred- 
iting agency can be accepted on a provi- 
sional basis only. Students transferring frorr 
an institution which is not a member of c 
regional accrediting agency must achieve 
a "C" average on their first fifteen quartei 
hours of work at Armstrong in order to b€ 
eligible to continue. In certain areas the^ 
may be required to validate credits b^ 
examination. In computing cumulative grade 
averages, only the work attempted at Arm i 
strong will be considered. 

7. The amount of credit that Armstrong 



ADMISSIONS 



11 



allow for work done in another institution 
within a given period of time nnay not 
exceed the normal amount of credit that 
could have been earned at Armstrong dur- 
ing that time A maximum of 100 quarter 
hours may be transferred from a junior col- 
lege At least half of the courses in the 
ma)or field must be taken at Armstrong 

B. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may be taken 
through correspondence or extension 
courses No correspondence courses may 
be used to meet requirements in the major 
field or the related field for the bachelor's 
degree No correspondence course may 
be taken while enrolled at Armstrong State 
College without prior approval of the Vice- 
President and the head of the department in 
which the student is majoring. Correspon- 
dence credit will not be accepted for courses 
in English composition orforeign language. 

9. If the Core Curriculum requirements in 
Area I (Humanities). Area II (Sciences), 
and/or Area III (Social Sciences) have 
been completed in a University System of 
Georgia institution, each completed area 
will be accepted as having met the respec- 
tive area requirement at Armstrong State 
College 

English Composition 
Placement of Transfer 
Students 

Transfer students who have not completed 
the required English composition courses pre- 
scribed by Armstrong degree programs will be 
required to take an English diagnostic test to 
place the students in the appropriate English 
course. Theexceptionstothis requirement are 
those students with an SAT verbal of 500 or 
above or a TSWE score of 45 or above. 

The transferred English composition credits 
will show the number and title of the sending 
'.institution so that the composition courses 
taken at Armstrong will not necessarily be 
; shown as repeats. These transferred courses 
, may then be used as elective credits to com- 
::Piete degree requirements. 

Readmlsslon 

[ Students who have not been enrolled at 

Armstrong for one or more quarters must apply 

,/or readmission on a form provided by the 



Office of Admissions This requirement does 
not apply to students who do not register for 
courses during the summer quarter Former 
students who have not attended another col- 
lege since leaving Armstrong may be readmit- 
ted provided they are not on suspension at the 
time they wish to reenter Former students who 
have attended another college since leaving 
Armstrong must meet requirements as listed in 
the bulletin in effect at the time of return 

Transient Students 
Entering Armstrong 

Transient status means that students are 
admitted only for a specified period of time, 
normally for one quarter Applicants for tran- 
sient status must file a regular application form 
and submit a statement from their Dean or 
Registrar that they are in good standing and 
have permission to take specific courses at 
Armstrong to be transferred to their own insti- 
tution when satisfactorily completed Since 
transient students are not admitted as regular 
students, transcripts of college work com- 
pleted elsewhere are not usually required of 
such applicants. Transient students who wish 
to remain at Armstrong longer than one quar- 
ter must submit additional statements from 
their Dean or Registrar or must meet all 
requirements for regular admission as transfer 
students. 

Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take course 
work at another college with the intent of apply- 
ing the courses to their academic record at 
Armstrong may do so in accordance with 
regulations for transient status to another col- 
lege. The student must meet the requirements 
stipulated by the other college, and in order to 
apply the credits toward his or her academic 
record at Armstrong, must meet the academic 
regulations of Armstrong. Consult with the 
Registrar's Office for details. 

Accelerated Program for 
High School Students 

High school students who have completed 
the eleventh grade, who have met the criteria 
for admission to the program and who main- 
tain its standards will be permitted to enroll for 



12 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



college credit in at least one course but not 
more than two courses each quarter while 
they complete the senior year of high school. 
Upon graduation from high school, these stu- 
dents will be admitted as regular students to 
the College. 

Through this program, students may com- 
plete over two-thirds of the freshman year of 
college before beginning a regular college 
career Students accepted in the program may 
choose any freshman course for which they 
meet all the prerequisites, with permission of 
their high school principal or counselor and 
college advisor. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program 
if in any quarter a grade in a college course is 
below C or the high school average in aca- 
demic courses is below B. 

The College will consider students for this 
program only upon written recommendation of 
high school principals or counselors. In the 
view of the College, it is only these individuals 
who can judge the circumstances that may 
make the program valuable and practicable 
for any student. 

To be admitted to the program students 
must satisfy all of the following criteria: 

1 . written recommendation by the principal or 
counselor of the high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an 
accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of 1,000; 

4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in 
high school work. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early 
admission program for those students who 
have completed the eleventh grade in high 
school and who have demonstrated outstand- 
ing academic potential. The criteria for admis- 
sion to this program are the same as those 
listed for the Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the 
Chatham County School System in the offer- 
ing of a joint enrollment program which is an 
early admission program allowing students to 
enroll full time at the College while remaining 
on the rolls of a local high school. After suc- 
cessfully meeting all established criteria for 
the early admission program, students will be 
awarded high school diplomas at the end of 



their freshman year in college. For further 
information on this program prospective appli- 
cants should consult their high school counsel- 
ors and request information from the Office of 
Admissions. 

Foreign Students 

It IS recommended that foreign students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that 
foreign students attend an ELS language cen- 
ter prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS 
are available from the Admissions Coordina- 
tor, ELS Language Center, 3331 Ocean Park 
Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica, California 
90405.) 

Students from a country other than the Unit- 
ed States who are interested in attending 
Armstrong must meet the following require- 
ments before application is made: 

1. Meet the requirements of freshman ap- 
plicants. 

2. Have an official transcript of academic 
records mailed to the Office of Admissions 
at Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. Take the SAT of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and ask that the results 
be sent to Armstrong. 

4. Take the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- 
guage (TOEFL) and score a minimum of 
500 for consideration for admission to the 
college. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resources 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life 
insurance. 

If applicants meet the academic require- 
ments for admission, they will be sent an appli- 
cation form. After it has been returned and 
approved, the applicants will be sent an 1-20 
Form (I-20A and I-20B), student visa. Upon 
arrival, they will be tested in English composi- 
tion for class placement. 



Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong 
State College and upon receipt of Certification 
of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans 
Administration, veterans may attend under 
Public Law 358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit 
Act of 1 966). Public Law 81 5 (disabled). Public 
Law 894 (disabled). Public Law 634 (war 



ADMISSIONS 



13 



phans). or Public Law 631 (children of per- 
lanently disabled veterans) Students under 
ubiic Laws 358, 361. or 634 should be pre- 
ared to pay tuition and tees at the time of 
igistration 

ocational Rehabilitation 
Lpplicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational 
ehabilitation or other community agencies 
ust apply at least six weeks before the 
sginning of any quarter to insure proper pro- 
3ssing of applications. 

lequirements for Admission 
D Fine Arts Programs 

The college-level study of art and music 
(quires considerable background as well as a 
3SIC proficiency level. Those students who 
ish to major in art are expected to show the 
iculty a portfolio of previous work in at least 
ne medium. In music, placement examina- 
Dns are required of all entering students in 
lusic theory and applied music 

iequirements and 
rocedures for Admission 
) Health Programs 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
ot in any way guarantee formal admission to 
ie Associate Degree Nursing Program. It is 
nportant that the applicant for admission to 
IIS program file all papers required as early as 
ossible in the academic year preceding the 
all Quarter in which the applicant wishes to 
nroll. 

The Admissions Committee of the Depart- 
lent of Associate Degree Nursing will act only 
'n completed applications. Admission deci- 
ions will normally be made in April. After 
dmission to the Associate Degree Program, 
ie student must pay a $50.00 non-refundable 
lealth Programs Deposit to reserve a seat in 
ne program. This deposit is applied to the stu- 
lent's first quarter matriculation fee. Students 
^ho qualify for admission but who are not 
idmitted because of lack of space may re- 



apply for the following year's class, repeating 
all application procedures Students admitted 
for a given academic year must enter the pro- 
gram during that academic year or re-apply for 
admission for any subsequent year Determi- 
nation of admission to the program is a func- 
tion of the faculty 

Transfer students must meet the minimum 
criteria for admission to the Department of 
Associate Degree Nursing as stated Credit for 
nursing courses and science courses taken 
prior to application to the program must be 
approved by the Department of Associate 
Degree Nursing. Students wishing to be given 
transfer credits for nursing and science courses 
which are five years old or older may be 
required to validate the credits by taking 
departmental examinations or be required to 
repeat these courses for credit 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "Associate Degree Nursing" 

The Associate in Science degree program 
in Nursing is approved by the Georgia Board of 
Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 
League for Nursing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission tothe Associate Degree Nursing 
major is on a space available basis and is 
limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Associate Degree Nursing faculty. 
Admission criteria include: 

1 . A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

2. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350. 

3. A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school 
curriculum which includes natural and social 
sciences. 

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general requirements of the Associate 
Degree Nursing curriculum, with no more 
than one repeat grade from among the 
general requirement courses. 

6. Completion of mathematics and English 
diagnostic tests prior to entry into the 
program. 

Applicants who do not meet the preceding 
criteria may apply for admission after having 
met the following: 

1 . Completion of two courses selected from 
CHE 201 . ZOO 208, ZOO 209 with grades of 
"C" or better; three courses selected from 



14 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ENG 101, ENG 102, HIS 251 or HIS 252, 
POS 113, PSY 101 with a minimum 2.0 
average Completion of these five courses 
must be no later than the end of the Winter 
Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which 
admission is sought. 
2. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general 'requirements of the Associate 
Degree Nursing curriculum, with no more 
than one repeat grade from among the 
general requirement courses. 

Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

Students must complete the Associate 
Degree Nursing Program within three con- 
secutive academic years from the date of 
their initial admission to the program. Stu- 
dents who do not complete the program 
within this time limit must reapply for admis- 
sion, meet current criteria for admission, 
and have their previous credits evaluated 
at the time of their subsequent admission. 
Students who are readmitted must meet 
course requirements in effect at the time of 
their readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect 
at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
upon space available and recommenda- 
tion by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing. 

4. Students who have been dismissed are 
ineligible for readmission. 



Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to 
making application to the nursing major. Stu- 
dents must meet the admission requirements 
of the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing to 
be eligible for admission to the nursing major. 



Admission to the nursing major is the function 
of the Faculty. Only completed applications will 
be considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing 
major during Winter Quarter, Sophomore year. 
When the class is filled, the Departmental 
Admissions Committee will close admissions. 
Students who are not admitted may reapply 
when they meet admission criteria. 

Applicants may address the Head of the 
Department of Baccalaureate Nursing if they 
require additional information concerning ad- 
mission procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the nursing major is on a 
space-available basis and is limited to the best 
qualified students as determined by the Depart- 
ment of Baccalaureate Nursing Admissions 
Committee. Admission criteria include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State 
College. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 
350. 

4. A verbal/mathematics combined SAT of 
not less than 750. (SAT scores will not be 
required for those applicants with Associ- 
ate, Bachelor's or Master's Degrees.) 

5. A grade of "C" or better in each science 
course. 

6. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequisite 
course work attempted. 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees; 
in other fields must meet the criteria estab- 
lished for admission to the nursing major. 
Transfer credit will be awarded depending 
upon equivalency of courses. These decisions 
will be determined by the Nursing Faculty whc 
will use actual course outlines, descriptions 
etc., supplied by the student. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the 
criteria established for admission to the nurs 
ing major and must also submit proof o 
licensure. 

Time Limit For 
Program Completion 

Students must complete the Baccalaureat 
Nursing Program within four consecutive year 
from the date of their initial admission to th 
nursing major. Students who do not complet 
the program withinthistime limit must apply fc 



J 



ADMISSIONS 



15 



readmission. meet current criteria for admis- 
sion, and have their previous credits evalu- 
I ated Students who are granted readnnission 
I must meet course requirements in effect at the 
I time of readmission 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege and the nursing major 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
I sion and curriculum requirements in effect 

at the time of readmission 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
' upon space available and recommendation 

by the Admissions Committee of the Depart- 
' ment of Baccalaureate Nursing. 
4 Students who have been dismissed are 
ineligible for readmission. 



Associate Degree Dental 
lene 



Hygi 



Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee admission to the 
Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. 
Applicants must first be accepted for admis- 
sion to the College with regular admission sta- 
tus: they then must meet the requirements for 
admission to the Associate Degree Program in 
Dental Hygiene before being accepted as stu- 
dents in that program. 

Admission to the program is limited in each 
class. Students matriculate In the Fall Quarter 
of each year. Applications for admission should 
be completed as soon as possible for the Fall 
Quarter and must include a transcript of all 
academic work. 

The major part of the applicant's high school 
work should be in the college preparatory 
area Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is 
mportant that the applicant have a strong 
foundation in biology and chemistry. 

Applicants who are on academic probation 
Dr suspension from another college will not be 
J:onsidered for admission to the program. 
^Jnless specifically approved by the Head of 
::he department, credit will not be accepted for 
:ourses taken in another school of dental 
nygiene. 



Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked For Dental Hygiene Only " 

Applicants may contact the Head of the 
Department of Dental Hygiene if they require 
additional information concerning admission 
procedures 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50 00 non- 
refundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve 
a seat in the program This deposit is applied to 
the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene major is on a space available basis 
and IS limited to the best qualified students as 
determined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee. Admission criteria include: 
1 A 25 or better high school grade-point 
average. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and math- 
ematics) of 750 or above. 

3. A grade-point-average of 2 on all pre- 
vious college work, if applicable. Students 
transferring from another college must have 
this average to be considered for admis- 
sion. The 2.0 average must be maintained 
to date of actual matriculation in the pro- 
gram. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee 
will give special consideration to applicants 
who have completed one year of college work 
and who have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 
208 (or their equivalents) with a grade of 'C" or 
better. 

After all credentials have been received, the 
applicant should request a personal interview 
with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Commit- 
tee to discuss the application. 



Readmission Procedures 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Degree Pro- 
gram in Dental Hygiene, but who have either 
withdrawn or have been dropped from the pro- 
gram, may apply for readmission to the pro- 
gram only if^they have a cumulative college 
GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter The 
student's readmission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by the 
Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee. 



16 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be gradu- 
ates of accredited associate degree dental 
hygiene programs and licensed as registered 
dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced 
dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. 
Application for admission should be completed 
as soon as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses 
other than the professional sequence A min- 
imum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at 
Armstrong State College for the Bachelor of 
Science Degree in Dental Hygiene Education 
to be awarded from this institution. The Office 
of the Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 

Applicants may contact the Head of the 
Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong 
State College if they require additional infor- 
mation concerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred. This may include any dental-related 
work experience. 

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another 
college must have this average to be con- 
sidered for admission. The 2.0 average 
must be maintained to date of actual matricu- 
lation in the program. 



How to Apply 



1 . Complete all papers required for admission 
to Armstrong State College. Mark the appli- 
cation For Dental Hygiene Only. These 
forms are to be returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of 
Dental Hygiene, the Dental Hygiene Bache- 
lor of Science Application Form and a 
recent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the Depart- 
ment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants should 
contact the Head of the Department of Den- 
tal Hygiene if they require additional infor- 
mation. 



Associate Degree Health 
Information Management 

It IS suggested that students planning to 
apply to this program have a minimum of one 
course in each of the following: typing, secre- 
tarial or business courses, English, biological 
science, mathematics, and speech on the high 
school level. 

New classes in the HIM program begin each 
Fall Ouarter. Since a limited number of stu- 
dents IS accepted, applicants should submit 
completed applications by June 1 of each 
year. 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical sites, the HIM program requires stu- 
dents to submit a completed health history 
form and evidence of health insurance cover- 
age prior to participation in clinical practicums. 
This documentation is submitted to the HIM 
Program Office. 

Graduates are eligible to take the national 
accreditation examination to become "Ac- 
credited Record Technicians," (ART) 
through the American Medical Record As- 
sociation. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "Health Information Management." 
Applicants may address the Head of the 
Health Information Management program if 
they require additional information concerning 
admission procedures. 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. A total SAT score of 750, with minimum 
scores of 350 on the verbal section and 350 
on the mathematics section. 

2. A minimum GPA of 2.0 on any previous high 
school or college work. 

3 A demonstration of typing proficiency of 4C 
wpm. 

4. A satisfactory medical examination by a 
physician (Physical Exam forms can be 
obtained in the HIM office.) 

5. A letter of recommendation mailed to th( 
Program Director. 

6. An interview with a member of the Hlh 
faculty. 



ADMISSIONS 



17 



Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

The HIM program is a seven quarter pro- 
gram Students must complete the associate 
degree in HIM within four consecutive aca- 
demic years from the date of their initial 
admission to the program Students who do 
not complete the program within this time limit 
must reapply for admission, meet current crite- 
ria for admission, and have their previous cred- 
its evaluated at the time of their subsequent 
admission Students who are readmitted must 
meet course requirements in effect at the time 
Df their readmission 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
iot guarantee admission to the Respiratory 
fherapy Department. The department has a 
i>eparate formal admissions process in addi- 
lon to the admission process to Armstrong 
iState College. 

I Students are only admitted to the program 
during the Fall Quarter. The application pro- 
j:ess begins during the Winter break preceding 
,he desired admission date. Deadline for com- 
peted applications is June 1. Applications 
feceived after that date will be considered on a 
irst come-first serve, space-available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical affiliates, the program requires stu- 
dents to submit a complete health history form 
ind evidence of liability (malpractice) insur- 
ince prior to participation in clinical practicums. 

Applicationsfor admission should beclearly 
narked "For Respiratory Therapy Only." Appli- 
:ants may address the Head of the Respira- 
ory Therapy Department if they require addi- 
ional information concerning admissions pro- 
edures. 

criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 
Regular admission to Armstrong State 
College. 

Good standing with college at the time of 
student selection. 

A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 
A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350. 



5 A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750 

6 A minimum GPA of 2 for all fjrovious col- 
lege and high school work 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Program in 
Respiratory Therapy but who have either with- 
drawn or have been suspended from the pro- 
gram may apply for readmission provided they 
have an adjusted GPA or 2 at the time they 
wish to reenter 

A student who has been dismissed from the 
program for any reason will not be eligible for 
readmission. 



Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technologies Program 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic 
Technologies Program. The Program has a 
separate formal admissions process in addi- 
tion to the admission process to Armstrong 
State College. 

Students are only admitted to the program 
during the Fall Quarter. The application pro- 
cess begins during the Winter quarter preceding 
the desired admission date. Deadline for com- 
pletion of the application process is June 1 
Applications received after that date will be 
considered on a first come-first serve, space- 
available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical affiliates, the program requires stu- 
dents to submit a complete health history form, 
evidence of health insurance, and evidence of 
liability (malpractice) insurance prior to partic- 
ipation in clinical practicums. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." 
Applicants may address the Head of the Radi- 
ologic Technologies program if they require 
additional information concerning admissions 
procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of 
applicants to the program is a function of the 



18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee Admissions are competitive in 
nature and based on scholastic history, work 
experience, personal references, and a per- 
sonal interview. 

The following are specific criteria for ad- 
mission: 

1 . A combined score of 750 on the verbal and 
mathematics sections of the SAT of the 
College Entrance Examination Board, with 
a score of not less than 350 on the verbal 
section or a score of not less than 350 on 
the mathematics section 

2. A minimum GPA of 2 5 in a high school 
curriculum, 

3. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school 
curriculum. 

4. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA of 
2.0. if applicable. 

5. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 
and science courses at the college levels. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for 
admissions outlines above may still apply for 
admission. Please contact the Program for 
information. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technol- 
ogy Program, the student must pay a $50.00 
non-refundable Health Programs Deposit to 
reserve a' seat in the program. This deposit is 
applied to the student's first quarter matricula- 
tion fee. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Degree Pro- 
gram in Radiologic Technologies, but who 
have either withdrawn or been dismissed 
without prejudice from the program, may apply 
for readmission to the program only if they 
have a cumulative college GPA of 2.0 at the 
time they wish to reenter. The student's read- 
mission will be based upon space availability 
and recommendation by the Radiologic Tech- 
nologies Admissions Committee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State 



College. 



2 Completed Health Science Program appli- 
cation (Send to Health Science Program 
Office) 

3. If applicant is currently a health practi- 
tioner, include: 

A. A copy of your health credential 

B. Confidential Appraisal Forms (2) Send to 
Health Science Program Office. 

Criteria for Admission to 
Courses 

1 . Completion of 90 hours of appropriate 
coursework. 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all courses with 
not more than one science repeat. 

3. Advanced Standing: All credit for previous 
coursework will be subject to faculty eval- 
uation. Admission to and progression 
through the program is a function of the 
faculty. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

General Information 

The two year professional phase of the Med- 
ical Technology curriculum begins in the Fall 
quarter of each year with the junior year leve 
MT courses. Students desiring acceptance tc 
the f^edical Technology Program should make 
application to the program during the early 
spring of the proceeding academic year. 

Due to the competition for the limited number 
of seats in the class, all students submitting a 
complete application before the announcec 
deadline will be ranked. The applicants receiv- 
ing the highest "Applicant Score" will be 
offered a seat m the class before those appli- 
cants with lower scores. Applications receivec 
after the announced deadline will be consi- 
dered on an individual basis provided space is 
available. 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 . SAT of at least 750 with 350 or more in Matt 
and 350 or more in Verbal. 

2. Grade Point Average of 2.2 or more. 

3. Completion of 95 quarter hours which is tc 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



19 



include an adequate number of required 
chemistry and biology courses such as to 
permit the student time to complete all non- 
professional course requirements prior to 
the senior year 

. No more than two required science courses 
with grade of D 

. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Test- 
ing Program 



Dther Requirements 

■ NAACLS requirement, all applicants 
•- have taken the organic or biochemistry 
Our se and the microbiology course within the 
ast seven years Updating coursework can 
>e done by completion (a grade of "C" or 
letter) of the appropriate course or by a chal- 
)3nge examination. 

J Currently enrolled Armstrong State College 
itudents must also meet the requirements for 
idmission to the MT program and apply to the 
irogram 

i Transfer students must be accepted to the 
ollege with Regular Status " admission. 
; Certified associate degree medical labora- 
!Dry technicians may receive transfer credit for 
ijnior level MT courses upon presentation of 
cceptable certification scores and/ or transfer 
iredit and satisfactory completion of written 
|nd/or practical examinations in the profes- 
iional content areas. 

\ An applicant with B.S degree not desiring 
^e B S in Medical Technology degree must 
leet the National Accrediting Agency for Clin- 
':al Laboratory Sciences academic prerequi- 
:ites for Medical Technology. These students 
/ill be awarded a certificate upon completion 
[\ the professional coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the require- 
'lents for admission to Armstrong State Col- 
?ge as outlined in the college catalog. 



\pplication Process 

Complete all requirements for Application 
for Admission to Armstrong State College if 
not currently enrolled at ASC 

'. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form. 

1. Have official transcripts sent to Program 

! Director. 

•. If certified, have scores sent to Program 
Director. (Ask Program Director for form 
letter.) 



5 Applicants meeting the minimum admis- 
sion requirements will be invited for an 
interview with at least two of the Admission 
Committee members, one of whom is the 
Program Director 

6 Request two references to complete Confi- 
dential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director 

7 All applicants will be informed by letter of 
their application status 

Applicant Ranking 

As previously indicated, all applicants will be 
ranked to determine priority for admission to 
the class An applicant score will be deter- 
mined by evaluating the applicant in the follow- 
ing categories. The value of each category is 
as given: 

Overall GPA 20% 

Science GPA- 35% 

SAT 1 5% 

Interview 20% 

Reference 5% 

Profile 5% 

A detailed explanation of the calculation of the 
Applicant Score may be obtained from the 
Program Director. 



ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 

Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State Col- 
lege. The Vice-President and Dean of Faculty 
gives overall direction to the advisement pro- 
gram, with the appropriate department heads 
coordinating advisement activities within the 
various departments. Students who have se- 
lected a major or general field of study are 
advised by the appropriate department Develop- 
mental Studies students are advised by the 
Developmental Studies Counselor All other 
students are advised by Core Curriculum 
Advisors. Freshmen and transfers who have 
selected a major will be advised in the aca- 
demic department of their major. Freshmen 
and transfers who have not selected a major 
and have not completed the core require- 
ments will be advised by Core Curriculum 
Advisors. 



20 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The student's course selections nnust be 
approved by an advisor as an integral part of 
the registration process Students are respon- 
sible for fulfilling the requirements of their 
degree progrann and must observe all regula- 
tions for admission to courses, including meet- 
ing prerequisite requirements. 

English Composition 
Requirements 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at 
Armstrong State College students must enroll 
in the appropriate sequence of English com- 
position courses until the sequence has been 
completed and /or the Regents' Test has been 
passed. For assistance with identifying the 
appropriate English composition courses, stu- 
dents may consult with advisors in the depart- 
ment of their declared major, in the Office of 
Admissions, or in the Department of Lan- 
guages, Literature and Dramatic Arts. 

Degree Requirements 

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling the 
requirements of the degree program chosen 
in accordance with the regulations of the 
college catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a 
degree are permitted only with the written 
approval of the appropriate Dean, upon the 
recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission to 
the College. In the School of Health Profes- 
sions, a student will graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission or 
readmission (whichever is more current) to 
a particular Health Professions program. 
Armstrong State College, however, reserves 
the right to change any provision listed in 
this catalog, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, with- 
out actual notice to individual students. If 
students have been absent from the Col- 
lege for two or more consecutive years, 
they should expect to meet all requirements 
in effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 



the Bachelor's degree or in English compo- 
sition of foreign language. No correspon- 
dence courses may be taken while a stu- 
dent IS enrolled, without prior approval of 
the appropriate Dean and the head of the 
department in which the student is majoring. 
5 By State law, one of the requirements for a 
diploma or certificate from schools sup- 
ported by the State of Georgia is a demon- 
stration of proficiency in United States his- 
tory and government and in Georgia history 
and government A student at Armstrong 
State College may demonstrate such profi- 
ciency by: 

A. Examinations — Students may take 
either the relevant CLEP, College Board 
Admissions Testing Program Achievement 
Test, or Advanced Placement Test 

B. Credit in the following — for U.S. and 
Georgia Constitution: PCS 1 1 3: for U.S. and 
Georgia History: HIS 251 or 252 or any 
upper division course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward 
the degree. Additionally, the student must 
complete successfully at Armstrong a major- 
ity of the upper division credits required in 
the major field of study. For students in 
teacher education programs, the major 
field of study is the teaching field. For the 
Associate Degree, the student must com- 
plete at least 45 quarter hours of course 
work at Armstrong State College. Armstrong 
students enrolled in the cooperative degree 
programs with Savannah State College in 
Business Education, Industrial Arts Educa- 
tion, and Trade and Industrial Education 
may be exempted from these requirements! 
by a recommendation of the Dean of the 
School of Education, concurrence by the 
School of Education Curriculum CommlK 
tee and approval of the Committee on Aca-; 
demic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn ar 
overall average of 2.0 or better considerinc 
work taken at all colleges, computed iri 
such manner that a course will be countec 
only once, regardless of the number o"' 
times that it has been repeated. The grade 
earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for grad- 
uation. Additionally, the student must earr 
a GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the 
following: 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



21 



A all work at Armstrong 
B. all courses m the major field 
I. To qualify for a second baccalaureate 
degree, a candidate must earn at Arm- 
strong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and meet all qualitative requirements for 
the degree 
. Before a degree will be conferred students 
must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar a completed "Application for Grad- 
uation'" two quarters before graduation A 
candidate for a degree, unless excused in 
writing by the President, Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty, or Dean of Student Affairs, 
must attend the graduation exercises at 
which a degree is to be conferred 
0. All students must successfully complete 
the Regents' Test and must take an Exit 
Examination in their major field as may be 
stipulated as requirements for graduation. 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate 
degree are exempted from the Regents' 
Test requirement. 

bourse and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time stu- 
lents IS 1 5-1 8 quarter hours including a course 
1 physical education during the freshman and 
ophomore years. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is 
egistered for 1 2 or more quarter hours. A part- 
ime student is one registered for fewer than 1 2 
[juarter hours. A student should plan about ten 
jiours preparation per week for each 5 quarter 
(lOur course 

i^lassification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 45 
luarter hours will be classified as a freshman; 
)etween 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 90 
ind 134 as a junior; and 135 or more as a 
.enior. 

Dverloads and Courses 
\t Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 1 8 quarter 
•lours will be granted by the Registrar to a 
.itudent: 

; . with an average grade of "B " for full-time 
j enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 
'^ with an overall grade-point average of 3.0, 



or 
3 requiring an extra course m one of the two 

quarters prior to graduation 

No student will be allowed to register for 
more than 21 quarter hours A student who is 
on academic probation will not be permitted to 
register for more than 18 quarter hours Excep- 
tions to these limitations may be made only by 
the appropriate Dean 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the 
same time takes courses for credit at another 
college may not transfer such credit to Arm- 
strong, unless written permission from the 
appropriate Dean has been obtained 

Reports and Grades 

Grade reports are issued directly to stu- 
dents at the end of each quarter The following 
grades are used in the determination of grade- 
point-averages: 

Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3 

C (satisfactory) 2 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 

WF (withdrew, failing) 

The cumulative GPA is determined by divid- 
ing the total honor points earned by the total 
hours attempted at Armstrong State College 
The adjusted GPA is determined by dividing 
the total honor points earned by the total hours 
attempted, with hours and honor points for 
repeated courses not duplicated in the calcu- 
lation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the fol- 
lowing symbols for grade reports These sym- 
bols carry no honor points and are not included 
in the determination of either the cumulative 
GPA or the adjusted GPA. 

Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

An "I" which has not been removed by the 
middle of the succeeding quarter is changed 
to an "F" unless the instructor recommends an 
extension in writing addressed to the appro- 



22 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



propriate Dean. The "S" and "U" symbols may 
be utilized for completion of degree require- 
ments other than academic course work (such 
as student teaching, clinical practice, etc.) With- 
drawal without penalty (W) is not permitted 
after the quarterly dates listed as the dates for 
mid-term. Exceptions to this policy must be 
approved by the Vice President and Dean of 
Faculty and will be approved only on the basis 
of hardship. Appeals for a change of grade 
may be initiated through the head of the 
appropriate academic department in accor- 
dance with the Regulations of Armstrong State 
College. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten 
quarter hours of course work who earn an 
honor point average of at least 3.6 will be 
placed on the Dean's List. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the compu- 
tation of Dean's List honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with 
an honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 
will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students grad- 
uating with an honor point average of 3.5 
through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students gradu- 
ated with an honor point average of 3.8 through 
4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other 
accredited institutions will be considered in 
computing honors for graduation. 



Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of 
the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing every- 
thing that is announced, discussed, or lectured 
upon in class as well as for mastering all 
assigned reading. A student is also responsi- 
ble for submitting on time all assignments and 
tests, recitations and unannounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for inform- 
ing each class at its first meeting what consti- 
tutes excessive absence in that particular 
class. Each student is responsible for knowing 
the attendance regulation and for complying 



with it. An instructor may drop a student from 
any class with a grade of "W" or "WF," as 
appropriate, if in the instructor's judgment the 
student's absences have been excessive. 



Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 
Suspension. Students are expected to main- 
tain or exceed the grade point average (GPA) 
as indicated in the chart below. 

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Adjusted 
at Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 1.3 



16-30 


1.4 


31-45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61-75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91-120 


1.9 


121 and over 


2.0 



A student who falls below the required GP^ 
for the first time is placed on Good Standmc 
with Warning. Failure to raise the adjustec 
GPA to the required level during the next guar 
ter will result in Academic Probation. StudentJ 
on Academic Probation are not in Good Stand 
ing. If the student's adjusted GPA is raised tc 
the required level, the student is returned t( 
Good Standing. The second or any subse 
quent failure to meet the required GPA wi 
result in Academic Probation. Students o;, 
Academic Probation should plan both curricL 
lar and extracurricular activities under the gu 
dance of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail t 
achieve the required adjusted GPA, but wh, 
do earn an average of at least 2.0 during th, 
probationary quarter, will be continued o 
Academic Probation for the next quarter ( 
attendance. Students on Academic Probatic 
who neither achieve the required adjuste 
GPA nor earn at least a 2.0 average during th, 
probationary quarter will be placed on Act' 
demic Suspension from the college for or 
quarter. A student on Academic Suspensic 
for the first time has the option of attendir 
summer school without having to appeal th 
suspension. 

A student suspended for academic reasor 
for the first or second time may appeal by lettf 
to the Committee on Admissions and Ac; 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



23 



(emic Standing This letter should state the 
lature of any extenuating circumstances relat 
^g to the academic deficiency, and must be 
lelivered to the office of Student Affairs no 
ater than 9 AM of registration day The deci- 
;ion of the Committee on Admissions and 
\cademic Standing is final 

A student re-entering the college after an 
Academic Suspension is placed on Academic 
'robation and must meet the requirements 
"Sted above A third Academic Suspension is 
I'lnal 

Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
^rade to be counted m the adjusted GPA A 
student who repeats any course should com- 
plete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form 
[available m the Office of the Registrar. 

3ropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
i^uarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add 
Notice in the Office of the Registrar The notice 
must be signed by the instructor of the course 
being dropped and returned by the student to 
'he Office of the Registrar 
J A student who drops a course not more than 
seven class days after the course begins will 
"eceive no grade for the course A student who 
drops a course after the first seven class days 
•jnd on or before the quarterly dates listed for 
nid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF ' depend- 
■ng on the status in the course A student may 
"lot drop a course without penalty following the 
quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is 
lot allowed to drop ENG 101, 102, or 201 at 
anytime unless extenuating circumstances 
orevail. In order to drop one of these courses, 
'he drop form must be authorized by the Vice 
•^resident and Dean of Faculty or a designated 
epresentative 
I 

iVithdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to with- 
jraw from college must begin the process in 
he Office of Student Affairs A formal withdraw- 
al IS required to ensure that the student is 
sligible to return to Armstrong State College at 
a future date. Any refund to which a student is 
entitled will be considered on the basis of the 
date which appears on the withdrawal form. 



Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdrawn 
from the college when m the judgment of the 
Dean of Student Affairs and the college physi- 
cian, if any, and after consultation with the 
students parents and personal physician, if 
any, it is determined that the student suffers 
from a physical, mental, emotional or psycho- 
logical health condition which; (a) poses a sig- 
nificant danger or threat of physical harm to the 
student or to the person or property of others or 
(b) causes the student to interfere with the 
rights of other members of the college com- 
munity or with the exercise of any proper activi- 
ties or functions of the college or its personnel 
or (c) causes the student to be unable to meet 
institutional requirements for admission and 
continued enrollment, as defined in the student 
conduct code and other publications of the 
college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student 
shall, upon request, be accorded an appro- 
priate hearing prior to final decision concern- 
ing his or her continued enrollment at the 
college. 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
without receiving credit must obtain permis- 
sion of the instructor before registering for the 
course. During the registration process the 
student should request to audit A student may 
not change from audit to credit status or from 
credit to audit status after completing the pro- 
cess of registration for a course A student who 
audits a course will have a "V" recorded for 
that course. The regular schedule of fees ap- 
plies to auditors Unauthorized auditing is pro- 
hibited. 



Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College 
IS dedicated to the proposition that the protec- 
tion of the grading system is in the interest of 
the student community The Student Court is 
an institutional means to assure that the stu- 
dent community shall have primary disposition 
of infractions of the Honor Code and that stu- 
dents accused of such infractions shall enjoy 
those procedural guarantees traditionally con- 
sidered essential to fair and impartial hearing, 
the foremost of which is the presumption of 



24 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



innocence until guilt be established beyond a 
reasonable doubt 

I. Responsibilities of students: 

All students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code A student shall 
not be accepted at Armstrong State Col- 
lege unless he or she signs a statement 
affirming his understanding of this agree- 
ment. The Honor Code shall be printed in 
the official bulletin and the Student Hand- 
book. 

It Will be the responsibility of the Stu- 
dent Court or its designated representa- 
tive to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all 
newly entering students to explain fully 
the Honor Code and to allow full discus- 
sion of Its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code is 
invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those 
related to the peculiarities of specific 
course-related problems and to the under- 
standing of individual instructors. Any 
lastructor whose conception of cheating 
would tend to enlarge or contract the 
general regulations defining cheating must 
explicitly notify the affected students of 
the qualifications to the general regula- 
tions which he or she wishes to stipulate. 
The following will be considered general 
violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper. 
The meaning of unauthorized help 
shall be made clear by the instructor 
of each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the 
Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, or 
intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation 
of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation 
may come to the Office of Student Affairs 
for assistance in contacting members of 
the Student Court. 
A Self-reporting: A student who has bro- 



ken the Honor Code should repor 
himself to a member of the Studen 
Court 
B Anyone (faculty member or student 
who IS aware of a violation of tht 
Honor Code must report the matter 
This may be done in one of two ways 

1 . Tell the person thought to be guilt\ 
to report himself to a member o 
the Student Court no later than th( 
end of the next school day Afte 
this designated time the persor 
who is aware of the violation mus 
inform a member of the Studen 
Court so that the Student Cour 
may contact the accused person . 
he has not already reported himseh 

2. Report the suspected violation di 
rectly to a member of the Studen 
Court without informing the ac 
cused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the student; 
accused of violations of the Honor Code 
The essence of the procedural rights o 
an accused is the right to a fair and impar 
tial hearing and the right to be presumet 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific right: 
are as follows: 

1 The accused will be notified in writinc 
by the Student Court or its designatet 
representative of the nature and detail: 
of the offense with which he is chargec 
along with the names of his accuser 
and the principal witnesses to b( 
brought against him. This notificatio! 
shall occur no less than three day: 
prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counse 
of his own choosing. Such counsel wi 
not participate directly in the proceed 
ings except to advise his client. It i 
expected that such counsel will bi 
drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringim 
the charges shall be afforded an oppor 
tunity to present witnesses and doc 
umentary or other evidence. The ac 
cused and any individual bringing tht 
charges shall have the right to cros 
examine all witnesses and may, wher< 
the witnesses cannot appear becaust 
of illness or other cause acceptableti 
the Court, present the sworn state 
ment of the witnesses. The Court she 
not be bound by formal rules govern 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



25 



ing the presentation of evidence, and 
it may consider any evidence pre- 
sented which IS of probative value in 
the case 

4 Theaccusedmay not bemadetobear 
witness against himself The Court 
may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this 
proviso does not give the accused 
immunity from a hearing or from recom- 
mendations reached m a hearing 
Simply because the accused does not 
testify 

5 The accused shall have access to a 
complete audiotape of the hearing 
and to the record prepared by the 
secretary 

6 The substantive facts of a case may 
be re-opened for consideration upon 
initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels The accused 
shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7 All witnesses will be sequestered from 
the hearing room during the course of 
a hearing Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case 

8 By prior agreement, the accused will 
be allowed such observers of the 
hearing as may be commensurate 
with the space available. Otherwise, in 
the interests of the right of privacy of 
the accused, hearings will be private, 
except that the College may also have 
observers additional to the advisors to 
the Student Court. 

The Student Conduct Committee, the 
Student Court and Advisors to the Stu- 
dent Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1 The Student Conduct Committee 
shall be responsible to the faculty 
for recommending policies relating 
to the Academic Honor Code and 
the Code of Conduct, for formulat- 
ing or approving rules, enforce- 
ment procedures, and sanctions 
within the framework of existing 
policies, and for recommending 
changes in the administration of 
any aspects of the Honor Code 
and the Student Code of Conduct 
The Conduct Committee will also 
interview and select members for 
the Student Court. 
2. The Committee shall consist of five 



teaching faculty members, the Dean 
of Student Affairs and four stu- 
dents The four students will be the 
President and Vice-President of 
the Student Court, the President of 
the Student Government Associa- 
tion, and one student-at-large The 
faculty members shall be appointed 
by the faculty in accordance with 
the faculty statutes 

3 The Dean of Student Affairs shall 
assist the Conduct Committee in 
the development of policy and m 
the discharge of its responsibili- 
ties. He shall coordinate the activi- 
ties of all officials, committees, 
student groups, and tribunals for 
student conduct 

4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee 
or student group, and for which 
sanctions may be imposed in the 
name of the College, must be sub- 
mitted to the Committee for con- 
sideration and review prior to sub- 
mission to the faculty and the stu- 
dent body. The Committee shall 
have 10 days in which to review 
the same. 
B Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Commit- 
tee and will be composed of twelve 
students. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment 
of court members on the basis of 
academic class, race, and sex 
Students on academic probation 
may not serve. All appointments 
will be issued and accepted in writ- 
ing. Appointments will be made 
during Spring Quarter in time for 
newly elected members of the Court 
to assume their duties by May 1 
Appointments will be made as 
needed to keep the Student Court 
staffed to do business on a rea- 
sonably prompt basis These ap- 
pointments may constitute perma- 
nent or temporary replacements 
as the Student Conduct Commit- 
tee deems necessary 

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident. Vice-President, and a Secre- 



26 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



tary from its membership. The Presi- 
dent will preside at all meetings. 
The Vice-President will assume 
the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary 
will maintain written notes of all 
proceedings and audiotape records 
of all testimony, and will maintain 
exhibits of evidence which by their 
nature may reasonably be main- 
tained in the Court files, A quorum 
of the Court shall consist of seven 
members. A two-thirds majority 
secret ballot vote is required to 
reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a 
simple majority vote. 

3 Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall 
include all appointed members in 
attendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. VI. 

4. Student Court members shall exam- 
ine their consciences carefully to 
determine whether they can in good 
conscience serve on a panel hear- 
ing a particular case, and in the 
event that there is any doubt, what- 
soever, such members shall excuse 
themselves from duty on the spe- 
cific panel in question. 
C. Advisors to the Court 

1. An advisor and an associate advi- 
sor to the Student Court shall be 
appointed by the President of the 
College. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and 
usually will be succeeded in that 
position by the associate advisor. 
Therefore, after the initial appoint- 
ments, only an associate advisor 
will ordinarily be appointed each 
year. The succession of an asso- 
ciate to the advisor position is 
deemed to occur on the last day of 
Spring Quarter. If. for any reason, 
the advisor is unable to complete 
his term, the associate advisor 
shall succeed to the office of advi- 
sor and another associate advisor 
shall be appointed by the above 
procedures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither advisor is on cam- 



pus, a temporary advisor will be 
appointed. 
3. Duties of the advisor and the asso- 
ciate advisor: It shall be the duty of 
the advisor to consult with the 
Court and to offer advice to the 
President and members of the Court 
on substantive and procedural ques- 
tions. The advisor, or the associate 
advisor in the event the advisor is 
unable to attend, shall be present 
at all meetings and hearings of the 
Court. The advisor may not vote 
nor may he participate directly in 
the conduct of hearings before the 
Court except through the chair- 
man, or acting chairman, of the 
Court. The advisor should be gov- 
erned at all times by the principle 
that a hearing before the Student 
Court IS primarily a matter of stu- 
dent responsibility. 
Procedures and Penalties adopted by the 
Student Court. 

The Student Court shall formulate its 
own bylaws governing internal organiza- 
tion and procedure. Such bylaws must be 
consistent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Cour 
President to be held on a date not lesj 
than three nor more than ten class 
days after notice to the accused aj 
provided in Section IV-2. Exception; 
to these time requirements may b( 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, th( 
Court shall make a recommendatior 
to the Vice President of the College a; 
to the administrative action it deem- 
appropriate within the following limita 
tions; 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss 
assignment or test credit for th( 
assignment or test for violation: 
involving cheating as specified ii 
Section II, subsections 1 , 2, and 2 
Additional penalties such as repri 
mands, suspension, or others ma' 
be recommended for any aspect 
of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offens 
of any type shall be suspension fc 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a secon 
offense may be suspension fc 



FEES 



27 



three years 

C Immediately following a hearing, the 
accused will be informed of the Court s 
finding, and its recommendation to 
the Vice President of the College If 
the finding is guilty, the accused will 
be informed that the Court may re- 
open the case with the consent of the 
accused for good cause, within a 
three week period 

D The Vice President of the College will 
inform all involved persons in writing 
of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendation The Court Sec- 
retary will post public notice of the 
Vice President s action by case number 
without identifying the accused 

Appeals of Findings and Penalties 

Should a student have cause to ques- 
tion the findings of the Court orthe action 
of the Vice President of the College or 
both, he has the right to appeal The 
channels of appeal are as follows: 
A Court findings and/or the administra- 
tive action of the Vice President of the 
College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the 
College Further appeal procedures 
will conform to the appeal procedures 
of the College and of the Policies of 
the Board of Regents. University Sys- 
tem of Georgia 

Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of respond- 
ing to reported infractions of the Honor 
Code, the Student Court is ultimately 
responsible to the President of the College. 
Supervision of the Student Court will be 
accomplished ordinarily through the Dean 
of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

In accordance with Article VI. Section 
F. of the College Statutes, the Dean of 
Student Affairs will provide general super- 
vision of the Student Court and will pro- 
vide other guidance or services as di- 
rected by the President of the College 

Revision of the Honor Code will require 
confirmation by the majority vote of those 
faculty and student body members voting. 



FEES 



Application 

The Application Fee of $10 00 is paid by 
each student at the time of initial acceptance 
for admission to Armstrong State College The 
acceptance of the Application Fee does not 
constitute acceptance of the student This fee 
IS not refundable 

Matriculation 

The Matriculation Fee for students register- 
ing on campus for the normal course load of 
fifteen hours is $284 00 Students carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in a 
quarter will pay at the rate of $24 00 per quarter 
hour in fVlatriculation Fees. Students who regis- 
ter for off-campus credit hours will pay at the 
rate of $29.00 per credit hour. fVlatnculation 
fees are waived for residents of Georgia upon 
presentation of written documentation that 
they are 62 years of age or older. 

Out-of-state Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of 
569.00 per quarter in addition to all regular 
fees. Students carrying fewer than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents 
of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate of 
47.00 per quarter hours an Out-of-State Fee in 
addition to regular fees. Students who register 
for off-campus credit courses will pay at the 
rate of 47.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee 
in addition to all regular fees. Out-of-State tui- 
tion fees are waived for active duty military 
personnel and their dependents stationed in 
Georgia, except military personnel assigned to 
this institution for educational purposes. 

Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Geor- 
gia, the applicant must establish the following 
facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 
1 . (a) If a person is 1 8 years of age or older, 
(s)he rrjay register as a resident student 
only upon a showing that (s)he has been a 
legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



least twelve months immediately preced- 
ing the date of registration, 
(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 
years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state resi- 
dence status for fee purposes while attend- 
ing any educational institution in this State, 
in the absence of a clear demonstration 
that (s)he has in fact established legal 
residence in this State. 

2. If a person is under 1 8 years of age, (s)h 
may register as a resident student only 
upon a showing that a supporting parent 
or guardian has been a legal resident of 
Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date of 
registration. 

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is on 
full-time,activemilitary duty with the armed 
forces and a spouse and dependent chil- 
dren may register upon payment of resi- 
dent fees even though they have not been 
legal residents of Georgia for the preced- 
ing twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University Sys- 
tem and spouse and dependent children 
may register on the payment of resident 
fees even though (s)he has not been a 
legal resident of Georgia for the twelve 
months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold 
teaching or research assistantships requir- 
ing at least one-third time service may 
register as students in the institution in 
which they are employed on payment of 
resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of 
Georgia and their dependent children may 
enroll as students in the University System 
institutions on the payment of resident 
fees. 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non- 
residents; provided, however, that an alien 
who IS living in this country under a visa 
permitting permanent residence shall have 
the same privilege of qualifying for resi- 
dent status for fee purposes as a citizen of 
the United States. 

8. Foreign students who attend institutions of 
the University System underfinancial spon- 
sorship of civic or religious groups located 
in this State, may be enrolled upon the 
payment of resident fees, provided the 
number of such foreign students in any 
one institution does not exceed the quota 



approved by the Board of Regents for tha 
institution. 
9 If the parents or legal guardian of a mino 
change the legal residence to anothe 
state following a period of legal residence 
in Georgia, the minor may continue to tak( 
courses for a period of twelve months or 
the payment of resident fees. After th( 
expiration of the twelve month period th( 
student may continue his registration onh 
upon the payment of fees at the non 
resident rate 
1 0. In the event that a legal resident of Geor 
gia is appointed as guardian of a non 
resident minor, such minor will not b( 
permitted to register as a resident studen 
until the expiration of one year from th( 
date of court appointment, and then onl' 
upon proper showing that such appoint 
ment was not made to avoid payment c 
the non-resident fees. J 

Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering unde 
the proper residency classification. A studer 
classified as a nonresident who believes tha 
he/she is entitled to be reclassified as a lega 
resident may petition the Registrar for a change 
in status. The petition must be filed no late 
than sixty (60) days after the quarter begins i 
order for the student to be considered for re 
classification for the quarter. If the petition i 
granted, reclassification will not be retroactiv 
to prior quarters. The necessary forms for thi 
purpose are available in the Registrar's officf 

Student Activity 

There will be a Student Activity Fee of $20.C 
per quarter for all students. 

Athletic 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $30.00 pt, 
quarter for all students. 



Applied Music 



Applied music courses consist of one twent^' 
five minute private lesson per week (Mus 
1 30) or a fifty minute private lesson per we6 
(Music 140, 240, 340. 440). A special fee 
$37.50 is charged for students enrolled 
Music 1 30. A special fee of $75.00 is assesse 
for Music 1 40-1 44 to music majors enrolledf' 



FEES 



29 



tess than 1 2 hours and to students who are not 
Tiusic majors Music majors may enroll, at no 
:harge. for one applied music course from 
^usic 140-144 Additional applied music 
courses will be assessed a special fee at the 
lon-music major rate The applied music fee is 
efundable only if the student does not meet 
he first scheduled lesson 

.ate Registration 

A late registration tee of $10 00 will be 
harged to students registering after the regis- 
ation period This fee is not refundable 

graduation 

A Graduation Fee of $25.00 will be collected 
om each candidate for graduation If the 
andidate is receiving a second degree at the 
ame graduation ceremonies an additional fee 
f $5 00 will be collected. The fee will be 
25 00 for a second degree awarded at a sub- 

quent graduation ceremony. 



ranscript 



Each student is entitled to one official tran- 
:ript of his college work The charge for addi- 
Dnal copies is $2.00 each. 

rlviiege 

Dpi'cation Fee $1 0.00 

3te Registration $10.00 

raduation Fee $25 00 

anscript, first one free, each 

additional $ 2.00 

Dphed Music Fee $37.50/$75.00 

ealth Professions Deposit (at application, 
non-refundable) $50.00 

ummary of Fees 

atrlculation, per quarter $284.00 

Iudent Activity, per quarter $ 20.00 
hietic. per quarter $ 30 00 

Total for Georgia Residents . . . $334.00 
<jt-of-State Tuition, per quarter . . . $569 00 

Total for Non-Resldents $903.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

^per quarter hour $21.00 



Non-Resident Tuition. Part-Time Students, 
per quarter hour (in addition to Matricu- 
lation Fee) $41 00 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when 
the course is scheduled by the College 

Students who formally withdraw from a short 
course or conference before its first meeting 
will receive a full refund of fees paid provided 
the withdrawal is in writing and is received by 
the Joint Continuing Education Center prior to 
the first class meeting of the course or confer- 
ence Withdrawals made in writing after the 
first class meeting will be given a refund minus 
a ten dollar handling fee No refunds will be 
made for withdrawals received after the second 
class meeting Fees paid for courses or con- 
ferences cancelled by the Joint Continuing 
Education Center will be refunded 100%. 

Off-Campus Courses 

An additional fee of $5.00 per quarter hour is 
charged for off-campus courses. Students tak- 
ing only off-campus courses are not required 
to pay Student Activity. Health Service, ID., or 
Athletic fees. The total fees for each five hour 
course is $145.00. 

Refunds 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon writ- 
ten application for withdrawal from school. No 
refunds will be made to students dropping a 
course Privilege fees are not refundable Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw on the date of 
scheduled registration or during one week fol- 
lowing the scheduled registration date are 
entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
during the period between one and two weeks 
after the scheduled registration date are 
entitled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
between two and three weeks after the sched- 
uled registration date are entitled to a refund 
of 40% of the fees paid for that quarter. Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw during the period 
between three and four weeks after the sched- 
uled registration date are entitled to a refund 
of 20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Stu- 



30 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dents who withdraw after a period of four 
weeks has elapsed from the scheduled regis- 
tration date will be entitled to no refund of any 
part of the fees paid that quarter. 

Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of 
any financial obligation to the College will have 
grade reports and transcripts of records en- 
cumbered. Grade reports and transcripts will 
not be released, nor will the student be allowed 
to re-register at the college until all financial 
obligations are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at 
the time of registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the 
bank on which it is drawn, the student's regis- 
tration will be cancelled and the student may 
re-register only on payment of a service charge 
of $1 5.00 or five percent of the check, which- 
ever is greater, and the late registration fee. 

Notice of Fee Changes 

Fees and Charges are subject to change at 
the end of any quarter. 

FINANCIAL AID 



Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the 
principle that the primary purpose of a student 
financial aid program is to provide financial 
assistance to students who without such assis- 
tance would be unable to attend college. The 
primary responsibility for financing a college 
education is the inherent obligation of the stu- 
dent and/or family. Financial assistance from 
Armstrong State College should be viewed as 
supplementary to the efforts of the student 
and/or family. An assessment of parental abil- 
ity to contribute toward the student's educa- 
tional expenses is made by the College Scho- 
larship Service so that neither the parent, the 
student, nor Armstrong State College be re- 
quired to bear an undue share of the financial 
responsibility. 

General Information 

Financial assistance is distributed both direct- 
ly and indirectly to eligible students from the 
federal, state, and local governments and from 



private donors through the Office of Studer 
Financial Aid. Assistance is provided directi 
when the name of the recipient and th 
amount of assistance to be given are deter 
mined prior to the receipt of the funds by th 
College. Assistance is provided indirectly whe 
funds are given to the College for general dis 
tribution to students who are determined to b 
eligible for receipt of these funds. In bol 
cases. It is the responsibility of the Office i 
Student Financial Aid to insure that the recif 
lent has met all requirements and regulation 
concerning the receipt of such funds. Studen 
who are found to be in violation of require 
ments and regulations concerning the receif 
of financial assistance may jeopardize the 
continued eligibility for participation in th 
financial aid program. It is the student's respons 
bility to be knowledgeable about all require 
ments governing the receipt of funds fror 
each program from which the student receive 
financial assistance. 

Student financial aid is awarded to eligibl 
students on the basis of need in nearly a 
cases except scholarships which have bee 
provided by donors for the purpose of recoc 
nizing academic promise or achievement. Th 
determination of need is provided for Arrr 
strong State College students through the us 
of the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the Co 
lege Scholarship Service which processe 
this form. The process involves an analysis • 
the data provided by the student's family or/ 
independent, by the student. This analysis 
sent to the Office of Student Financial A 
where it is compared with the cost of educ< 
tion for the appropriate classification of sti 
dent. If the analysis shows that the family cor 
tribution or self contribution is less than tf- 
cost of education, financial need has bee 
established. The Office of Student Financi 
Aid has the legal right to challenge informatic 
provided on the Financial Aid Form if, in tt" 
opinion of the financial aid officer, that informr 
tion appears to be inaccurate, incorrect, I 
misleading. Information relating to a student 
eligibility is available to that student whe 
he/she has completed all the necessary r 
quirements for processing his/her financ' 
aid application at the College. 

There are two basic student classificatior 
(1 ) dependent student who is a commuter (lii 
ing with parents or guardian) or resident (n; 
living with parents or guardian, but eithi 
receiving financial support from them 



FINANCIAL AID 



31 



aimed by them as a tax deduction). (2) inde- 
sndent student who is single (and totally self- 
jpporting) or married (or who is a single par- 
it with one or more children) Each classilica- 
)n constitutes a cost of education group from 
hich eligibility for financial aid is derived An 
(ample of the cost of education for a depen 
^nt commuter student for one year would be 

[Tuition and fees $1 003 

Books and supplies 285 

!Room and board 1 000 

'Transportation 500 

jPersonal expense 850 

PTAL $3,638 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees, and 
16 refund policy of the College, are outlined in 
e "Fees ' section of this Catalog 
In general, students who enter the College 
the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a 
eater opportunity to receive financial assis- 
nce than those who enter later in the aca- 
;mic year The awards processing time usu- 
ly runs from June 1 to August 31 . It is during 
is period that the Office of Student Financial 
d distributes its yearly allocation of funds to 
udents who have completed the process 
I'Cle In the event that there is a shortage of 
hds, students who are eligible for financial 
p but whose applications were late will be 
jaced on a waiting list until such time as funds 
Income available. 

I.Every eligible student has a right to receive 
iiancial assistance provided that (1) funds 
^e available at the College for award to the 
^jdent: (2) the student meets the require- 
ments pertinent to the program(s) from which 
tsistance is sought; (3) the student has been 
kflmitted to the College, or in the case of an 
broiled student, meets the standards of satis- 
fctory academic progress as outlined in the 
fi.cademic Regulations" section of this Cata- 
t^. In addition, it is the student's responsibility 
^adhere to all regulations and requirements 
tretofore mentioned and to notify the Office 
(CStudent Financial Aid of any change in sta- 
lls which would have any effect on the legiti- 
macy of financial assistance being received. 
Student Retention Information regarding 
Jijdent retention (i.e.. enrollment patterns at 
\3 College) may be obtained upon request 
^m the Office of the Registrar Copies of this 
i ormation are available to the student at a 
est of $1 .00 per copy. Information regarding 
Jecific degree programs is available in this 
Utalog and from the Head of the Department 



in which a specific academic program is 
offered. 



Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must 

1 Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at 
the College. 

2 Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial 
Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship 
Service by June 30 preceding the next aca- 
demic year 

3 Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
June 30 preceding the next academic year 

4. Complete and submit the Request for Stu- 
dent Financial Aid Form 

5. Submit a copy of the previous year's Income 
Tax Return (IRS). 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 
major course of study, and/or eligibility for a 
particular program. Applications for financial 
assistance must be repeated anrujally fVlost 
student financial aid awards are for the entire 
academic year, with payments made to the 
student in equal quarterly installments. A stu- 
dent may, however, apply and be considered 
for financial assistance during the academic 
year, if funds are available 

All student financial aid awards are contin- 
gent upon the availability of funds and the recip- 
ient's maintaining satisfactory progress toward 
a degree as defined in this Catalog. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may 
enroll per quarter varies from program to pro- 
gram. Some require at least 1 2 hours per quar- 
ter (full-time status) All programs require that 
the student be enrolled at least half-time, tak- 
ing 6 or more quarter hours 

Students applying for financial aid, whether 
eligible or not. who do not meet or adhere to 
the above requirements will not be considered 
for financial a'd. It is the responsibility of the 
parents and/or student to determine that all 
pertinent information and data have been 
obtained and are located in the Office of Stu- 
dent Financial Aid to assure a complete and 
accurate awarding of financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowl- 
edgement from the College Scholarship Ser- 
vice that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has 
been sent to the College and the student has 
delivered the PELL Grant Aid Report (SAR) and 



32 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the Request for Student Financial Aid. the 
Office of Student Financial Aid will send the 
student a tentative award notice. The student 
should schedule an appointment with a finan- 
cial aid officer. The officer will discuss the stu- 
dent's financial aid package and a final award 
letter indicating the type of award(s) and 
amount(s) will be processed. 

Students who subnnit the PELL Grant Stu- 
dent Aid Report only will not be considered for 
any other type of financial assistance awarded 
by the College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are 
required to submit a complete financial aid 
transcript from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously at- 
tended whether or not aid was received. No 
awards will be made until these documents 
have been received by the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Categories of Aid 

The College provides necessary financial 
assistance through grants, scholarships, work, 
and/or loans. Grants and scholarships are 
awards that require neither service nor cash 
repayments. Opportunities for part-time employ- 
ment, usually on campus, are provided for eli- 
gible students who are paid federal minimum 
wages on an hourly basis. Loans require cash 
repayment, service repayment, or a combina- 
tion of both. These funds are made available 
through the federal government, state govern- 
ment, and local sources. Students in the Con- 
tinuing Education, Exchange, and Transient 
classifications are not eligible for financial aid. 

Federal Assistance 

The Pell Grant Program is designed to pro- 
vide financial assistance to attend post-high 
school educational institutions. The Pell Grant 
award amounts vary, depending upon the stu- 
dent's eligibility, and unlike a loan, does not 
require repayment. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant Program is available to eligible students 
who establish exceptional financial need as 
determined by the College Scholarship Ser- 
vice. The minimum award is $200.00 per aca- 
demic year. 



The College Work-Study Program allows ar 
eligible student to work during the quarter 
Satisfactory work performance is mandatory 
The student must also maintain satisfacton 
academic progress A student on academic 
suspension, even though readmitted on appea 
IS not allowed to participate in the Work-Stud^ 
Program. 

A National Direct Student Loan is no longe 
available to students at the College. Student 
needing to secure academic loans should (1 
if a resident of Georgia, inquire about the Stati 
Student Loan program, or (2) if a non-resider 
of Georgia, contact the higher education cor 
poration in their state of residency. 



State Assistance 



I 



Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awardei 
to residents who began post-high school edu 
cation after April 1 . 1 974, and whose eligibilit 
has been determined by the College Scholar 
ship Service financial analysis. All veteran 
who were residents of Georgia at the time c 
their entry into military service may apply Stu 
dents must also request submission of a cop 
of the FAF to the State Scholarship Commis 
sion. All students applying for Georgia Incen 
five Scholarships are required to apply for 
Pell Grant. 

The Guaranteed Student Loan Prograr 
offers loans to eligible students through bot 
local banks and its own agency. For legal res 
dents to apply through the state, they must b 
denied loans by local lenders. Students muj. 
complete the College Scholarship Servic 
application to determine eligibility. 

The Health Career Loan Program is availc 
ble to legal residents formally admitted int 
health career degrees at the college. Thes 
loans are service cancellable upon graduatic 
and employment within the state of Georgia; 

The Board of Regents' Fund sponsors 
program under which Georgia residents ma, 
qualify for financial assistance at units of th 
University System. Applicants must be in th 
upper 25% of their class and have establishe 
a financial need through the College Schola 
ship Service. Recipients must agree to work ' 
the state, at an occupation for which they ar 
qualified educationally, one year for eac 
$1 ,000 received. If unable to meet this oblige 
tion, the student is expected to repay the fi 
amount with interest at the rate of 3 percei 
simple interest. 



FINANCIAL AID 



33 



Students may be recommended tor employ- 
lent on the Institutional Work Study Program 
lome departments and offices of the college 
ave funds available to hire student workers 
iitial contacts should be made by the student 
^Ith the Director of Student Financial Aid 

.ocal Assistance 

I Institutional Short-Term Loans are available 
p students for a maximum of 60 days These 
pans are used primarily to assist students with 
f\e payment of tuition and fees These loans 
.re available to eligible students for a maxi- 
mum of $1 50 Other requirements concerning 
hort-term loans are available in the Office of 
.tudent Financial Aid 

Bovernment Benefits 

j Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
[hildren when a parent dies, starts receiving 
locial Security retirement, or starts receiving 
jisability benefits. Because of changes in the 
!iw. students should contact the Social Secu- 
jly Ottice concerning eligibility. 
The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
ram provides financial assistance for the 
opiicant who possesses an impairment which 
ould prove to be a vocational handicap Stu- 
3nts who think that they may qualify under 
lis program should contact the Vocational 
ehabilitation Center located at 420 Mall Boule- 
ird. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Re- 
abilitation or other community agencies must 
Dpiy at least six weeks before the beginning 
' any quarter to insure proper processing of 
pplications 

veterans Information 

Veterans who served on active duty for 
her than training purposes for more than 1 80 
ays, any part of which occurred after June 1 , 
:)66, are eligible for financial assistance to 
tend college through the G.I. Bill. Generally. 
)ns and daughters of veterans whose death 
total disablement was a result of service in 
e armed forces are eligible for financial 
3nefits under the veterans program for edu- 
'itional assistance. 

■A prospective student must first make appli- 

■ ition to the College and gam approval for 

Amission from the Office of the Registrar/Di- 

ctor of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive 



benefits while matriculating under a Continu- 
ing Education admission status 
Once accepted, the veteran should go to the 

Office of Student Financial Aid and obtain an 
application for VA educational benefits The 
veteran must submit to the Office of Veterans 
Affairs, an original DD 214 (or copy number 
four) and supporting documentation of de- 
pendency status (marriage certificate, divorce 
decree, if previously married, and birth certifi- 
cates of all dependent children ) 

Students transferring from other educational 
institutions, OJT programs, or correspondence 
schools must complete a "Request for Change 
of Place" Form 1 995 with the Armstrong Office 
of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial matricu- 
lation each student/veteran must declare a 
specific program of study (major) and must 
follow the curriculum for this major without 
exception or benefits may be interrupted. Any 
student receiving government benefits from 
the Veterans Administration must check with 
the Office of Student Financial Aid at the 
beginning of each quarter and file a form 
declaring the specific courses and number of 
credit hours which he is attempting. All stu- 
dent/veterans are reminded that they must 
report any changes in attendance, i.e.. drop- 
ping, adding or withdrawal from school, to the 
Office of Student Financial Aid immediately 
following such action. Veterans entering school 
under the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds 
to finance themselves until payments from the 
VA begin (approximately six weeks after appli- 
cation). Student/Veterans are also subject to 
the SATISFACTORY PROGRESS standards 
outlined in this section. 



Scholarships 



Armstrong State College accepts Scholar- 
ship applications throughout the year IVIost 
awards are made annually during the summer. 
Scholarships are awarded when: 

1 An agency notifies the College of its inten- 
tion to award a scholarship to a specified 
student, or 

2 An agency informs the College that it will 
award scholarships to a specific number of 
students selected by the Office of Student 
Financial Aid 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the 
college must: 
1 . Complete the initial application process for 



34 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



financial aid; 
2 Complete a separate scholarship applica- 
tion which may be obtained from the Office 

of Student Financial Aid; 
3. Have, as an entering freshman, a minimum 

combined verbal and mathematical SAT 

score of 1,000; 
4 Have, as a returning or transfer student, a 

minimum overall grade-point average of 

3.0. 
5. Unless otherwise specified, be a full-time 

student. 

Award notification will be given to those stu- 
dents selected at the end of the selection pro- 
cess. Contact the Office of Student Financial 
Aid for scholarship applications. 

Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is 
deemed to be making satisfactory progress 
toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the Col- 
lege. The student, upon his/her readmission 
to the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average 
as a full time student, before he/she is again 
considered to be making satisfactory progress 
toward a degree. The award of financial aid will 
be suspended during this quarter. 

Students who have attempted 245 hours in a 
baccalaureate degree program are no longer 
considered to be making satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. Students will automatically be 
removed from financial aid once this condition 
has been met. Students may also be removed 
from financial aid if a pattern of course with- 
drawals is established. 



STUDENT SERVICES 
AND ACTIVITIES 



The Office of Student Affairs, administered 
by the Dean for Student Affairs and Develop- 
ment, provides myriad services and activities 
to foster the development of a well-rounded 
college experience. This catalog section in- 
cludes not only services and activities spon- 
sored by Student Affairs, but also those admin- 



istered by other campus offices and divisions 
which affect student academics and cultura 
life. 

Orientation 

The Summer Orientation Program (CHAOS) 
Communication, Help, Advisement, Orienta 
tion and Service, is planned to aid students ir 
their transition to college by exposing them tc 
the dynamics of successful decision-making 
Using techniques that encourage the realiza 
tion of possible outcomes and consequences 
students will learn to explore possibilities wlt^ 
more understanding and confidence 

Freshmen participating in this program wil 
be given information concerning student activ- 
ities programs, visit campus facilities, plar 
their class schedules with academic advisors 
and register for Fall Quarter. 

An abbreviated orientation program is sched- 
uled for students new to the college prior tc 
registration Winter, Spring, and Summer Quar- 
ters. 



Counseling 



Counselors are available to assist student; 
in making successful and realistic decision: 
and in choosing appropriate routes for attain 
ing selected goals. All discussions are confi 
dential. 

Counselors can assist students in ciarifyiri' 
educational and vocational objectives, in devei 
oping effective study skills and habits, and I 
dealing with issues of social and emotionf 
significance. 

The computerized systems of career guic 
ance (SIGI) and study skills instruction (CASS 
are available through the Counseling an- 
Placement Office. 



Testing 



t 



The following testing programs are adminij 
tered regularly by members of the counselin 
staff: ACT Proficiency Examination Prograr 
(PEP), College Level Examination Prograr 
(CLEP), Dental Admission Test (DAT), Grac 
uate Record Examination (ORE), Medical Co 
lege Admission Test (MOAT), Miller Analogie 
Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinatior 
(NTE), and the Regents' Testing Prograr 
Information may be obtained about the Ailie 
Health Professions Admission Test. Gradual 
Management Admission Test, the Gradual 



STUDENT SERVICES 



35 



School Foreign Language Test. Optometry 
College Admission Test. Slate Merit Examina- 
ion, and Veterinary Aptitude Test 

A variety of individual tests are available 
hrough, and often included in individual coun- 
ieling services Such tests provide information 
help students evaluate personal, educa- 
ional. or vocational needs Test results are 
confidential. 

Placement 

•^ Office of Career Development and 
, .^^ement offers general assistance in the 
)lanning of career directions The office oper- 
ifes a personal resume service for all regularly 
nrolled students of the college, receives list- 
igs of full-time career opportunities, 
nd arranges on-campus recruiting with busi- 
ess, governmental and educational agencies, 
tudents who wish to make use of the Place- 
nent Service are advised to contact the Place- 
lent Director three quarters prior to comple- 
on of studies. 

The Placement Office also provides a job 
sting and referral system for currently enrolled 
tudents who want to gam work experience 
irough part-time jobs, temporary employment, 
r internships. 

Veterans Services 

An Office of Veterans Affairs is maintained 
o advise veterans concerning admissions 
Kocedures and services available to them. 

he office employs a number of student veter- 
ins to assist m meeting the needs of the veter- 

n student body. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations at Armstrong State 
College reflect the natural variety of interests 
Dund in a diversified student body. These 

delude the following: 
Religious 
Baptist Student Union 

Newman Club 
Greeks: 

Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 

Panhellenic Council 

Phi Mu Sorority 

Pi Kappa Phi Fraternity 

Sigma Kappa Sorority 

Sigma Nu Fraternitv 



Professional 

Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 

American Chemical Society 

Armstrong Students Political 
Science Association 

Association for Computing Machinery 

Data Processing Management 
Association 

Georgia Association of Nursing Students 

James Moore Wayne Law Club 

Jr American Dental Hygienists 
Association 

Medical Record Association 

Music Education National Conference 

Students Caring About People (Social 
Work) 

The E B Twitmeyer Society (Psychology 1 ) 
Interest: 

Armstrong Ebony Association 

Armstrong Young Republicans Club 

Band 

Cheerleaders 

Chess Club 

Chorus 

Dungeoneers 

Masquers 
Honorary: 

Epsilon Delta Pi (Computer Science) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 

Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic for freshmen) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Student Government 

The Student Government Association is the 
official governing body of the students at Arm- 
strong State College It assists in formulating a 
program of student services and activities, and 
it strives to express the will of the majority of 
students and to provide experience in demo- 
cratic living 

All students are automatically members of 
the Student Government Association and are 
entitled to vote in SGA elections. Oualified stu- 
dents may seek positions of leadership in the 
Student Government Association by running 
for office during the Spring or Fall elections. 

Student Publications 

The official student publications on campus 
are the Inkwell (the College newspaper) and 
the Geechee (the College yearbook) Both 



36 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



publications are produced by students under 
the supervision of approved college advisors 
Financed in part by the Student Activity Fund, 
each provides opportunities for students in 
creative writing, reporting, photography, and 
design. 



Housing 



There is no student housing on campus. 
Apartments for students are located within 
walking distance of the College. For further 
information regarding housing, please contact 
the Office of Counseling and Placement. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with 
both the National Association of Intercollegiate 
Athletics (NAIA) and the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association (NCAA). The men's athletic 
teams are cross country, soccer, basketball, 
baseball, tennis, and golf. The men's programs 
are associated with the NCAA while the 
women's athletic squads in basketball, soft- 
ball, and tennis are associated with the NAIA. 
(Armstrong will remain Division II of the NCAA 
through 1 985 at which time it will move to the 
Division I level.) 

Intramurals 

The Student Intramural Council and Physi- 
cal Education Department provide a diversi- 
fied program available to all students and 
faculty, including organized competitive sports, 
recreational activities, and clubs. Any student, 
faculty, or staff person interested in participat- 
ing in these activities should contact the Direc- 
tor of Intramurals. 

Cultural Opportunities 

Nationally known speakers, contemporary 
concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits and 
performances by outstanding classical and 
modern artists from around the world com- 
plement the student's general education. These 
programs are selected and coordinated by the 
College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, 
and instrumental groups under professional 
direction have established distinguished tradi- 
tions. 

Computer Services 

The Office of Computer Services coordi- 
nates a campus-wide system of computer 



services. 

The Director also provides technical assis- 
tance to the faculty and staff of the College ir 
the development of computer programs and 
systems. Through participation in the Univer- 
sity System Computer Network, information 
processing devices located on campus are 
connected via a direct telephone line to the 
large computers located at Georgia State Uni- 
versity and the University of Georgia. 

Computer use time is free for Armstrong 
students, faculty and staff. The Cyber 740 and 
IBM 370 can be accessed using many differ- 
ent programming languages. Contact Comput- 
er Services for a user number. Students ir 
Computer Science courses receive a numbe* 
automatically. Help is provided in computei 
control language, statistical packages anc 
other areas of interest. 



Writing Center 



The Writing Center, located in Gamble 1 09 
is a place where students in all disciplines may 
come for help with their writing. Tutors in the 
Writing Center offer individual instruction ir 
basic writing skills and provide guidance in the 
preparation of essays, reports, and researc^ 
papers. The aim of the Writing Center is no 
only to assist students in core compositior 
courses, but also to work with faculty tc 
improve writing across the curriculum. The 
center is administered by the Department q: 
Languages, Literature and Dramatic Arts. I 

Library Services ^ 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and extensivel\ 
enlarged in 1975, serves the library needs o 
the Armstrong State College community. Th( 
staff attempts to combine the traditional repos 
itory responsibility of academic libraries witf 
newer concepts of librarianship that includ( 
bibliographic instruction, computer-assiste( 
information retrieval, and audio-visual produc 
tion/circulation. j 

The library collection consists of approxil 
mately 500,000 total resources, includinc 
1 30,000 books and periodicals, 300,000 micro 
forms, 1 3.000 records, slides, motion pictures: 
and videotapes, and 850 newspaper and peril 
odical subscriptions. A Florence Powell IVIini i 
Collection includes college archives, materisi 
of local color, and a special collection of firsi 
editions and Conrad Aiken works. An interlii 
brary loan system augments the collections. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



37 



Lane Library has taken advantage of the 
lest technology to improve its services and 
)erations Library technical services are ac- 
jmplished primarily through membership in a 
ilional bibliographic utility, reference servi- 
^s are strengthened via computerized biblio- 
aphic searching, and audio-visual services 
e rendered through sophisticated graphic/ 
levision/ software distribution divisions 

arking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should dis- 
ly a college parking decal on the left rear 
mper Free decals are available at the 
curity Office on Science Drive 
All students, faculty, and staff are encour- 
ed to become aware of the parking regula- 
ns A set of regulations may be picked up in 
5 Security Office or Office of Student Affairs 

evelopment Activities 

The purpose of the Office of Development is 
promote funding for college programs from 
urces supplemental to state appropriations 
d student fees To accomplish this purpose, 
5 College participates in federal and other 
ant supported activities, and seeks assis- 
nce from alumni and friends. From private 
urces, the College accepts memorial and 
ler gifts for the athletic program, instruc- 
nal equipment, library books, matching funds 

grants, scholarships, and other restricted 
rposes. Unrestricted contributions are ac- 
pted to be used at the discretion of the Pres- 
et to meet special and unforeseen needs. 
fts of any size can be used to add to the 
rary collection in the name of an individual or 

agency; all gifts are acknowledged and 
blished, where appropriate and when re- 
ested. Gifts for scholarships are generally 
:eived by the College in one of two ways: the 
nor specifies support or choice of specific 
idents, with the College serving only as a 
jtribution agent; or the donor specifies sup- 
rt of student scholarships generally or schol- 
Ships within a broad academic field, with the 
►liege identifying the gift by name, if appro- 
ate, and distributing the funds according to 
mdard policies and procedures. Gifts of this 
I'ter type are tax deductible The Dean for 
E,jdent Affairs and Development is pleased to 
povide further information to any prospective 
cnor. 



Alumni Office Activities 

Tfie primary purposes of the Alumni Office 
are to keep former students informed about 
the College and to help them keep in touch 
with each other Any person who at any time 
was matriculated as a regular student is eligi- 
ble for membership m the Alumni Association 
and, upon payment of his dues, will receive 
association periodicals, and may vote and 
hold office in the Association The Alumm 
Office assists in arranging class reunions, 
board meetings, and other functions For further 
information contact the Alumni Secretary. 



DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

University System Core 
Curriculum 

Each unit m the University System of Geor- 
gia requires as a Core Curriculum for all bac- 
calaureate degree programsthe following min- 
imum number of quarter hours in the major 
areas of study 

Areas of Study Hours 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, 
grammar & composition & literature ... 20 

Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, in- 
cluding, but not limited to, mathematics 
and a 10-hour sequence of laboratory 
courses in the biological or physical 
sciences 20 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited 
to, history & American government .... 20 

Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of 

the individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 

In addition to the University System Core Cur- 
riculum requirements as outlined above, Arm- 
strong State College requires six quarter hours 
in physical education as pari of all baccalau- 
reate degree programs. 



38 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Armstrong State College 
Core Curriculum 

The student in any baccalaureate degree 
program at Armstrong State College must 
complete the following specific Core Curricu- 
lum requirements. Consult the relevant depart- 
mental section for a complete statement of 
degree requirements for a specific program 
Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may 
be exempted with credit awarded. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101. 102.201 15 

One of the following courses: 

ART 200. 271 . 272, 273, MUS 200. 

PHI 200,201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences .... 20 
One of the following course sequences: 
MAT 101, 103 
MAT 101. 195 
MAT 101,220 

MAT 101.290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 
BIO 101. 102 on 21. 122 
CHE 121. 122 
CHE 128. 129 
PHY 211. 212 
PHY 217. 218 

PHS 121. 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

PCS 113 5 

One course selected from: 
PSY 101, SCO 201. ANT 201. 

ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field. . . 30 
Art 

ART 111. 112,201.202.213 25 

MUS 200 or 210 5 

Art Education 

ART 111, 112,201,213 20 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Biology 
SCI and/or MAT electives (100- 
200 level) or any foreign language ..10 

CHE 128. 129 10 

BOT203 5 

ZOO 204 5 



Biology Education 

BOT203 

CHE 128 

EDN 200 

PSY 101 

ZOO 204 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271.272,273. MUS 200, 

DRS228 

Business Education 

ACC211,212 

EDN 200 

MAT 220 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS228 

Chemistry* 

CHE 128, 129,281 

MAT 206 

PHY 213 or 219 

One course selected from: 

Computer Science, Mathematics, or 

Natural Science 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 

CHE 281 

EDN 200 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271.272,273, MUS 200. 

DRS228 

Computer Science 

OS 110 or 146. 231,240 

HIS 251 or 252 

MAT 206. 207 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103. 210, 270 

Two courses selected from: ANT 

201. ECO 201, 202, DRS 228. 

PSY 101.SOC201 

Dental Hygiene Education 

BIO 101, 102 

CHE 121. 122 

DRS 228 

PSY 101.orSOC201 

Early Elementary Education 

EDN 200, 202 

DRS 228 

GEO 211 or 212 

HIS 251 or 252 

PSY 101 



*A foreign language sequence is recon 
mended. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



39 



English 
Any foreign language 101,1 02. 

103.201 20 

Two courses selected from ART 

200. 271.272. 273. MUS 200. 

PHI 200. 201. ENG 222 10 

English Education 
Any foreign language 

sequence 15 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

General Science Education 

CHE 128. 129 10 

EDN200 5 

PHY 211 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from ART 

200.271,272.273, MUS 200. 

DRS228 5 

General Studies 
Two courses selected from; ART 
200.271.272,273. ENG 
222. MUS 100.200. PHI 200, 

201 , any two foreign language 

courses through 200 level 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One or two courses selected from: 
ANT 201. OS 110. 115, or 146. 

ECO 201. 202, PSY 101. SOC 

201 5-10 

One or two courses selected from; 

AST 201, BIO 101. 102. 122. 123. 

BOT 203, CHE 1 21 , 1 22. 1 28, 1 29, 

201 . 208. 281 , GEL 201 . MET 201 . 

PHY211,212,213,217,218.219. 

PHS 121, 122, ZOO 204, 208, 

209 5-10 

Health Science 

HS 100 5 

HIS 150 & HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 208. 209 10 

History 
Any foreign language 102. 

103 10 

HIS 251. 252 10 

Two courses selected from; ANT 

201. ECO 201, GEO 1 1 1 . MAT 

220. PSY 1 01 . SOC 201 10 

Industrial Arts Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

, JAE 201. 202. 203 15 

PSY 101 5 



Mathematical Sciences 

CS 110 or 146. 260 10 

MAT 206.207 10 

MAT 208 or CS 240 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 

EDN200 5 

MAT 206. 207, 208 15 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from ART 

200.271,272.273, MUS 200. 

DRS228 5 

Medical Technology 

CHE 128, 129.281 15 

PHY 211. 212, 213 15 

Middle School Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

EDU240 2 

CS 296 3 

Music* 

MUS (Theory) 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 1 3. 21 1 , 

212.213 18 

MUS (Applied) 140. 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN200 5 

MUS 111, 112, 113. 140.230, 

232.281 20 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO 210 5 

BSN 230 5 

SOC 201 5 

ZOO208, 209, 215 15 

Physical Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PE 117,211,216,217.219,228. 

229 15 

PSY 101 5 

Physics Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 

EDN200 5 

PHY213or219 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from; ART 

200. 271,272, 273. MUS 200. 

DRS228 5 

*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 



40 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Political Science 
Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103, ores 110.225, 

and 1 36 or 1 46 or 231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

CJ 100, ECO 201. GEO 111, HIS 

251 or 252, PSY 101. SOC 

201 10 

Psychology* 

ANT 201 5 

BIO 101. 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT 220 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education - Behavioral 

Science 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Any foreign language or computer 

science sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271.272.273. MUS 

200. DRS228 5 

Social Science Education - History 

EDN 200 5 

PSY 101 5 

A related foreign language 

sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271.272.273. MUS 200. 
DRS228 5 

Social Work (major is under de-activization) 

HIS 252 5 

SOC 201 5 

SW250 5 

Any foreign language sequence 
101. 102, 103 or PHI 201, ANT 

201 , and one five hour social 
science elective (1 00-200 

level) 15 

Speech Correction 

PSY 101,202 10 

EDN 200, EXC 220 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One course from: ART 200. 271 , 

272. 273. MUS 200, DRS 228 5 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200 5 

PSY 101 5 

TIE 100.200.210 15 

Area V 

Physical Education Requirements 

PE103or 108. 117 3 



Three courses selected from: PE 
100. 101, 102. 104. 105, 106. 
107. 109,200,201,203,204. 

205, 206, 207, 208. 209 3 

Total Core Curriculum Hours 96 

Students should complete all core curriculum 
requirements during their freshmen/sopho- 
more years. 

Regents' Testing Program 

The University System of Georgia requires 
that all students successfully complete tests of 
writing skills and reading comprehension as a 
requirement for graduation An individual hold- 
ing a baccalaureate or higher degree from a 
regionally accredited institution of higher edu- 
cation will not be required to complete the 
Regents' Test for a second degree. An individ- 
ual who successfully completed the Regents' 
Test as part of an associate degree program 
will not be required to repeat the Test as part of 
a subsequent baccalaureate degree program. 

Students may take the Test upon comple- 
tion of the required composition sequence in 
their degree programs (usually ENG 1 01 , 1 02 
for associate degrees; ENG 101, 102, 201 for 
baccalaureate degrees). Students must take 
the Test in the quarter after their completion of 
45 hours. They will be notified to do so on their 
grade reports for the quarter in which the 45tfi 
hour has been completed Students who neg- 
lect to take the Test when first notified to do so 
will be prohibited from pre-registering at the 
College for a subsequent quarter They may. 
however, register at the regularly scheduled 
registration. 

Students who neglect to take the Test by the 
quarter following their 60th credit hour earned 
will be prohibited from registering at Armstrong 
State College for subsequent quarters 

Transfer Students will be subject to the 
above requirements Transfer students who 
have earned 60 or more quarter hours must 
takethe Regents' Test duringtheirfirst quarter 
of attendance. 

Students who do not pass the Test will be 
notified of eligibility for review and of require- 
ments for remedial courses. Students who do 
not pass the writing skills portion of the Test 
may request a formal review upon meeting 
conditions of eligibility stated in Regents' Test- 
ing Program Policy. 






DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



41 



Students who have not passed the Test 
pen their completion ol 75 quarter hours of 
redit will be required to enroll in the remedial 
ourse or courses of reading and/or writing in 
ach quarter of attendance until such time as 
ley pass the Test 



policy 



I — as amended. November 9-10, 1982 — 
j Each institution of the University System of 
Georgia shall assurethe other institutions, and 
|ie System as a whole, that students obtaining 
I degree from that institution possess literacy 
|ompetence. that is. certain minimum skills of 
eading and writing 

. The Regents' Testing Program has been 
eveloped to help in the attainment of this goal 
ihe objectives of the Testing Program are (1 ) 
p provide Systemwide information on the sta- 
^js of student competence in the areas of 
pading and writing; and (2) to provide a uni- 
OTvn means of identifying those students who 
ill to attain the minimum levels of compe- 
?nce in the areas of reading and writing. 
i Passing the Regents' Test is defined as hav- 
ig passed all components of the Test by scor- 
ig above the cutoff score specified for each 
omponent. The test may be administered 
ither in its entirety or as one or more compo- 
ents depending on the needs of the students. 

one component of the Test is passed, that 
lomponent need not be retaken; this provision 

retroactive to all students who have taken 
ie Test in any form since the inception of the 
Ifogram. 

The intent of this policy is that passing the 
egents' Test occur before the end of the stu- 
ent s sophomore year, that is, before the 
ompletion of 1 05 hours of degree credit. Stu- 
ents who fail the test must retake and pass 
le Test Each institution shall provide an 
opropriate program of remediation and shall 
3quire deficient students to participate in that 
•^ogram prior to retaking the test 

A student holding a baccalaureate or higher 
egree from a regionally accredited institution 
f higher education will not be required to 
omplete the Regents' Test in order to receive 

degree from a University System institution. 

In orderto implement effectivelythegoalsof 

8 Testing Program: 

Students enrolled in undergraduate degree 
programs shall pass the Regents' Test as 



a requirement for graduation Students, 
including transfer students and/or read 
milted students, may take the Test after 
they have completed the required basic 
core English courses They may be re- 
quired to take the Test in the quarter after 
they have earned 45 hours of degree 
credit if the Test has not been passed 
previously Institutions, however, may not 
delay initial testing beyond the student's 
having earned the 60th hour of degree 
credit 

2. All students who have taken and have not 
passed the Regents' Test during the quar- 
ter in which they will have earned 75 hours 
of degree credit shall take the appropriate 
nondegree credit course or courses in 
remedial reading and/or remedial writing 
in each quarter of attendance until they 
have passed all components of the Test. 

3 Having passed the Regents' Test shall not 
be a condition of transfer into an institu- 
tion. All transferring students from within 
the System shall be subject to all provi- 
sions of this policy. Students from institu- 
tions outside the System who transfer into 
a System institution with 60 or more degree 
credit hours shall take the Test during the 
initial quarter of enrollment and in subse- 
quent quarters shall be subject to all pro- 
visions of this policy. 

4. Students whose mother tongue is other 
than English may be exempted from tak- 
ing the Regents' Test by the institution 
provided appropriate local procedures are 
employed to certify the literacy compe- 
tence of those students earning a degree. 

5. For extraordinary situations, each institu- 
tion shall develop special procedures for 
certifying the literacy competence of stu- 
dents. A written description of those pro- 
cedures shall be submitted to the Chan- 
cellor for approval. A record of the action 
shall be reported by the Chancellor to the 
Education Committee of the Board of 
Regents. Such procedures shall include 
provision for remediation if needed and 
formal examination prior to certifying com- 
petency. Such examination shall equal or 
exceed the standards of the Regents' 
Testing Program. 

6. A student may request a formal review of 
his/her failure on the essay component of 
the Regents' Test if that student's essay 



42 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



received at least one passing score among 
the three scores awarded and if the stu- 
dent has successfully completed the 
courses in English composition required 
by the local institution. This review will be 
conducted in accordance with Board ap- 
proved procedures. 

7. These revised procedures shall be fol- 
lowed by all students effective January 1 , 
1980. 

8. Remedial work as required under the 
above policy shall be in keeping with regu- 
lations in satisfaction of federal and state 
student financial assistance and such 
other eligibility programs. 

9. These regulations shall not prohibit institu- 
tions from increasing requirements affect- 
ing the Regents' Testing Program, pro- 
vided such increased requirements are 
authorized by the Chancellor, and pro- 
vided further that such requirements are 
published in the official catalog of the insti- 
tution prior to implementation. Such addi- 
tional requirements shall in no way affect 
the transfer students from one institution 
to another or the readmission of students 
to University System institutions. 

1 0. A student who fails both parts and who is 
required to participate in remediation shall 
be allowed to take the reading and essay 
portions of the test in separate quarters. 

Procedure for Review 

1. The review will be initiated at the campus 
level, with procedural matters to be deter- 
mined by the institution. The on-campus 
review, however, will be conducted by the 
three (3) faculty members designated by 
the institution as a review panel. 

2. The on-campus review panel may 1 ) sus- 
tain, by majority opinion, the essay's failing 
score, thus terminating the review process, 
or 2) recommend by majority opinion, the 
re-scoring of the essay by the Regents' 
Testing Program central office. The student 
will be notified concerning the results of the 
on-campus review. 

3. If the on-campus panel recommends re- 
scoring of the essay, that recommendation 
will be transmitted in writing, along with a 
copy of the essay, to the office of the system 
Director of the Regents' Testing Program. 
The Director will utilize the services of three 
(3) experienced Regents' essay scorers 



other than those involved in the origin; 
scoring of the essay to review the essa' 
following normal scoring procedures forth 
essay component of the Regents' Test. Th 
decision of this panel on the merits of th 
essay will be final, thus terminating th 
review process. The student will be notifie 
through the institution, concerning the re 
suits of the review. 

Implementation of Policy 

Students attending Armstrong State Colleg 
are required to take the Regents' Test no lat( 
than their first quarter of enrollment after th 
quarter in which the 45th credit hour is earnei 
Students may take the test before they earn 4 
credit hours if they have completed the require 
basic core English courses, usually Englis 
101 , 102, and 201 . For the purpose of enforcin 
Regents' Test Policy, enrolled students ar 
identified by computer-printed notices on enc 
of-quarter grade reports and transfers throug 
the processes of admission and transcript evi 
luation. Students register for the test at th 
Counseling and Placement Office within th 
publicized test registration period. 

Students who neglect to take the test in the 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter i 
which the 45th credit hour is earned will b 
barred from Early Registration until after the 
have taken the test. Students who neglect 1 
take the test in their first quarter of enrollmei 
after the quarter in which the 60th credit hour 
earned will be barred from all phases of Regis 
tration. Early through Late, until aftertheyhav 
taken the test. 

Students who are handicapped or for whof 
English is a second language are required t 
take the Regents' Test but may be allowe 
additional time in a special test administratioi 

Students who do not pass the test will b 
notified of requirements for remedial course 
and eligibility for essay review. 

Physical Education 
Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalai 
reate degree programs for ten or more quart(i 
hours on the daytime schedule must adhere "j 
Armstrong Core Curriculum Area I require 
ments. Any student who holds a valid seni( 
life saving certificate and/or a valid wati 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



43 



safety instructor certificate and/or passes the 
Armstrong swimming test may be exempted 
from PE 103 or PE 108 Physical education is 
not required of anyone who is beyond the age 
of 25 at the time of initial matriculation or of 
anyone enrolled primarily in evening classes 
Students enrolled in a health program may 
substitute the PE 21 1 and PE 1 1 7 upon approv- 
al by the appropriate department head 



English and Mathematics 
Placement Tests 

The College reserves the right to place stu- 
' dents in appropriate English and mathematics 
courses in the core curriculum Diagnostic 
tests are administered for this purpose Each 
(Student who has not otherwise met the pre- 
^requisite requirement for IVIAT 101 must 
^achieve at least a score of 20 on the tVlathe- 
^matics Diagnostic Test before registering for 
'MAT 1 01 Each student who has not otherwise 
'met the prerequisites for ENG 1 00, 1 01 , 1 02 or 
h 91 must take the Placement Test before reg- 
istering forthese English courses or must pass 
'ENG 099 in the cases of ENG 101 and 102. 



k 



tate Requirement in 
^History and Government 

By state law, each student who receives a 
"diploma or certificate from a school supported 
.by the State of Georgia must demonstrate pro- 
ficiency in United States History and Govern- 
;^ment and in Georgia History and Government. 
'"A student at Armstrong State College may 
demonstrate such proficiency by successfully 
;';completing examinations for which credit will 
%e awarded 



Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science 
Degrees 

i Requirements for each major program lead- 
fing to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a 



major in Art. English, History. Music. Political 
Science, Psychology or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, or Mathemati- 
cal Sciences are described in the appropriate 
departmental listing For the BA and the BS 
degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, 
exclusive of the required physical education 
courses, is required for graduation 

Each student in one of these major pro- 
grams must complete the 96-hour core cur- 
riculum requirement as listed above 

The student will not be allowed to take 
senior division courses in the major field 
unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all 
prerequisite courses in that field No major 
program in a department will require morethan 
60 quarter hours at all levels in the major field, 
however, the department may recommend up 
to 70 quarter hours. 

For Its major program, a department will 
require from 1 5 to 30 quarter hours of specific 
courses or approved elective courses in related 
fields and may require language courses reach- 
ing the degree of proficiency specified by the 
department. Total requirements in the major 
and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter 
hours. 

Each BA or BS degree program, except 
those designed for Dental Hygiene, Medical 
Technology, Nursing, and teacher certifica- 
tion, will include a minimum of 15 hours of 
electives approved for credit within the Arm- 
strong State College curriculum. 

Associate Degree 
Requirements 

Each associate degree program includes as 
part of Its curriculum the following: 

ENG 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PCS 113 5 

One five hour course selected from 
Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 

Core 5 

Three PE credit hours 3 

TOTAL 28 

Students in associate degree programs are 
required to complete successfully the Regents' 
Examination and may be required to take an 
Exit Examination in the appropriate area of 
concentration. 



44 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Numbering System for 
Courses 

In the course listings to follow, there appear 
three numbers in parenthesis after each course 
title. The first number listed indicates the 
number of hours of lecture; the second number 
listed indicates the number of hours of labora- 
tory; the third number listed indicates the 
number of quarter hours of credit carried by 
the course The letter "V" represents variably 
hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program. Courses numbered 1 00-1 99 are gener- 
ally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year 
and courses numbered 400-499 for the senior 
year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum 
requirements may not be used to meet other 
requirements of a degree program. 

Lettering System for 
Courses 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the 
departmental curricula which follow, there 
appear two or three letters preceding a three 
digit number. Following is an exhaustive list of 
all abbreviations used for course designation 
purposes. 



AC 


= American Civilization 


ACC 


= Accounting (SSC) 


ANT 


= Anthropology 


ART 


= Art 


AST 


= Astrology 


BE 


= Business Education (SSC) 


BAD 


= Business Administration (SSC) 


BIO 


= Biology 


BOT 


= Botany 


BSN 


= Baccalaureate Nursing 


CJ 


= Criminal Justice 


CL 


= Comparative Literature 


CS 


= Computer Science 


CHE 


= Chemistry 


DH 


= Dental Hygiene 


DRS 


= Drama and Speech 


ECO 


= Economics 


EDN 


= Elementary Education 



EDU 


= Secondary Education 


EEE 


= Early Elementary Education 


EGR 


= Engineering 


ENG 


= English 


ENT 


= Entomology 


ETC 


= Engineering Technology (SSC) 


EXC 


= Exceptional Children 


FLM 


= Film 


PRE 


= French 


GEL 


= Geology 


GEO 


= Geography 


GER 


= German 


HS 


= Health Science 


HIM 


= Health Information Management 


HIS 


= History 


lAE 


= Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 


JRN 


= Journalism 


LM 


= Library Media 


LS 


= Library Science 


LAT 


= Latin 


LIN 


= Linguistics 


MH 


= Mental Health 


MT 


= Medical Technology 


MAT 


= Mathematics 


MET 


= Meteorology 


METc 


= Mechancial Engineering Technol- 




ogy (SSC) 


MIL 


= Military Science 


MPS 


= Museum Preservation Studies 


MUS 


= Music 


NSc 


= Naval Science 


NUR 


= Nursing (Associate) 


OAD 


= Office Administration (SSC) 


OCE 


= Oceanography 


PA 


= Public Administration 


PE 


= Physical Education 


PHI 


= Philosophy 


PHS 


= Physical Science 


PHY 


= Physics 


POS 


= Political Science 


PSY 


= Psychology 


RT 


= Respiratory Therapy 


RAD 


= Radiologic Technologies 


RED 


= Reading Skills 


RUS 


= Russian 


SOC 


= Sociology 


SPA 


= Spanish 


STU 


= Study Techniques 


TIE 


= Trade and Industrial Education (SSC 


ZOO 


= Zoology 



DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES 



45 



DEGREE PROGRAMS 



The degree programs of Armstrong Stale 
College are presented in this catalog primarily 
by school, by department The College is 
organized into three schools, each adminis- 
tered by a dean, and two non-school affiliated 
departments. The departmental structure of 
the College, and the balance of this Catalog, 
are presented below 

Department/ Program School 

Developmental Studies non-affiliated 

Military Science non-affiliated 

Naval Science Savannah State 

General Studies Arts and Sciences 

Biology Arts and Sciences 

Chemistry/Physics Arts and Sciences 

Criminal Justice Arts and Sciences 

Fine Arts Arts and Sciences 

History and Political Science Arts and 

Sciences 
Language. Literature, Dramatic 

Arts Arts and Sciences 

Mathematics and Computer 

Science Arts and Sciences 

Psychology Arts and Sciences 

Elementary and Middle School 

Education Education 

Physical Education Education 

Secondary and Special 

Education Education 

Associate Degree Nursing Human 

Services 

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Human 

Services 

Dental Hygiene Human Services 

Health Information Management Human 

Services 

Health Science Human Services 

Medical Technology Human Services 

Radiologic Technologies . . Human Services 
Respiratory Therapy Human Services 

Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

Dandy, Evelyn, Department Head 
Cottrell, Ellen 
Geoffroy, Cynthia 
Harris, Karl 
Smith, Carolyn 



The Department of Developmental Studies 
provides a program of compensatory educa- 
tion for students whose academic deficiencies 
may prevent successful completion of colle- 
giate studies Students may be placed in 
departmental courses on the basis of English 
Placement Test, Mathematics Diagnostic Test. 
or Regents Examination performances Regu- 
larly admitted students may voluntarily enroll, 
subject to prerequisites, in any departmental 
courses Conditionally admitted students must 
enroll in accordance with the stipulations of 
their admission (see the Conditional Admis- 
sion section of this Catalog) and policies of the 
Developmental Studies program 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration 
educational benefits may be certified for no 
more than 45 hours credit hours in departmen- 
tal courses. At most. 1 5 hours may be certified 
in each of the English, mathematics, and read- 
ing areas. 



Offerings 



DSE 098— Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is for the student classified as 
conditionally admitted because of failure to 
satisfy minimum requirements in English. The 
student will work toward competence in sen- 
tence construction, placement of modifiers, 
determination of subject-verb agreement, and 
other troublesome grammatical basics. 

DSE 099— Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This course is forthe student with difficulties 
in constructing and manipulating sentences 
within paragraphs and paragraphs within short 
themes. 



DSM 098— introductory Aigebra (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course integrates a review of arithmetic 
and an introduction to algebra. Topics include 
negative integers, simple polynomials and 
equations. 

DSM 099— intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Prerequisite: A student must have attained 
one of the following prior to enrolling— (1 ) a 
score of at least 1 on the Mathematics Diag- 



46 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



nostic Test or (2) a grade of P in MAT 098 
Dates of the administration of the Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test appear in the Academic 
Calendar in this Catalog 

Topics include rational expressions, factor- 
ing of polynomials, linear and quadratic equa- 
tions, graphs of linear functions, rational expo- 
nents, and radicals. 

DSR 098— Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students exper- 
iencing difficulty in reading. Word attack skills, 
comprehension skills, and vocabulary building 
are stressed. 

DSR 099— Developing Reading 
Maturity (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This course is appropriate for students pre- 
paring for the Regents Examination, for stu- 
dents undergoing remediation due to unsuc- 
cessful performance on the reading portion of 
the Regents Examination, and for students 
experiencing moderate difficulty in reading. 
Comprehension skills, vocabulary enrichment, 
test-taking strategies, and reading fluency are 
stressed. 

DSS 099— Effective Study Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. 

The purpose of this course is development 
of systematic and efficient study habits for 
academic success Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management, listening skills, 
memory techniques, reading flexibility, note- 
taking systems, textbook mastery, and test- 
taking strategies. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

Orlando, Anthony, Major, Department Head 
Gahagan, Robert, Captain 
Meredith, James, Captain 



The Army Department of Military Science is 
a Senior Division Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTO), Instructor Group, staffed by 



active Army personnel. The department pro- 
vides a curriculum available to Arrtistrong 
State and Savannah State students under the 
cross-enrollment program that qualifies the 
college graduate for a commission as an of- 
ficer in the US Army, United States Army Re- 
serve, or the United States Army National 
Guard. Qualifying for a commission adds an 
extra dimension to the student's employ- 
ment capability in that, upon graduation from 
the college, the student has either military or 
civilian employment options. 

The course of study offered in military 
science is designed not only to prepare both 
the student for service as a commissioned 
officer in the United States Army but also to 
provide knowledge and practical experience 
in leadership and management that will be 
useful in any facet of society. Male and female 
students are eligible for enrollment. Each stu- 
dent IS provided with a working knowledge of 
the organization and functioning of the Depart- 
ment of Defense and the role of the U.S. Army 
in national security and world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students 
during their freshman and sophomore years is 
the basic military science course and/or re- 
lated skill activities. The course of study nor- 
mally pursued by students during their junior 
and senior years is the advanced military 
science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 
should have maintained above average mil- 
itary and academic standing, and must dem- 
onstrate a potential for further leadership de- 
velopment. 

Graduates of the advanced course are 
commissioned second lieutenants in the Unit- 
ed State Army Reserve in the branch of ser- 
vice most appropriate to their interests and 
academic achievements, consistent with the 
needs of the Army. Regardless of the Branch 
selected, all officers will receive valuable ex- 
perience in management, logistics and admin- 
istration. Advanced course graduates will be 
commissioned and either called to active duty 
after graduation to serve for a period of three to 
six months or three years depending on the 
prevailing military requirements and circum- 
stances. Graduates may be granted a delay in 
reporting for active duty for graduate study. A 
small number of outstanding students are 
designated distinguished military graduates 
and are offered commissions in the Regular 
Army each year. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



47 



Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six 
quarters during the freshman and sophomore 
years The student learns the organization and 
roles of the U S Army and acquires essential 
background knowledge of customs and tradi 
tions, weapons, map reading, tactics and com- 
munications Equally important, these courses 
have the objective of developing the students 
leadership, self-discipline, integrity and sense 
of responsibility 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of 
instruction is to produce junior officers who by 
education, training, attitude and inherent quali- 
ties are suitable for continued development as 
officers in the Army There are two avenues 
available for the student to be eligible for entry 
into the advanced program and obtain a com- 
mission as a second lieutenant: 

(a) satisfactory completion of. or placement 
credit for. the basic program at Armstrong 
State or at any other school, college or univer- 
sity offering basic ROTC and meeting the 
entrance and retention requirements estab- 
lished by the Army 

(b) be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC 
cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science pro- 
grams will receive appropriate placement credit 
for their active military service Students who 
have completed military science courses in 
military preparatory schools or junior colleges 
may be given appropriate credit Students with 
at least three years of high school ROTC may 
also be granted placement credit. Placement 
credit or six quarters of basic military science, 
or the equivalent thereof, is a prerequisite to 
admission into the advanced program. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework re- 
maining, but who have not completed basic 
military science, are eligible to be considered 
for selection into the advanced military science 
program. Those selected underthe provisions 
of the two-year advanced program must satis- 
factorily complete a basic summer camp of six 
weeks duration prior to entering the advanced 
program or must enroll in the condensed 
summer school phase of the basic course 
This latter program consists of six, two-hour 
courses given during the summer quarter. A 
student may take other courses during this 
session. Upon successful completion of the 



military science courses, they will be placed in 
the advanced course Students attending the 
basic camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, are paid at 
active army rates and given a travel allowance 

from their home to camp and return 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced 
courses are required to attend advanced sum- 
mer camp, normally between their junior and 
senior academic years at Fort Bragg, North 
Carolina Students attending this camp are 
paid at active army rates and given travel allow- 
ance from their home to camp and return. 

Financial Assistance 

All advanced cadets are paid a subsistence 
allowance of $1 00 per month while enrolled in 
the advanced course 

Scholarship Program 

Each year theU S Army awards one-, two- 
and three-year scholarships to outstanding 
young men and women participating in the 
Army ROTC program who desire careers as 
regular Army officers. The Army pays tuition, 
fees, books and laboratory expenses incurred 
by the scholarship student and. in addition, 
each student receives $1 00 per month for the 
academic year. Individuals desiring to com- 
pete for these scholarships should apply to the 
Army Military Science Department 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC pro- 
gram will be issued US Army uniforms, books 
and supplies by the IVIilitary Science Depart- 
ment. No fees or deposits of any kind will be 
required. Uniforms must be returned before 
commissioning or upon disenrollment from the 
ROTC program. 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration 
consists of two hours of classroom work per 
week. In the classroom, the student acquires 
knowledge of military organization, weapons, 
tactics, basic military skills, history and cus- 
toms. In field training exercises, potential for 
leadership is progressively developed. 

The advanced course consists of three 
hours of classroom work per week for two 
quarters in the third and fourth years. During 
the spring quarter prior to advanced camp the 
student will enroll in MIL 303 to prepare for 
attendance at Advanced Camp. This two-hour 
course is normally taken during the third year. 
HIS 357 (American Military History) is normally 
taken spring quarter of the third year but with 



48 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



permission of department can betaken during 
second or fourth year. One quarter of tfie 
senior year must include an elective approved 
by the Is/lilitary Science Department. The course- 
work during the advanced course empha- 
sizes techniques and management and leader- 
ship and the fundamentals and dynamics of 
the military team. Field training exercises pro- 
vide the student with applied leadership ex- 
periences. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military 
Science. The program is designed to prepare 
the student for a commission in the United 
States Army and is offered to, but not required 
of, those students participating in the advanced 
course of Army ROTC instruction. Whatever 
the major, a Military Science minor will strength- 
en the student's management, leadership, and 
interpersonal communication skills. The minor 
requires. 

Fourteen credit hours with grades of "C" or 
better in the following upper division military 
science courses: 301 . 302, 303, 401 , 402; HIS 
357 and five additional credit hours of course- 
work approved by the department. 



Offerings 

MIL 101— Army Organization (1-1-2) 

A study of the U.S. Army and the ROTC 
Organization. 

MIL 102— Basic Weapons and Military 
Skills (1-1-2) 

A study of characteristics of basic military 
weapons, the principles and fundamentals of 
rifle markmanship, the elements of first aid, 
and the employment of individual camouflage, 
cover, concealment and field fortifications. 

MIL 103— Basic Survival (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing 
military techniques used to sustain human life 
when separated from logistical support. 

MIL 104— Basic Military Skills (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 1 02, or approval of Depart- 
ment Head. 

A study of the basic military skills essential 
to the contemporary soldier with emphasis on 
individual training in first aid, intelligence infor- 
mation and field preparedness. Chemical, bio- 
logical and nuclear operations on the modern 
battlefield. 



MIL 201— Map and Aerial Photograph 
Reading (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, 104, or approval of 
Department Head. 

A study of basic map reading as applied by 
the small unit leader. 

MIL 202— Basic Tactics and 
Operations (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 1 02, 1 04, 201 , or approval 
of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and 
troop leading procedures to include the com- 
bined arms teams to the platoon with primary 
interest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203— Mountaineering Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing 
the fundamentals of mountain climbing and 
rapelling. Proper knot tying and safety proce- 
dures are emphasized. 

MIL 204— Military Communications (1-1-2) 

A study of military communications proce- 
dures to include terminology, security, elec- 
tronic warfare and preparation of military corre- 
spondence. 

MIL 205— The Threat (2-0-2) 

A study of the organization, tactics, and 
equipment of threat forces. Major emphasis is 
placed on the tactics used in Western Europe. 

MIL 206— Basic Self-Defense I (0-2-1) 

A Basic Self-Defense course which pro- 
vides a study of defensive philosophy, vulner- 
able areas of the body, exercises, kicks, strikes, 
throws, and arm bars. The course also includes 
basic self-defense strategy and practical exer- 
cises utilizing all of the techniques taught in the 
course. 

MIL 301— Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent 
and permission of the Department. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, 
techniques of management, and methods of 
instruction to include practical application. 

MIL 302— Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent 
and permission of the Department. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the mod- 
ern battlefield and current military Tactica 
doctrine. 



NAVAL SCIENCE 



49 



MIL 303— Leadership Seminar (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite MIL 301. 302 
A series of seminars, laboratories and expe- 
riences to prepare the student tor Advanced 

Summer Camp 

MIL 304— Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer Prerequisite: Military 303 and per- 
mission of Department 

The study and practical application of mil- 
itary skills and leadership ability during a six 
week encampment experience. Grading for 
this course will be done on a satisfactory, 
unsatisfactory basis Instruction and evalua- 
hon IS jointly accomplished by college staff 
and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 1 st 
ROTC Region 

MIL 401— Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite MIL 301, 302 

A study of command and staff duties and 
responsibilities of the professional officer to 
include operations, intelligence, administration 
and logistics. 

MIL 402— Leadership and Management 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 
A study of the military justice system and 
service orientation. 



Naval ROTC Program 

'acuity 

3dr. Edward Clark, USN, Department Head 

3dr. 0. C. Fowler, USN 

3apt. Oregon Emerson, USMC 

-t. Richard A. Bass, USN 

-t. Jimmy R, Middlebrook, USN 

-t. Bernard L. Jackson, USN 

3YSGT, George H, Williams, USMC 

:)M1 A. Mason, USN 



The NAVAL ROTC Program at Savannah 
>tate College is available to students at Arm- 
trong State College who meet the require- 
ments of the program and who desire to earn 
n appointment as a commissioned officer in 
ie United States Navy or United States Marine 
'orps. ASC students will normally take Naval 
Science courses on the SSC campus; how- 
ver, some courses may be taught on-campus 
ontingent upon NROTC instructor availability 



and a minimum on-campus class enrollment 
of five students 

The Naval Reserve Officers Training Corps 
academic program is an opportunity for stu- 
dents to combine their formal educational 
experience with their initial military training 
While students are completing their degree 
requirements, they are earning a minor in 
Naval Science from ASC and preparing them- 
selves for commission service as a regular or 
reserve officer in the Navy or Marine Corps 

In support of this purpose the basic and 
primary mission of the NROTC program is as 
follows: 
To develop Midshipmen morally, mentally 
and physically and to imbue them with the 
highest ideals of duty, honor and loyalty in 
orderto commission college graduates as 
officers who possess a basic professional 
background, are motivated toward careers 
in the Naval Service and have a potential 
for future development in mind and char- 
acter so as to assume the highest responsi- 
bilities of command, citizenship and govern- 
ment. 

Naval Science Curriculum 

Hours 

A. Basic Course of Instruction 15 

NSC 101, 102, 104 8 

NSC201,202,204 7 

(Basic course required for Navy and 
Marine Options) 

B. Navy Option — Advanced Course of 
Instruction 14 

NSC 301 . 302, 303, 304. 

305, 306 9 

NSC 401 , 402. 403.404, 405 ... . 5 

C. Marine Option — Advanced Course 

of Instruction 12 

NSC301,302,303, 307, 308 
NSC 406, 407 

D. Specific Electives 40 

#MAT206,207.208 15 

#Phy217,218,219 15 

* HIS 357 5 

*POS320 5 

E. Additional Requirements 

NSC 450; Naval Drill (0-2-0) is required 
each quarter. It will complete two of the 
six hours of physical education required 
for graduation. 

^Required for Naval Option scholarship mid- 
shipmen; encouraged for others. 



L 



50 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



•Recommended for non-scholarship midship- 
men and midshipmen not majoring in one of 
the following areas: Math, Physics, Computer 
Science, Engineering, or Chemistry. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An NROTC standardized comprehensive 
examination will be administered to all Navy 
option Senior Midshipmen in October of each 
year. The Midshipman is expected to demon- 
strate an adequate understanding of the com- 
mon core of knowledge in Naval Science sub- 
jects such as naval engineering, weapons, 
navigation, tactics, and ship handling pro- 
cedures. 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101— Introduction to Naval Science I 
(2-0-2) 

Fall, Spring. 

An introductory course to the role of the 
Navy in national defense. The instruction 
places particular emphasis on the mission, 
organization, regulations, and broad warfare 
components of the Naval service. Included is 
an overview of officer and enlisted rank and 
rating structure, training and education, pro- 
motion and advancement, and retirement poli- 
cies. The course also covers the basic tenets 
of Naval courtesy and customs, discipline. 
Naval leadership and ship's nomenclature. 

NSC 102~lntroductlon to Naval Science II 
(1-0-1) 

Winter. 

An introductory course to the organization of 
the Naval service, the varied career opportuni- 
ties available, long-held customs and tradi- 
tions of Navy/Marine Corps men and women, 
and the duties of a Junior Officer in the Naval 
service. The student is made cognizant of the 
major challenges facing today's Naval officer, 
especially in the areas of equal opportunity 
and drug/alcohol abuse. 

NSC 104— Naval Ships System I (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Introduces students to the types, structure 
and purpose of naval ships. Ship compartmen- 
tation, propulsion systems, auxiliary power 
systems, interior communications, ship opera- 
tions, and ship stability characteristics are 
examined. 



NSC 201 & 202— Seapower and Maritime 
Affairs I & 11(1-1-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to naval seapower 
and maritime affairs. These courses are 
oriented toward the general concepts of sea- 
power (including the merchant marine), the 
role of various components of the Navy in sup- 
porting the Navy's mission, the implementation 
of seapower as an instrument of national 
policy, and a comparative study of U.S. and 
Soviet naval strategies. 

NSC 204— Naval Ships Systems II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Covers the theory and principles of opera- 
tion of naval weapons systems. The course 
includes coverage of types of weapons and 
fire control systems, capabilities and limita- 
tions, theory of target acquisition, identification 
and tracking, trajectory principles, and basics 
of naval ordnance. 

NSC 301-303— Naval Seminar I, II & III 
(0-1-0) 

Professional Naval training sessions stress- 
ing the development and application of leader- 
ship skills. 

NSC 304-305— Navigation I & II (3-1-3) 

Fall, Winter. 
A comprehensive study of the theory, princi- 
ples and procedures of ship navigation and 
movements. Navigation topics include mathe- 
matical analysis, spherical triangulation and 
practical work involving sight reduction, sex- 
tants, publications, and report logs. The con- 
cepts and mental skills relating to the use of 
relative motion, maneuvering board and the 
Rules of the Nautical Road for safe navigation 
— lights, signals, navigational aids and inertial 
systems, are also covered. 

NSC 306— Naval Operations (3-1-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: NSC. 305. 

Operations topics include communications 
sonar-radar search and screening theory.- 
Tactical formations and dispositions, relative 
motion, maneuvering board and tactical plots 
are analyzed for force effectiveness and unity 

NSC 307-308— Evolution of Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

Provides the student with a basic knowledge 
of the art and concepts of warfare, and it; 
evolution from the beginning of recorded his 
tory to the present. Included within this study i: 



SCHOOL OF ARTS A SCIENCES 51 



a consideration of the influence that leader- 
ship, political, economic, sociological and tech- 
nological development factors have had on 
warfare, and the influence they will continue to 

exert in the age of limited warfare 

NSC 309— Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 

Spring. 

A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualities necessary for 
service as Marine Corps officers Practical 
laboratory exercises in mission and organiza- 
tion of the Marine Corps, duties of interior 
guards, introduction to military tactics, troop 
leading procedures, rifle squad weapons and 
theory of physical conditioning. Particular 
emphasis is given to a demanding progressive 
physical conditioning program. This course 
serves to prepare students for the Marine 
Corps Summer Training at Officer Candidate 
School (BULLDOG) between the junior and 
senior academic year. 

^SC 401-403— Naval Operations Labora- 
:ory 1,11, 111(0-1-0) 

i Fall, Winter, Spring. 

i Practical laboratory exercises conducted in 
[a dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet 
'Bnvironment to develop and improve the sur- 
ace operation skills of Navy option midship- 
men. 

>ISC 404— Leadership and Management I 
3-1-3) 

Fall. 

A course stressing the experiential approach 
learning the principles of leadership and 
management. The student develops skills in 
he areas of communication, counseling, con- 
rol, direction, management and leadership 
hrough active guided participation in dynamic 
:ase studies, experiential exercises and situa- 
ional problems. Management theory, profes- 
;ional responsibility and the Navy Human 
Resources Management programs are empha- 
■ized. 

JSC 405— Leadership and Management II 
2-1-2) 

Winter. 

A course which will familiarize midshipmen 
/ith and develop an appreciation of the duties 
nd responsibilities of the junior naval officer 
■ nd division officer in the areas of Navy human 
3sources management, and the personnel 
management, material management, and 



administration of division discipline The course 
prepares the midshipman for the personal and 
professional responsibilities he will encounter 
immediately upon commissioning This cap- 
stone course in the Naval Science curriculum 
builds upon and focuses the managerial and 
professional competencies developed during 
prior at sea training and naval science courses 

NSC 406-407— Amphibious Warfare i & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter 

The history of amphibious warfare is a tacti- 
cal course that provides the general back- 
ground for amphibious warfare operations 
The course seeks to define the concept, 
explore its doctrinal origins and trace its evolu- 
tion as an element of blue-water naval policy 
during the 20th century. While studying the 
overall development of amphibious doctrine, 
the student will explore several common case 
studies and simultaneously prepare an analy- 
tical study of one or more significant amphib- 
ious operations from recent history. 

NSC 450— Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to basic military for- 
mations, movements, commands, courtesies 
and honors, and provides practice in unit lead- 
ership and management. Physical condition- 
ing and training are provided to ensure stu- 
dents meet the minimum Navy/Marine Corps 
physical tests. Successful completion of at 
least two quarters of this course plus four 
hours of Physical Education Courses by 
NROTC Students will satisfy the College six 
hour Physical Education graduation require- 
ment. This course is required each quarter of 
all NROTC Students. 



School of Arts 
and Sciences 



Adams, Joseph, Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

The School of Arts and Sciences provides, 
by virtue of its professional staff, scholarly 
resources, and physical facilities, the oppor- 
tunity for qualified students to obtain the best 
possible education attainable within the struc- 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ture of a liberal baccalaureate program or 
through curricula leading to a specialized 
degree. The goals of the school are: 

To acquaint all students, by means of a core 
curriculum in the liberal arts and sciences, 
with the diversity of the intellectual and cultural 
achievements of man; 

To assist them in developing the skills 
necessary to think and to express themselves 
clearly and creatively; 

To enable them to understand and assume 
their responsibilities as free men and women 
in a democratic society; 

To provide a liberal baccalaureate educa- 
tion, supported by sound instruction, scholarly 
resources, and a commitment to free inquiry. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes 
the Departments of Biology, Chemistry and 
Physics, Criminal Justice, Fine Arts, History 
and Political Science, Languages, Literature 
and Dramatic Arts, Mathematics and Compu- 
ter Science, and Psychology. The following 
degree programs are offered by those depart- 
ments: 
Associate in Arts 
Associate in Science in 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Drama/Speech 
English 
History 
Music 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Applied 

Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Computer 

Science) 
Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics 

Education) 
Physical Science 
A student may combine with a major field of 
study one of the following minor concentra- 
tions offered by departments within the School 
of Arts and Sciences: 
American Civilization 
Anthropology 



Art 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 

English 

Film 

Foreign Language 

History 

Journalism 

International Studies 

Linguistics 

Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 

Music 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Science 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Zoology 



General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams in General Studies, emphasizing a lib- 
eral arts education, are operated under the 
direction of the Dean of the School of Arts and 
Sciences. Curriculum guidance for these pro- 
grams is provided by the General Studies 
Degree Committee (a committee of seven 
faculty members). Interested students should 
contact the office of the Dean of Arts and 
Sciences 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, 
a student must complete at least 30 hours of 
the required course work and 45 quarter hours 
of all coursework in this program at Armstrong 
State College. The program is designed to 
provide a substantial liberal education as a 
base for upperdivision specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by exami- 
nation. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF j 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Houn 

A. General Requirements 62 

Area I 2C 



GENERAL STUDIES 



53 



1 

1 ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2 One course from ART 200, 271 , 
272. 273. ENG 222, MUS 200. 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2 MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1- HIS 114 or 115. HIS 251 or 

^252 10 

2 "'POS 1 13 and one course select- 
ed from ANT 201, ECO 201, 

202, PSri01,SEC201 10 

Area V 3 

1 PE 103 or 108 1 

2 Two activity courses 2 

B Courses in the Concentration and/ 

or Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by 
a department or may be electives 
Students planning work toward a 
baccalaureate degree should select 
courses that meet listed require- 
ments of that degree program. 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 93 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271. 272. 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from; ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; PSY 101;SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Two courses selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272. 273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 200. 201; 

two courses in any 



foreign language through 

the 200 level 10-15 

3 One or two courses selected from 
ANT 201. OS 110. 115, 146, ECO 
201,202, PSY 101, SOC 

201 5-10 

4 One or two courses selected rom 
from AST 201. BIO 101, 102, 
BIO 121. 122. BOT 203. CHE 

121, 122, CHE 128, 129. CHE 
291.292, CHE 281, GEL 201; 
MET 201, PHY 211,212,213. 
PHY 217, 218, 219, PHS 121, 

122, ZOO 208. 209. 294 5-10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 

117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 
Also, if a physical science sequence is used to 
satisfy Area II. then a biological science must 
be chosen in Area IV. The converse is also 
true. 

Other Requirements 96 

1 . A minimum of 35 hours at the 300 
level. 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any one 
discipline excluding courses taken 
under section A. 

General Studies 30 

Courses at the 200 or above level 

1. Humanities 5-10 

American civilization, art, com- 
parative literature. English or 
American literature, history, 
music, philosophy. 

2 Social Sciences 5-10 

Anthropology, criminal justice, eco- 
nomics, geography, museum and 
preservation studies, political 
science, psychology, sociology 

3. Mathematics and Natural 

Sciences 5-10 

Astronomy, biology, botany, 
chemistry, entomology, geol- 
ogy, mathematics, meteor- 
ology, oceanography, physics, 
zoology. 

4. Computer science, drama/ 
speech, film, foreign lan- 
guages, journalism, lin- 
guistics. 



54 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area of Concentration (Any college ap- 
proved minor) 20-29 

Electives 36-45 

'Credit for special experience may 
be granted, at the discretion of the 
appropriate department; such cred- 
it, however, shall not exceed one- 
fourth of the total hours for the 
degree, and credit for courses not 
specifically listed in the College 
catalog under "Advanced Place- 
ment and Credit by Examination" 
shall not exceed ten hours. 
5. Regents' and Exit Examinations. ._0 
TOTAL 191 



Biology 



Faculty 

Gottfried, Brad, Department Head 

Beumer, Ronald 

Brower, Moonyean 

Guillou, Laurent 

Pingel, Allen 

Thome, Francis 



The major in biology consists of BIO 101, 
1 02; BOT 203; ZOO 204, and at least 40 quar- 
ter hours credit in biology courses (Botany, 
zoology, etc.) numbered 300 or above. The 
majority of the courses in the major numbered 
300 or above must be taken in the Biology 
Department at Armstrong State College. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology 
must include in his program the following 
courses: BIO 370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 
410; one course in botany numbered 300 or 
above, other than BOT 41 0; and one course in 
zoology numbered 300 or above, other than 
ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three 
required units is transferred to Armstrong from 
another college, the department may require 
that it be validated by examination. 

In addition, biology majors must complete 
elementary statistics and the course sequence 
in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The 
course in general college physics (15 quarter 
hours) IS strongly recommended and should 
be considered essential for those who expect 
to continue the study of biology beyond the 
B.S. degree. 



To be admitted to courses in biology above 

the freshman level (those numbered 200 or 
above), the student must have completed the 
prerequisites for each with at least a grade of 
"C" for each prerequisite. To be eligible for a 
B.S. degree in biology the student must have a 
grade of at least "C" for all upper division 
courses (those numbered 300 or above) in 
biology. 

Begmning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school are advised to take examinations for 
advanced placement or for credit for BIO 1 01 , 
102, 121, and/or 122. Arrangements to take 
these examinations may be made with the 
head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits 
for the biology laboratory science sequence 
by taking biology in the Savannah State- 
Armstrong exchange program, a student must 
take the ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter 
hours either at Armstrong State College or at 
Savannah State College. 

Students majoring in biology may concur- 
rently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, 
and/or pre-veterninary requirements and all 
requirements for secondary teaching certifica- 
tion in science (biology). 

By careful use of electives a student major- 
ing in biology may concurrently acquire a 
second major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a 
"double major '). This program is recommended 
for pre-professional students. It does require 
10 to 20 quarter hours credit above the min- 
imum required for graduation. Ask the depart- 
ment head for additional information. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2 MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if exami- 
nation allows) and MAT 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; PCS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 : ECO 
201,202; PSY 101, SCO 201 ... 5 



J 



BIOLOGY 



S9 



Area IV 30 

1 CHE 128. 129. BOT 203. ZOO 

204 20 

2. Two courses from natural sci- 
ences. Mathematics, foreign 

language 10 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. BIO 370. 480. BOT 410 or ZOO 

410 15 

2 Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from biology, botany, 
entomology, and zoology. Elec- 
tives must include one BOT 
course other than BOT 410 and 
one ZOO course other than ZOO 

410 25 

C Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341.342.343 15 

D Electives 35 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

(1) Biology majors should take BIO 101 and 
102 during the freshman year and BOT 
203. ZOO 204 during the sophomore year. 
CHE 1 28 and 1 29 should be completed by 
the end of spring quarter of the sophomore 
year. 

(2) The biology major should complete organic 
chemistry (CHE 341. 342, 343) no later 
than the end of the junior year as it is 
prerequisite to all physiology courses. 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate 
school are advised that PHY 211, 212. 
213. and foreign language to third quarter 
proficiency should be considered essential. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OFSCIENCE WITH AMAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 . 
272.273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

I PHI 200. 201 5 

I Area II 20 

I 1. MAT 101,220 10 



2 BIO 101. 102 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 1 14, 115;P0S 113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 CHE 128. 129, PHY 211, MAT 
103 20 

2 One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
200, 201; SOC 201 5 

3 One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 

200 5 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

1 BIO 370, 480; BOT 203, ZOO. 
204 20 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 
zoology 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

1. CHE 341,342.343 15 

2. PHY 212. 213 10 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN200; EDU 310,335,447, 
481.482,483 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 216 

MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are 
available from the Department of Biology For 
completion of each of the minors, the student 
must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 
course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 25 

1 BIO 101, 102 10 

2. BIO electives of which at 
least 10 hours must be 

at 300-400 level 15 

Botany 25 

1 BIO 101, 102; BOT 203 15 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 

323.,425 10 

Zoology 25 

1. BIO 101. 102. ZOO 204 15 

2. Two courses selected from: ENT 
301; ZOO 325. 355. 356. 372. 
425 10 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



OFFERINGS 



Biology Offerings 

BIO 101— Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: none 
Structure and function of cells; biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and develop- 
ment of flowering plants 

BIO 102— Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite; Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of ver- 
tebrate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIO 121— Biological Principles, Plants, and 
People I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: None 

Biological principles as they relate to interre- 
lationships between plants and people. The 
course includes essential biology of plant 
cells, structure and function in flowering plants, 
genetics, and evolution This course is intended 
primarily for non-science majors. 

BIO 122— Biological Principles, Animals, 
and People II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: None. 

Biological principles with emphasis on 
human structure and function. The course 
includes essential biology of animal cells, 
ecology, and evolution. This course is intended 
primarily for non-science majors. 

BIO/PHY 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 213 or 218 or 202. and a 
two-quarter sequence in anatomy and physi- 
ology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of 
ionizing radiation and its biological effects. 
(Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology or in chemistry). 

BIO 210— Microorganisms and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 and 
ZOO 209. 

An introduction to the study of microorga- 
nisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. The 
morphology, life history, and importance to 
public health of representative bacteria, fungi, 
viruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit 
for this course may not be applied toward a 
major in biology. 

BIO 310— Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours 
credit in college courses. 



Consideration of the interactions between 
humans and the support systems of the earth 
which are essential to their existence. Credit 
for this course may not be applied toward a 
major in biology 

BIO 351— Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological 
science, CHE 128-129 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classi- 
fication, and genetics of the bacteria and 
related micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIO 352— Medical Microbiology (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite. BIO 351 and permission of the 
instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease- 
causing microbes in terms of their diagnosis, 
pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIO 353— Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 or permis- 
sion of instructor and department head 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular 
immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of 
antibodies, and the interactions between anti- 
gens and antibodies. Consideration will be 
given to allergic states and other immunologi- 
cal diseases. 

BIO 354— Morphologic Hematology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 102 and CHE 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human 
blood and bone marrow with emphasis upon 
antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIO 358— Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Wrnter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mount- 
ing plant and animal materials for study. 

BIO 370— Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102; CHEf 
128, 129; BIO 351 and junior status recom-i 
mended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological 

inheritance. 

BIO 380— Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208- 
209 and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202, Of 
CHE 121-122. 

An introduction to human inheritance includ- 
ing gene transmission, gene effects upor 
metabolism, population and quantitative genet- 
ics, genetics of sex-determination, pedigree 



BIOLOGY 



57 



analysis, eugenics, and genetic screening and 
counseling 

BIO 410— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Ottered on demand Prerequisites At least 
third quarter junior status, two courses m biol- 
ogy numbered 300 or above, and organic 
chemistry 

A consideration of the functional relation- 
ships between microscopic anatomy and cell 
chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabo- 
lism, and growth. 

BIO 440— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter Prerequisite Two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and 
nuclei, growth, differentiation, and reproduction 

310 450— Evolution (5-0-5) 

i Winter Prerequisite Major in biology (at 
least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses 

I lumbered 300 or above) 
Modern concepts in organic evolution 

310 480— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biol- 
ogy numbered 300 or above 
^ survey of the principles of ecology and 
application to the welfare of humans, co- 
^ated with a study of populations and 
Tiunities in the field. 

)I0 490— Problems in Biology (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
'0 hours credit in biology courses numbered 
500 or above: a B average in biology courses 
ind in overall work: consent of department 
lead agreement of a staff member to super- 
ise work 

Problems to be assigned and work directed 
)y a member of the department. Supervised 
research including literature search, field 
nd/or laboratory investigation and presenta- 
on of an acceptable written report of results. 
>redit will depend upon the work to be done. 
ioth credit and proposed work must be ap- 
roved in advance, in writing, by the faculty 
lember to supervise the work and by the 
apartment head. 

otany Offerings 

OT 201— Principles of Horticulture 
1-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles 
ith emphasis on plant growth and develop- 
ent as responses to varying environmental 



conditions Topics to be covered include plant 
classification, growth and development, envi- 
ronment, propagation, disease and pest con- 
trol This course may be applied as elective 
credit towards the B S degree m biology 

BOT 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring, Fall Prerequisites BIO 101 and 1 02 
Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions 

of the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the 

evolution of the land flora 

BOT 305— Identification of Flowering 
Plants (0-10-5) 

Spring Prerequisite or corequisite BOT 
203 

Studies in the identification of plants with 
emphasis on local flora 

BOT 323— Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall Prerequisite BOT 203 

The origin and development of the organs 
and tissue systems of vascular plants, and a 
comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits 

BOT 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites BOT 203 and Organic 
Chemistry. 

A survey of physiologic processes occur- 
ring in plants and the conditions which affect 
these processes. 

BOT 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, 
and evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301— Introductory Entomology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring Prerequisite: ZOO 204 
An introduction to the study of insects— their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Winter, Summer Prerequisites: BIO 101, 
102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 



58 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ZOO 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A basic course considering the gross anat- 
omy, histology, and physiology of the human 
organ systems. Intended primarily for majors 
in health sciences; credit for this course may 
not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 
208 and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course consider- 
ing the anatomy and physiology of the human. 
Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOO 210— Functional Human Anatomy for 
Medical Radiographers (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208. 

Detailed skeletal anatomy; gross systemic 
anatomy and histology, with functional high- 
lights of circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excre- 
tory and reproductive systems. Intended pri- 
marily for majors in health sciences; credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

ZOO 211 —Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heartbeat, the control of cir- 
culation, respiration, and blood pressure, and 
partial movement across membranes will also 
be studied. Intended primarily for majors in 
health sciences; credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 215— Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 or other 
acceptable courses in human, general, or ver- 
tebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease as 
disruption of physiological homeostasis. Initial 
emphasis is placed on normal function, con- 
trol, and environment of cells as a basis for 
understanding cellular and systemic responses 
to agents of injury and organismic effects of 
those responses. Intended primarily for majors 
in health sciences. 

ZOO 325— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Odd numbered years. Prerequisite: 
ZOO 204. 



A study of the structure, body functions, 
interrelations, and natural history of the major 
invertebrate groups. 

ZOO 330— Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208- 
209, and CHE 1 21 -1 22 or CHE 201 . 

Biological bases of animal, including human, 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization and 
functions of nutrients. 

ZOO 355— Embryology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ZOO 204 or equivalent in 
another biological science. 

An elementary course in embryology in 
which the chick is used to illustrate the basic 
principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOO 356— Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 357— Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the tissues and their organization 
into organs and organ systems in animals. 

ZOO 372— Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and 
external parasites of man and other animals. 

ZOO 410— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic 
Chemistry. 

An introduction to the general physiologic 
processes of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 425— Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: 
ZOO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic 
distribution of marine invertebrates as exem- 
plified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOO 429— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 
and one other course in biology numbered 300 
or above. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, thelr^ 
control of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 435— Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 204 
and Organic Chemistry. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



59 



Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions of organ systems involved in the 
maintenance of fiomeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of m vilro 
reactions of tissues and systems under labora- 
tory conditions 



Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following courses, offered at the Skida- 
way Island Marine Science Center, are coop- 
eratively sponsored by ASC, GIT, GSC, GSU. 
and UGA Five quarter hours of credit from 
these courses may be applied within the major 
in biology or as electives toward the BS in 
Biology degree 

BIO 430— Ettuarine Ecoiogy (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks ) Prerequisites: CHE 
128. 129; ZOO 204; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; or permission of 
instructor MAT 104 recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuar- 
ies, substrates, physical processes, communi- 
ties, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynam- 
ics and analysis The study area will include 
the estuarine complex of the Carolinian prov- 
ince as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 

ZOO 405— Ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks.) Prerequisites: ZOO 
204 and one course in zoology numbered 300 
or above, or permission of instructor. 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and 
evolution of fishes with special reference to 
the fishes of eastern North America. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry. Department Head 

Brewer, John 

Jaynes, Leon 

Johanning, Gary 

Jones, Gerald 

Pestel, Beverly 

Robbins, Paul 

Stratton, Cedric 

Whiten, Morris 



The department offers one degree program, 
:he Bachelor of Science with a major in chem- 
stry, designed to give depth in the fields of 



chemistry, yet flexible enough to accommo- 
date a range of career goals Students ma)or 
ing in chemistry may concurrently complete all 
pre-medical and/or pre-dental requirements 
and all requirements for secondary teaching 
certification in science (chemistry) 

By careful use of electives a student major- 
ing in chemistry may concurrently acquire a 
second major in biology (i e the student may 
take a "double major") This program is recom- 
mended for pre-professional students It does 
require 1 to 20 quarter hours credit above the 
minimum required for graduation 

The department participates in the Dual 
Degree Program of Armstrong State College 
and the Georgia Institute of Technology under 
which students may earn simultaneously the 
BS. degree in chemistry from Armstrong and 
the Bachelor's degree from Georgia Tech in a 
related field, such as chemical engineering 
Students interested in learning more about the 
chemistry degree program or any course 
offered by the department should contact the 
department head. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102.201 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271. 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101. 103 10 

PHY211.212or217.218 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114. 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201. ECO 201. 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128. 129, 281 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY213or219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathe- 
matics or Natural Science 5 

AreaV 6 

PE211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



<• 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341 . 342. 343. 380, 491 ... 25 
CHE 492. 493 or CHE 481. 

482.483.496 10 

Approved 300-400 level 
Chemistry courses 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

CS 1 1 or 1 46 5 

Additional courses in Computer 

Science. Mathematics, or 

Natural Sciences 10 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

ENG 101.102,201 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200. 271. 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200;PHI 200.201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT101,103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

P0S113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201 , ECO 201 , 202; SOC 201 ... . 5 
Area IV 30 

CHE 281 5 

PHY211,212or217,218 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200. 271, 272. 273; MUS 200; 
DRS228 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341 . 342, 343. 380. 491 ... 25 
CHE 492, 493 or CHE 481, 

482,483.496 10 

CHE 461 5 

Approved 300-400 level Chem- 
istry elective 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101. 102 10 



PHY213or219 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 302, MET 303, OCE 
301,430; PHY 412 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

EDU 310,335,447,481,482, 

483 30 

PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' Examination and Exit Examina- 
tions _0 

TOTAL 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

ENG 101.102.201 15 

One course selected from: 

ART200. 271,272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE128,129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS114,115; P0S113 15 

One course selected from: 

ANT201;ECO201,202; 

PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

PHY211,212,213or 

PHY 217,218, 219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

Area V 6 

PE211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY 412 5 

Ten hours chosen from: 

AST, GEL, MET, OCE 10 

Thirty hours selected from (to 
include maximum 15 CHE 

hours) 30 

300-400 level CHE courses 
300-400 level PHY courses 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

CS 1 46 5 

CS or MAT 20 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



i 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



61 



4INOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The rninof m Chennslry requires twenty 
:redit hours with grades of 'C' or better in 
jpper division chemistry courses 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three 
:redit hours from courses designated as phys- 
cs with a grade of "C" or better in each course 

The minor in Physical Science requires ten 
:redit hours of a laboratory sequence in chem- 
stry. physical science, or physics plus fifteen 
lOurs chosen from: AST 301. CHE 301. GEL 
102, OCE 301. MET 303 A grade of "C" or 
>etter is required in each course. 

rhe Cooperative 
Engineering Program 

A selection of basic engineering courses is 
)ffered at Armstrong State College to facilitate 
he transfer of students into engineering pro- 
jrams. By choosing appropriate courses at 
Armstrong, a student may be able to complete 
I baccalaureate engineering program in fewer 
han two academic years of residence at an 
engineering school. 

All core curriculum and basic engineering 
:ourses may be taken at ASC. This program of 
ourses has been constructed and designed 
/ith full cooperation and counsel from The 
leorgia Institute of Technology. 

FFERINGS 

hemistry Offerings 

HE 121-122— Introduction to 
hemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: (VIAT 1 01 . (Credit 

these courses may not be applied to a major 

chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the fun- 
amental laws and theories of inorganic chem- 
try, a survey of organic chemistry, and an 
troduction to biochemistry. 

HE 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite; College Algebra or concur- 
•rtly. Offered each quarter. 
These courses are the first two of the series 
?8, 129. 281 required to complete an aca- 
3mic year of General Chemistry. A study of 
e fundamental principles and laws of chem- 
try with a quantitative approach to the sub- 
ct. These courses are designed for the 
:ience, pre-medical and engineering student. 



The laboratory work includes an understand- 
ing of fundamental techniques 

CHE 201— Etientlalt of General Chemistry 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and 
biochemistry with emphasis on applications in 
human physiology and clinical chemistry Exper- 
imental principles will be illustrated with class- 
room demonstrations 

CHE 202— Physical Principles (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201 

This course provides a study of the physical 
principles of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
tions, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
measurements, blood gas measurements, and 
other subjects of special interest to persons in 
allied health sciences 

CHE 281— Qualitative Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring 
This course is the third of the series 128. 
129, 281 required to complete an academic 
year of General Chemistry Study of ionic equi- 
libria and separation methods. Homogeneous 
solutions involving dissociation, hydrolysis and 
buffer action, and heterogeneous systems 
showing the influence of pH and complexation 
on solubility are illustrated Various chemical 
and chromatographic techniques are used as 
a basis for qualitative analysis 

CHE 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry This course is 
not recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHE 307— Principles of Chemical Processes 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical 
process are studied. Topic subjects include 
processes and process variables, systems of 
units, gas behavior, single-phase and multi- 
phase systems. TEXT: Level of Felder and 
Rousseau Elementary Principles of Chemical 
Processes. 

CHE 308— Principles of Chemical Processes 
II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 
Methods of energy balance in chemical pro- 
cesses are studied. Various forms of energy 



62 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



changes involved in both reactive and non- 
reactive processes are introduced Emphasis 
is placed on the application of combined mate- 
rial and energy balances in processes. TEXT: 
Level of Felder and Rousseau Elementary 
Principles of Chemical Processes. 

CHE 341-342— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter 
These courses include the study of aliphat- 
ics. aromatic hydrocarbons and their deriva- 
tives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynu- 
clear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are 
emphasized in terms of modern theory 

CHE 343— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry 
sequence 341. 342. This course completes 
the fundamental study of organic chemistry 
with a consideration of carbohydrates, ammo 
acids, and heterocyclics with their related 
compounds. 

CHE 350— Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on de- 
mand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library 
and the important journals, references, and 
information sources. 

CHE 380— Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 281 . Winter, Summer. 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, 
volumetric, spectrophotometric, and electro- 
metric methods of analysis. The laboratory will 
provide practice in techniques and application 
of these principles. 

CHE 397— Scientific Glass-Blowing 
(0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. 
Offered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; 
introduction of glass working equipment; plan- 
ning of sequential joining operations; demon- 
stration of major techniques for joining and 
working glass; supervision of individual stu- 
dents in preparing testpieces. 

CHE 410— Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341 . Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard labora- 
tory safety practices, hazardous properties of 
chemicals, safety practices in the storage, 
use, and disposal of chemicals, and govern- 
ment regulations. 



CHE 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistr 
(3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. Offered on deman 
Selected topics in inorganic chemistry teni 
ing to increase students' understanding 
mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emph 
sizes the periodicity of elements. 

CHE 431-432— Seminar (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343 Offered on deman 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHE 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343 Spring 

A further study of important organic reac 
tions emphasizing theories of reaction meet 
anism of organic chemistry. 

CHE 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis 
(2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on deman 
Systematic approach to the identification i 
organic compounds. 

CHE 451— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior stanc 
ing and CHE 129 

The development of science surveyed froi 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed c 
the development of ideas, men who made sic 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemici 
theories, and the modern social implications! 
science. 

CHE 461— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on deman< 
A study of the chemical nature of cellul; 
constituents and cellular metabolism. Subje* 
topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipid 
enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerob 
carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolisr 
the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phor 
phorylation. and photosynthesis. 

CHE 462— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461 . Offered on deman 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia ar 

nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosy 

thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metaboi 

regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 463— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demar 

A study of the principles of chemistry a 

plied in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects 

include instrumentation and microtechniqu( 



CHEMI8TRY AND PHYSICS 



•3 



^HE 466— Biochemistry Laboratory 
0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite CHE 461 Offered 
in demand 

A study of techniques used in biochemistry 
esearch Topic subjects include separation, 
lurification and characterization procedures 

:HE 481— Advanced Instrumental 
analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite CHE 380 Offered on demand 
A study of electrometric methods of analy- 
sis Topic subjects will include potentiometric, 
:oulometric, and polarographic measurements. 

^HE 482— Advanced Instrumental 
analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite CHE 380 Offered on demand 
A study of spectrophotometric and chroma- 
Dgraphic methods of analysis Topic subjects 
i/ill include visible and ultra-violet spectros- 
:opy, gas-liquid chromatography, high per- 
Drmance liquid chromatography, flame emis- 
ion and atomic absorption spectroscopy. 

:HE 483— Advanced Instrumental 

analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 380. Offered on 
lemand. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy, 
'opic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
opy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
pin resonance and mass spectrometry. 

:HE 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry 
1-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380, PHY 21 3, MAT 206. 
all. Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemis- 
■y including the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
.lermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
:Dns. These courses will also cover a study of 
nemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, elec- 
ochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics 
id nuclear chemistry. 

HE 496— Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement Prerequi- 
les: CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the 
epartment Head. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
industry, government or other institutional 
Jtting. The project will be determined, super- 
sed, and evaluated by the sponsor of the 
:tivity and the student's faculty adviser. Appli- 
ition and arrangement must be made through 
e department by mid-quarter preceding the 



quarter of internship Open to transient stu- 
dents only with permission of the Dean of the 
Faculty at Armstrong and the appropriate offi- 
cial of the school from which the student 
comes 

CHE 497-498-499— Independent Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the 
Department Offered each quarter 

Designed to permit qualified students to 
pursue supervised individual research or study 
Emphasis will be placed on the literature 
search, laboratory experimentation, and pres- 
entation of an acceptable written report Both 
the credit and proposed work must be approved 
in writing by the faculty member who will 
supervise the work and by the department 
head. Open to transient students only with the 
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Arm- 
strong and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 



Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100— Introduction to Engineering 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 
andENG 101. 

A comprehensive orientation to the engi- 
neering process from problem formulation to 
the evolution of creative design. This course 
will introduce the student to concepts in var- 
ious fields of engineering. 

EGR 170— Engineering Graphics (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. 
The introduction of engineering graphics as 
a tool in communication and problem solving. 

EGR 220— Statics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: PHY 21 7, MAT 208. 

Force and force systems and their external 
effect on bodies in a state of equilibrium in 
two-and three-dimensions. 

EGR 310— Electric Circuits (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 218, MAT 208 
Basic laws of electric circuits, methods of 
analysis and network theorems. RCL circuits, 
both DC and AC, nodal and mesh analysis, 
Thevenin's and Norton's theorems, phasors. 
magnetically coupled circuits, and two-port 
parameters.' 

EGR 311— Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 
Introduction to p-n junction theory and the 
concepts of solid-state devices. Development 



64 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



of the electrical characteristics of diodes and 
transistors. Bipolar and field effect amplifying 
circuits, operational amplifiers and analog 
systems. 

EGR 312— Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: Engineering 31 1 . 

Operation and application of integrated cir- 
cuits used in digital systems. Gates, flip-flops, 
counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 320— Mechanics of Solids (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 341 , EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of 
solid bodies resulting from external loads. 
Definition and analysis of strain, stress and 
deformations. 

EGR 321— Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220 
Kinematics and kinetics of particles and 
rigid bodies in two-and three-dimensions. 

EGR 330, 331— Thermodynamics 
(4-0-4) each 

Prerequisites: PHY 21 7, MAT 208. 

An introduction to thermodynamics, ther- 
modynamic properties, equations of state and 
work interactions. The first and second law of 
thermodynamics with applications to engineer- 
ing systems. 

EGR 350— Computer Applications in 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 1 46, EGR 321 . 31 0, 330. 

The application of digital computers to the 
solution of selected engineering problems using 
FORTRAN. Problem analysis and solution tech- 
niques will be emphasized. 

EGR 360— Transport Phenomena (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 341 , EGR 330 
Introduction to momentum, heat and mass 
transport phenomena, development of rate 
equations and applications of conservation 
principles. Constant and variable diffusional 
transport of heat and mass. 

EGR 370— Engineering Economics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: ECO 202. MAT 206. 

Fundamental principles and basic tech- 
niques of economic analysis of engineering 
projects including economic measure of effec- 
tiveness, time value of money, cost estimation, 
breakeven and replacement analysis. 



Physical Science Offerings 

AST 301— Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellai 
structure, and cosmology. 

GEL 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labora- 
tory science completed. Fall. 

An introduction of physical and historica 
geology. A study of the origin, evolution, anc 
structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. 

MET 303— Principles of Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of labora- 
tory science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the 
state of the atmosphere and to the physica 
laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 301— Principles of Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labora 
tory science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanog 
raphy. Topic subjects to include the distribu 
tion of water over the earth, nature and relief o 
the ocean floors, tides and currents, chemica 
properties of sea water and constituents, anc 
applications of oceanographic research. 

PHS 121— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Of 
fered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamenta 
laws and concepts of physics and astronomy 
This course is designed for non-science major; 
interested in a descriptive survey. The labora 
tory study is designed to supplement the stud^ 
of theory. 

PHS 122— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Ofl 
fered each quarter. ' 

An elementary study of the fundamenta 
laws and theories of chemistry and geology 
This is a descriptive course which includes th( 
classification of elements, basic chemical re 



I 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



ictions, and atomic structure designed for the 
lon-science major The laboratory study in- 
cludes experiences which augment class dis- 
cussion 

>tiytics Offerings 

>HY 201-202— Radiation Physics (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite or corequisile MAT 101 
These courses deal with the basic concepts 
nvolved in production, propagation, and detec- 
lon of electromagnetic radiation Particular 
jmphasis will be given to mechanisms de- 
jcribing the interaction of X-Rays with matter, 
adiation protection, photographic detection, 
josimetry, and circuitry 

>HY/BIO 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or 218 or 202, and 
wo quarter sequence in anatomy and physi- 
)logy or general biology 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of 
onizing radiation and its biological effects. 
Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
)iology or in chemistry.) 

»HY 211— Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: I^AT 103. Fall. 
\ The first part of the sequence PHY 21 1 -21 2- 
|:13 in general physics. Basic classical phys- 
bs. including mechanics, sound, and heat. 
Designed for students with aptitude in mathe- 
'^atics below the level of calculus. Selected 
v'xperiments to demonstrate applications. 

•HY 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
ight (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 1 03 and PHY 21 1 . Winter. 
' The second part of the sequence PHY 21 1 - 
12-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and 
geometrical optics. 

HY 213— Light Phenomena, Modern 
hyslcs (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 1 03 and PHY 21 2. Spring. 
■ The last part of the sequence PHY 21 1 -21 2- 
13. Continues the study of light from the 
lewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
ith the study of atomic and nuclear physics, 
iboratory work includes two selected exper- 
lents of advanced scope. 

HY 217— Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206. or concurrently. Fall. 
The first part of the sequence PHY 21 7-218- 
i9 in general physics. Basic classical phys- 
s, including mechanics, sound and heat. 



Designed especially for engineering students 
and recommended for science majors Select- 
ed experiments to demonstrate applications 

PHY 218— Electricity. Magnetism. Basic 
Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites MAT 206 and PHY 21 7 Winter 
The second part of the sequence PHY 21 7- 

218-219 Basic electricity, magnetism, and 

geometrical optics 

PHY 219— Light Phenomena. Modern 
Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites MAT 206 and PHY 21 8 Spring 
The last part of the sequence PHY 21 7-218- 
219 Continues the study of light from the 
viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. 
Laboratory work includes two selected exper- 
iments of advanced scope 

PHY 312— Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter 
hours of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to discrete component and 
integrated circuits used in modern digital elec- 
tronics. The primary objective of this course is 
to give students hands-on experience in con- 
structing and investigating an array of digital 
circuits that are directly applicable in instru- 
mentation and routine laboratories. No credit 
will be allowed in this course for a person 
already having credit for PHY 412. 

PHY 370— Thermodynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 211 or 217, CHE 129. 
and MAT 208 Offered on demand. 

An intermediate course which includes the 
fundamental principles of classical thermody- 
namics and kinetic theory with application to 
physical systems. 

PHY 380— Introductory Quantum 
Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and 
MAT 207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical prin- 
ciples with applications in atomic and molecu- 
lar structure. 

PHY 412— Electronic Measurements 
for Scientists (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 212 or PHY 218 
Circuit theory and digital/analog electron- 
ics dealing with measurements, control con- 
cepts and instruments that are used by exper- 
imental scientists. 



66 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PHY 417— Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites PHY 217 or 211 and MAT 
207 PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are 
recommended Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of parti- 
cles and of systems of particles are developed 
using Newtonian principles. 

Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following course, offered at the Skida- 
way Island Marine Science Center, is coopera- 
tively sponsored by Armstrong State College. 
Georgia Institute of Technology. Georgia 
Southern College, Savannah State College, 
and the University of Georgia 

OCE 430— Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 128. 129; BIO 101, 102 
Offered Summer Ouarter 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
logical sciences which are marine oriented as 
applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
Its environs. Collection and interpretation of 
field data stressed, utilizing vessels and equip- 
ment of the Skidaway Institute of Oceanog- 
raphy. 



Criminal Justice 



Faculty 

Megathlin. William, 
Brown, George 
Magnus, Robert 
Menzel, George 
Murphy, Dennis 



Department Head 



Armstrong State College provides profes- 
sional education to prepare students for careers 
in many areas in the administration of criminal 
justice. A strong liberal arts emphasis has 
been developed within the criminal justice 
program, enabling the student to prepare for 
new and demanding requirements in his pro- 
fession. This proves especially valuable to the 
Criminal Justice major who intends to go on to 
law or graduate school. Specific courses in 
criminal justice are open to all students as 
electives. Students who plan to follow careers 
in the behavioral sciences, law, journalism, or 
education may find courses in the criminal jus- 
tice area both interesting and useful. Non- 
majors should consult with their faculty advi- 
sors before electing these courses. 



Two undergraduate programs of study are 
available to the student who wishes to study in 
the criminal justice area— a two year program 
leading to the degree of Associate m Science 
in CriminalJustice with a concentration in cor- 
rections or in law enforcement and a four year 
program leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in CriminalJustice Both of these pro- 
grams have been accredited by the Academy 
of Criminal Justice Sciences. Each student 
should work closely with the assigned depart- 
mental advisor in planning a program for either 
of the two degrees. 

Objectives 

As part of the total academic community, 
the Department of Criminal Justice shares the 
general philosophy and objectives which 
appear elsewhere in this catalog In addition, 
some specific teaching, research, service and 
faculty development objectives impact upon 
the provision of effective professionals for the 
criminal justice system. 

Teaching:Theprimaryfunction of this depart 
ment is to impart relevant knowledge for th( 
student's consideration and understanding, ii 
addition, the faculty must assist the student ii 
the utilization of resources to acquire an( 
apply knowledge beyond the confines of a par 
ticular course. The objectives of our teachinc 
are: to prepare students for further education 
especially legal and graduate education, an( 
for careers in the criminal justice system, an( 
to maximize the potential of students to bf 
positive influences in criminal justice ani 
society. 

Research: Although of relatively minor 
importance at an institution such as Arm- 
strong, research has the potential to make a 
significant impact on improvement of loca 
agencies in the criminal justice system. Oui 
objective is to foster faculty and studeni 
research which may add to the field of knowl-i 
edge and which may assist criminal justicel 
agencies in their efforts to become morf 
effective. 

Service: For a professional, career-orientec 
program such as ours, contacts with th( 
community and the many criminal justicf 
agencies are essential. The objectives o 
these contacts are: to improve the teachim 
component of the program: to foster coordina 
tion and cooperation among the agencies an^ 
with the public; and to foster improvements ii 
the criminal justice system. 






CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



67 



Faculty development To the extent that our 
faculty IS competent, other objectives and 
goals are possible Our objective in faculty 
development is to seek and utilize all possible 
opportunities to develop each faculty member 
to the fullest extent of his/ her capabilities An 
effective department is a direct outgrowth of 
effective faculty members 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE. 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A General Requirements 53 

1 ENG 101, 102 10 

2 ART 200, 271, 272, 273. MUS 
200, PHI 200,201 5 

3 MAT 101 5 

4 Laboratory science 

sequence 10 

5 HIS 251 or 252. POS 113 10 

6 PSY 101, SOC201 10 

7 PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

B Areas of Concentration 40 

OS 100, 103,210,280,301,305, 
370 and two CJ electives 
C. Regents" Examination _0 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
VSSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
lUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
:ORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A General Requirements 53 

1 ENG 101, 102 10 

2 ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200: PHI 200,201 5 

3 MAT 101 5 

4 Laboratory science 

sequence 10 

5 HIS 252 or 253, POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101,SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

B Area of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103,210,270.280,301, 
303, 370 and one CJ elective 
C Regents' Examination _0 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- 
rams must be completed at Armstrong. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal 
Justice should complete Criminal Justice 100 
before the end of the freshman year and 
should complete all general education require- 
ments as soon as possible 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102.201 15 

2 ART 200, 271. 272. 273. MUS 
200. PHI 201: ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101, 103, 195, 220, or 

290 10 

2 Laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115: POS 113 15 

2 SOC 201, PSY 101, ECO 201 

or ANT 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CJ 100, 103. 210, 270 20 

2. Two courses selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 

228, SOC 201, PSY 101 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 211 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 5 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Area of Concentration 30 

1 CJ 280, 301 , 303. 305, 370, 390. 

490 30 

C Electives from Related Areas 60 

1. Sixty hours chosen from a list of 
selected electives No more than fif- 
teen hours may be taken from any 
one department except Criminal Jus- 
tice. Six of these courses should be 

300-400 level courses 60 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The department offers a minor in Criminal 
Justice, requiring 25 hours with grades of "C" 
or better in each course. The minor includes: 
CJ 1 00, CJ 21 or CJ 301 , CJ 270. CJ 303. CJ 
305. 



68 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



OFFERINGS 

CJ 100— Introduction to Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Tfiis survey course examines the emer- 
gence of formal institutions established within 
the American experience to deal with criminal 
behavior. The philosophical and cultural ori- 
gins of the criminal justice system and current 
trends in criminal justice are emphasized. 

CJ 103— Developing Interpersonal 
Communications Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed 
upon the development of interpersonal com- 
munication skills, i.e., skills that can be effec- 
tively utilized on the job to improve interaction 
among employees and between employees 
and the public. 

CJ 203— Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

History and development of criminal law 
with definitions and general penalties. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon the Criminal 
Code of Georgia. 

CJ 204— Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. 
Special techniques employed in criminal 
investigation, such as crime scene searches, 
the use of informants, and the techniques of 
surveillance will be emphasized as well as the 
presentation of police cases in court. 

CJ 210— Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
States; assessment and evaluation of various 
factors and influences that lead to criminal 
behavior; various measures proposed for the 
control of criminal behavior. 

CJ 250— Directed Readings in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to 
pursue an approved topic through independ- 
ent study and research under the guidance 
and direction of the instructor. 

CJ 270— Judicial Process (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Courts as political subsystems in compara- 
tive perspective. Judicial decision-making and 
the development of public policy through the 
judicial process. 



CJ 280— Ethics In Criminal Justice Practice 
and Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, anc 
prescripting moral judgments in the practice 
and research of criminal justice. 

CJ 301— Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent o1 
instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency 
the sociological, biological, and psychologica 
factors involved in juvenile delinquency anc 
the modern trends in prevention and treatment 

CJ 302— Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural 
science laboratory sequence or consent of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the problems and tech- 
niques of scientific criminal investigation. 
Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the 
student with the role of science and technol- 
ogy in modern law enforcement. 

CJ 303— Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 1 00, 1 02 or consent 
of instructor. 

This course deals with the analysis and eval- 
uation of both historical and contemporary 
correctional systems. This course will also 
deal with the development, organization, oper- 
ation and results of the different systems of 
corrections found in America. 

CJ 304— Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 0[ 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development 
organization, operation and results of system;, 
of probation and parole as substitutes fo 
incarceration. 

CJ 305— Law Enforcement Systems (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent c, 
instructor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, culturaj 
and historical background of the police idea. 
The course is conceptually oriented and wi^ 
deal with concepts such as the role of th' 
police in contemporary society, the quasi 
military organization of the police, and com 
munity relations. 

CJ 307— Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 ( 
consent of instructor. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



69 



This course will investigate the different 
community based treatment programs An 
emphasis will be placed on investigating the 
function of halfway houses and the use of 
volunteers in corrections 

CJ 370— Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring Prerequisite CJ 270 or consent of 
instructor 

A survey of the distinctive features of. and 
the basis for, American Criminal Law but- 
tressed by an analysis of leading court deci- 
sions relative to procedural rights emanating 
from the Bill of Rights 

CJ 380— Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: CJ 270 or 
consent of instructor 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evi- 
dence in criminal cases Particular subjects 
will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, 
and the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390— Research Methods In Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisites: ENG 111 and 112, CJ 
210 or 301, CJ 303 and 305. 

This course deals with the methods and 
techniques of research in the behavioral 
sciences Emphasis will be placed on learning 
how to evaluate research 

^J 401— Criminal Justice Planning (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: CJ 390 or 
consent of instructor. 

Origins and evolution of modern day plan- 
ling. Planning as a process of criminal justice 
jecision-making. 

;j 402— Civil Liberties (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 270 or 
OS 317, or consent of instructor. 

Problems will be drawn from the substantive 
nd procedural aspects of constitutional law 
md explored in the context of the current fric- 
lon between the values of order and individual 
berty. 

^J 406— Law and Society (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 270 or 
le consent of instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of 
iw and the relationship between law and 

rociety. Current controversies such as civil 
Dbedience and law and personal morality 



CJ 408— Human Relations (S-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Consent 
of instructor 

This course will deal in the area of human 
relations as a means of controlling and chang- 
ing people Emphasis will be placed on effec- 
tive listening and effective communication 

CJ 409— Health Problems in the 
Correctional Environment (5-0-5) 

This course will examine the impact of 
environmental aspects of prisons and jails on 
the physical and mental health of inmates The 
interactive problems of organizing for and 
delivery of Health Services and Health Educa- 
tion in the social milieu of corrections will be 
explored 

CJ 440— Seminar in Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to 
seniors only or by consent of the instructor 

An intensive study of selected topics rela- 
tive to the concept of criminal justice Subject 
matter will vary annually 

CJ 450— Field Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only 
and by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through 
appropriate observation and work assign- 
ments with criminal justice agencies. The 
course will be organized around specific prob- 
lem orientations with operational research 
connotations Students will be expected to 
spend a minimum of five hours per week in the 
participating agency. Open to transient stu- 
dents only with permission of the Dean of 
Human Services at Armstrong State College 
and of the college from which the student 
comes. 

CJ 451— Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only 
and by invitation of the instructor 

This IS a sequential course to CJ 450 which 
will permit the student to further broaden his 
perspectives. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Human Servi- 
ces at Armstrong State College and of the 
college from which the student comes. 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CJ 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open 
only to upper level criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with an opportunity to apply academic 
training in the practical criminal justice setting. 
Settings will include law enforcement agen- 
cies (local, state or federal), community treat- 
ment facilities, and the courts. This course will 
be jointly supervised by college staff and law 
enforcement, correctional and court officials. 
Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Human Services of Arm- 
strong State College and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

CJ 490— Directed Research in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified stu- 
dents the opportunity to perform suitable and 
meaningful research into some area of crimi- 
nal justice under the direction of the instructor. 
Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Human Services at Arm- 
strong State College and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Fine Arts 

Faculty 

Brandon, Stephen. Department Head 

Davenport, Margaret 

Harris, Robert 

Hough. Bonny 

Nadalich. Peggy 

Schmidt, John 

Wyss. Jane 



The Department of Fine Arts offers the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in art and 
music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, 
and in cooperation with the Department of 
Secondary Education, the Bachelor of Science 
in Education degree with a major in Art Educa- 
tion. 

Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must 
take placement examinations in applied music 
and music theory. Acceptance of transfer 
credit towards graduation requirements in 
either area is contingent upon the results of the 
examinations. 



Transfer students in art will be required to 
take a placement examination in art history. 
Additionally, coursework at other institutions in 
studio art may not be counted towards gradua- 
tion until a portfolio of artwork is submitted 
demonstrating competency in those areas in 
which classes have been completed. 

Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies 
and regulations which affect music majors. 
Included are requirements for recital atten- 
dance, ensemble participation, piano profi- 
ciency, recital participation, applied music 
levels, and the Rising Junior Applied Music 
Examination. A copy of /A Handbook of Policies 
and Regulations for Music Majors will be given 
to each music student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees. 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Fine Arts curriculum. 
The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment expe- 
rience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual 
study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught 
by individual study, the following criteria must 
be met before approval may be granted by the 
department head: 1 ) the course must not have 
been offered during the preceding three quar- 
ters nor be scheduled during the succeeding 
three quarters; 2) the student must gam the 
approval of the anticipated instructor; 3) tran- 
sient students must gain the permission of not 
only the department head, but the dean of 
faculty, and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes; and, 4) the student must demon- 
strate, in writing, that a hardship will exist ifl 
permission is denied, for the student to take an 
individual study. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR | 
IN ART I 

Hourlj 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 , j 

I 



FINE ARTS 



71 



272. 273. ENG 222. PHI 200. 
201. MUS 200. ART 271-273 
may not be duplicated with 

major field requirements) 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or 
290 , 10 

2 One of the sequences: BIO 101 
102; CHE 121 -122; 128-1 29; PHY 
211. 212; 21 7-21 8; PHS 
121-122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2 One course from ANT 201, 
ECO 201. PSY 101, SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 ART 111, 112.201.202.213 ... 25 

2 MUS 200 or 210 5 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 35 

1. ART301,313, 330. 340. 370 ... 25 

2. Two from: ART 271. 272. 273 
(may not be duplicated with 
Area I requirements) 10 

C. Special Course Requirements 20 

1. Foreign language sequence 

through 103 15 

2 PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents" and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 1 96 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
N MUSIC 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222, MUS 200; 
PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 121, 
122; PHY 211, 212; PHS 121, 
122 10 



Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115. POS 113 15 

2 One course from ANT 201. ECO 
201, PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 MUS 111. 112, 113, 211, 212. 
213 18 

2 MUS 140.240 12 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 30 

1. MUS 281. 312. 340. 371. 372. 
373 21 

2. MUS 412. 440 9 

C Electives 35 

1 . Free Electives 26 

2. One of the following concentrations 
completed in toto: 

A. Keyboard Performance— 
MUS 258, 425, 426. plus 
music electives 9 

B. Vocal Performance— MUS 

217, 218. and 5 hours from 414, 
415.416.422 9 

C. Theory/Composition — MUS 
361,411. and 480 or 481 9 

D. Wind Instrument Perfor- 
mance— MUS 361 and 417 

or 418 plus electives 9 

D. Special Course Requirements 25 

1. ART 271. 272. 273 (may not be 
duplicated with Area I 

2. requirement) 10 

Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES 
(determined by option) 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200. 201 5 



72 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence. . 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201. SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. MUS 111. 112. 113, 140. 236, 
281 20 

AreaV 6 

1. PE103or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 64-65 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213. 237, 238, 
239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 31 2. 330. 331 . 361 , 41 2 . . . 17 

4. MUS 371, 372. 373 9 

5. One of the following concentrations 
completed in toto: 

A. Choral Emphasis— MUS 217, 
218.353,423,480 12 

B. Instrumental Emphasis— MUS 
227, 352, 424, 481 and 417 
or418or419 11 

C. Keyboard Emphasis— MUS 
227, 425, 426, and 352 or 
353 and 480 or 481 11 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EDN 310; EDU 335.491, 492, 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 195-196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 11 4, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200. PSY 101 10 

2. ART 111. 112.201.213 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 58-63 

1. ART 202 5 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 31 3, 330, 340, 350, 351 , 

370 30 

4. Two courses from: ART 362, 

363, 364 10 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDN 310; EDU 335,491,492, 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 194 

'*May not be duplicated in Area I 



MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

Minor concentrations in art and in music are 
available through the Department of Fine Arts. 
The requirements of each are: 

Hours 
Art 25 

1. ART 111.112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 
271,272.273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 
ART 114, 201, 202, 211, 213, 
214. 215, 330, 331. 340. 362, 
363,364,370 10 

Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112. 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 or 254 6 



FINE ARTS 



73 



4 Music History and Literature 8 

5 MUS 000 (recital attendance) ... 



ASSOCIATE IN ARTS WITH 
CONCENTRATIONS 

Hours 

Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111.112 10 

2 One course selected from: ART 
271.272.273 5 

3 Two courses selected from: 
ART 114. 201. 202. 211. 213. 
214, 215, 330, 331. 340. 362. 
363.364.370 10 

Concentration in (Vlusic 29 

1. fVIUS 111. 112. 113 9 

2 Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 6 

3 Music Ensemble 251, 254 6 

4 Music History and Literature 8 

5 Piano Proficiency 

6 MUS 000 (Recital Attendance)... 



OFFERINGS 

Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open 
to non-art majors. 

ART 111— Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design 
and graphic communication. 

ART 112— Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional de- 
sign introduced through sculptural projects in 
various media. 

ART 114— Introduction to Photography 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photograph- 
ic aesthetics and processes. Including study 
of the mechanical-optical functions of camer- 
as and enlargers as well as printing and pro- 
cessing of film in a controlled environment. 



ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 
techniques and their application in master 
works of art from all ages Not recommended 

for art majors 

ART 201— Painting I (4-2-5) 

Winter Prerequisite ART 1 1 1 or ART 21 3 or 
permission of the instructor 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
observed and secondary sources 

ART 202— Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring Prerequisite ART 201 or permission 
of the instructor 

A continuation of Painting I with an increas- 
ing emphasis of student selected painting 
problems 

ART 211— Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the 
instructor. 

The fundamentals of visual communication 
including design, layout, typography and repro- 
duction as related to modern advertising tech- 
niques. 

ART 213— Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing repre- 
sentational drawing from still-life, landscape, 
and figural form. 

ART 21 4— Intermediate Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 14 or permission of the 
instructor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 

ART 215— Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 14, or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography. 

ART 271— History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculp- 
ture, and architecture, in Western Civilization 
from pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ART 272— History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 301— Painting III (4-2-5) 

Offered on dennand. 

Prerequisites: ART 201 and ART 202. or 
permission of the instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting determined 
in consultation with the instructor. 

ART 313— Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: ART 213 or permission of the 
instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis 
on figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

Fall. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials 
and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330— Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pot- 
tery including pinch, coil and slab construction, 
glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. Addi- 
tional experiences may include primitive firing 
or Raku. 

ART 331— Ceramics II (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery, plus 
a more intensive exploration of glazing and 
firing including Raku. 

ART 333— Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 
Prerequisite: ART 330 or ART 331 . 
An exploration of the expressive capabilities 
of clay as a unique sculptural medium. 

ART 340— Printmaking (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction to basic printmaking pro- 
cesses including linoleum, woodblock, and 
silkscreen. 



ART 350— Art in the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques 
and materials for teaching art in the elemen- 
tary school. 

ART 351— Art in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques 
and materials for teaching art in junior and 
senior high school. 

ART 362— Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand 

Introduction of process in the production of 
a variety of enameled art works, and of pro- 
cesses in the making of jewelry, both hand- 
made and cast. 

ART 363— Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 

ART 364— Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and 
off techniques in weaving and in contempo- 
rary fiber wall hangings. 

ART 370— Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ART 1 1 2. 

The basic sculptural processes employing a 
variety of media. Emphasis on technical and 
formal aspects of three-dimensional expres- 
sion. 

ART 400— Seminar in Art Education (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional 
and research techniques. 

ART 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491 -Internship (V-V-(1-4-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of instructor and departmenti 
head and an overall grade point average of 2.5., 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed course project involving off-campus 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and 



FINE ARTS 



7S 



are under the joint supervision of the sponsor- 
ing institution and his/her faculty supervisor 



APPLIED MUSIC OFFERINGS 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open 

to non-music ma|ors 

MUS 130— Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite Sufficient music background, 
determined by audition or MUS 1 1 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, 
or woodwinds Applicable to a music degree 
only for a secondary applied credit May be 
repeated for credit 

MUS 140— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite Open to music majors and a 
limited number of non-majors by audition only 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds 
May be repeated for credit 

MUS 240— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite Competency at the MUS 140 
level as determined by jury examination. Music 
majors only 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the 
RisingJunior Applied Music Examination Music 
majors only 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
oercussion. piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 440— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 
evel as determined by jury examination. Music 
■najors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ. 
Dercussion. piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
\^ay be repeated for credit. 



^usic Offerings 

MUS 000— Recital Attendance (0-V-O) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
vhich consists of attendance at a designated 
lumber of concerts/recitals each quarter. 



I 



MUS 110— Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring 

An introduction to music theory for students 
needing skills for MUS 1 1 1 May not be used 

for credit toward a doqroe m music 

MUS 111— Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall Prerequisite MUS 1 1 U or equivalent by 
examination 

An introduction to the basic theoretical prin- 
ciples of music including sightsmgmg, ear- 
training and keyboard harmony 

MUS 112— Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter 

A continuation of MUS 1 1 1 with emphasis 
on part-writing and diatonic material 

MUS 113— Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of MUS 1 12 introducing sev- 
enth chords and diatonic modulation 

MUS 114— Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite MUS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord 
symbol, melodic patterns, ear training, melodic 
concepts and analysis of improvised solos 

MUS 200— Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring 

A course designed to help the student 
understand music by means of analysis of 
style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUS 201— Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers 
and styles with emphasis on recorded litera- 
ture. The course will examine elements of jazz 
such as improvisation, instrumentation and 
rhythm and trace their development from New 
Orleans to contemporary fusion music 

MUS 202— Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature 

MUS 203— Popular Music in 20th Century 
America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to 
present Examination of popular music and its 
relationship to American culture 

MUS 211— Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite MUS 113. 
A continuation of MUS 1 13 with emphasis 
on chromatic harmony. 



76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 212— Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. 

A continuation of MUS 211. 

MUS 213— Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. 

A continuation of f\/HJS 212 with emphasis 
on twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 214— Jazz Improvisation 11 (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 1 1 4 or permission of the 
instructor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance 
of intermediate jazz literature and composition 
in contemporary styles. 

MUS 217— Diction in Singing I (2-0-2) 

Winter. Prerequisite Music majors only. 

A study of the phon..^tics and pronunciation 
of the International Phonetic Alphabet, French, 
and German. 

MUS 218— Diction in Singing II (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MUS 21 7. Music majors 
only. 

A study of the phonetics and pronunciation 
of Latin, Italian, and English. 

MUS 224— Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills 
in playing the guitar for accompanying. Fo- 
cuses on chorded styles and their application 
to music such as folk songs and popular 
music. 

MUS 226— Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
major status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of keyboard techniques with em- 
phasis on the skills needed to fulfill the piano 
proficiency requirement. 

MUS 227— Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
major status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song litera- 
ture. Not open to students whose principal 
instrument is voice. 

MUS 229— Class Recorder (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

An introduction to playing the recorder. Ba- 
sics covered include reading music notation, 
fingerings, and tone production 



MUS 236— Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of brass 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237— Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of wood- 
wind instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 238— Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of percus- 
sion instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239— String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of string 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 250— Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school 
athletic functions. May be taken for academic 
credit, at most, four times. 

MUS 251— Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
literature for symphonic band. Public perfor- 
mances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252— Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of 
jazz styles and periods. Public performances 
are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 253— Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audi- 
tion. Jazz Choir. Public performances are a 
part of the course requirement. 

MUS 254— Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to 
read music desired but not required. Reper- 
toire to be selected each quarter from the 
standard choral concert literature. There will 
be public performances each quarter. 

MUS 255— Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. i 

Open to all qualified students in the perfor- 
mance media of brass, woodwind, string, key- 
board, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 257— Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or 
excerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 



FINE ARTS 



77 



MUS 258— Keyboard Accompanying (1-2-2) 

Ottered on demand Music rna)ors only 
A study of the basic principles of accompani- 
ment 

MUS 259— OratoHo Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all 

Evening rehearsals Literature to be selected 
from the larger choral works Ability to read 
music not required Public performances are 
part of the course requirement 

MUS 281— Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall Prerequisite MUS 113 Music majors 
only 

An introduction to the techniques of con- 
'ducting and interpretation 

MUS 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: MUS 21 3. 
Music majors only 

The study of the principles of form in music 
and techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 318— Music Fundamentals for the 
Elementary Teacher (2-0-2) 

Offered alternate quarters 

A course in functional piano, music notation, 
scales, key signatures, and beginning ear- 
training and sight singing. Special attention is 
given to applying these elements to children's 
songs. Not open to music majors. May be 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 

MUS 319— Music Methods for the 
Eiementary Teacher (3-0-3) 

Offered alternate quarters Prerequisite: MUS 
318 

An introduction to music instructional mate- 
rials for the elementary classroom teacher. 
Not open to music majors. 

MUS 330— Music in the Lower School 
(4-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing 
analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching music in the lower 
school. 

MUS 331— Music in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing 
analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching music inthe middleand 
senior high schools. 



MUS 352— Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Ottered on demand Hrt.'requisile Music 
majors only 

A course dealing with the organization, 
maintenance and development of school instru- 
mental ensembles 

MUS 353— Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite MUS 227 
Music majors only 

A course dealing with the organization and 
development of school choral organizations, 
problems of choral singing, and fundamentals 
of choral conducting 

MUS 361— Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 21 3 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arrang- 
ing and scoring for vocal and instrumental 
ensembles. 

MUS 371— Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year 
of music theory or permission of the instructor 
Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
from its origins through the Renaissance. 

MUS 372— Music History II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year 
of music theory or permission of the instructor 
Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
in the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373— Music History III (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 
or permission of the instructor Music majors 
only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
in the Romantic Period and in the 20th century. 

MUS 411— Composition (V-V-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites: MUS 
213, 312 Music majors only 

MUS 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 21 3 
Music majors only. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th 
century music. 



78 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 414— Song Literature I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUS 415— Song Literature li (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 
A survey of French song literature. 

IMUS 416— Song Literature III (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the song literature of English, 
Italian and Russian music and others. 

MUS 417— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Brass Instruments (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the brass instruments. 

MUS 418— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Woodwind Instruments 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the woodwind instruments. 

MUS 419— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Percussion Instruments 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the percussion instruments. 

MUS 422— Opera Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200 
or permission of the instructor. 

A study of operatic masterpieces from the 
origins of the form to the present. 

MUS 423— Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature of choral ensemble. 

MUS 424— Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 



A survey of the literature of band and wind 
ensemble. 

MUS 425— Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
piano and a survey of literature suited for 
teaching purposes. 

MUS 426— Piano Literature (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

An historical survey of the repertoire for 
piano. 

MUS 427— Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
voice and a survey of literature suited for 
teaching purposes. 

MUS 480— Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 
281 , 31 2. 361 . Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the choral con- 
ductor. 

MUS 481— Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 
281 , 31 2, 361 . Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental 
conductor. 

MUS 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V.(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 
Music majors only. 

MUS 491-lnternshlp (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of instructor and department 
head and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed course project involving off-campus 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and 
are under the joint supervison of the sponsor- 
ing institution and his/her faculty supervisor. 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



79 



History and Political Science 

Faculty 

Warhck, Roger, Department Head 

Arens. Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Comaskey, Bernard 

Coyle. William 

Duncan. John 

Ealy, Steven 

Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

McCarthy. John 

Newman, John 

Patterson, Robert 

Pruden. George 

Rhee, Steve 

Robertson, Mary 

Stocker. Erich 

Stone. Janet 



Majors in History 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms History per se or History with T-4 Certi- 
fication. 

In addition to meeting minimum require- 
ments for either program, students contemplat- 
ing graduate work in history are strongly advised 
to continue their linguistic study beyond the 
language sequence 103 level. The history 
faculty will consider substitutions for the for- 
eign language requirement only when compell- 
ing reasons argue against its fulfillment and 
only when the proposed substitute offers an 
additional research skill or a study in depth of a 
foreign culture. Advanced coursework in His- 
tory for either form of the major requires HIS 
300 and (for those graduating June 1985 and 
after) HIS 495 or 496. In selecting the remainder 
of their advanced courses students may 
choose to concentrate in one particular area of 
History (e.g. European or American), providing 
they diversify to the extent of completing at 
least ten hours outside that area. 

Honors in History 

Honors in History will be awarded to those 
History majors with a 3.5 GPA in all History 
courses who submit an acceptable honors 
research paper to the department. The paper 
may, but does not have to be prepared in 
conjunction with a course that the student has 
taken. The paper should be the student's own 



work, based on research in primary sources, 
and be complete with end notes, bibliography 
and other critical apparatus It should be type- 
written and follow Turabian's guide The paper 
must be submitted during the last quarter the 
student is in attendance before graduation and 
must be submitted by mid-term of that quarter 
The paper will be judged by a departmental 
jury of four faculty members who will by a 
majority vote determine if honors should be 
awarded The awarding of honors will be noted 
on the student's transcript 

Scholarships in History 

Limited scholarship aid is available annu- 
ally. Interested students are invited to inquire 
in the department office for details 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, ■'; 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; :. 
PHI 200.201 5 /• 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or » 
290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101. 
102; BIO 121. 122; CHE 121. 
122; PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 
122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201 ; SOC 201 ; PSY 1 01 . . . . 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 

1 03 15 

2. History 251. 252 10 

3. Related course 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Courses in the Major Fields 40 

1 HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at least 10 hours 
outside the area of concen- 
tration 30 



80 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The concentration areas are; 

A US History-HIS351,352, 
353,354,355,361,363,365, 
371,374,375,376,377.379, 
400.403.416,417,422,451, 
470,471,485.486,496 

B. European History— HIS 333, 
336, 340, 341 , 342. 343, 344, 345, 
346, 348, 349, 350, 41 0,411, 447, 
483. 484, 495 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History— HIS 310. 
312.320,321.322,323,329,330, 
428.431,435.481,482 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields 
as anthropology, economics, 

literature, sociology, statistics. 
See Department for exhaustive 
list 20 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area! 20 

1. ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence . . 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115;P0S 113 15 

2. PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Foreign language 101. 102, 

103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201 . 

ECO 201. SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 



Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major Field 60 

1 . HIS 300, and 495 or 496 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 

on HIS 251 , 252 selection) 5 

B. One or two courses from: HIS 
351,352,354,355,361,363, 
365, 374, 375, 376, 379, 400, 
403,416.417,422,451,471, 
485,486,496 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 310, 

312,320,321,322,323,329, 

330.428.431.435,481, 

482 10 

4. European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS333.336, 340, 341,342, 
343, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 
350.410.411.447.483,484, 
495 10-15 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level PCS 
electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ 
elective 

C. Approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (SOC, ANT, PSY) 

D. GEO 211,212 and approved 
GEO elective 

Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN200;EDU310, 335, 449, 

481,482.483 35 

32. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 
Page 70 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



81 



Majors in Political Sclenca 

The ma)or in Political Science may take 
three distinctly dittenng torms Political Sci- 
ence, per se. Political Science with Certifica- 
tion, or Public Administration 

To complete a Political Science major re- 
quires forty quarter hours of upper division 
courses in the field with grades of "C" or better 
in each course Further, the program must 
include at least one course from each of the 
following American Political Institutions. Inter- 
national Relations, Political Theory, and Com- 
parative Government The major allows the 
option of a foreign language (French or Ger- 
man preferred) through the 103 level or a 
sequence of computer science courses. Stu- 
dents who contemplate graduate work in Polit- 
ical Science are strongly advised to take the 
foreign language option and to continue their 
linguistic study beyond the 103 level 

Programs in Public Administration and Polit- 
ical Science with Certification are more struc- 
tured in order to prepare students adequately 
to meet the demands of their professions and 
appropriate licensing agencies. 



Scholarships in Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annu- 
ally. Interested students are invited to inquire 
in the department office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course from; ART 200, 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; IVIUS 200; 
PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. IVIAT 101.220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; BIO 121,122;CHE121.122; 



PHY 121. 122. PHS 121. 122 ... 10 
Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115; PCS 113 15 

2 One course from ANT 201, 
ECO201.PSY 101.SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1 HIS 251 or 252 5 

2 One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101 102 
103 or 

B. CS 110, 225 and 136. 146 

or 231 15 

3 Related courses 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institjj^tions— 
POS 300. 304. 306. (^1)31 7. 
318. 40i. 403, 411, 412. 415. 
416.417.418 5-25 

2. International Affairs— POS 320. 
325, 326. 329, 424, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331. 332. 
333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— POS 
346, 348, 349, 445 5-20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, f^athematics. See 
Department for exhaustive 
list 25 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101.220 10 



82 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2 Laboratory science sequence . . 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115;POS113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 Foreign language 101, 102. 103 
or CS 110. 225 and 136 or 146 
or 231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201. SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. RE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions— 
PCS 300, 304, 306, 307, 317, 
318, 401, 403, 411. 412. 415, 
416,417,418 5-25 

2. International Relations— PCS 

320, 325, 326. 329. 424, 429. . 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331-332, 
333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— POS 
346, 348, 349, 445 5-20 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and approved 
300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ 
elective 

C. Approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (ANT. PSY. SOC) 

D. GEO 211. 212 and approved 
GEO elective 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EDU 310.335,449. 

481,482,483 35 

32 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 



Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 r". 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271^ 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101. 
102; BIO 121. 122; CHE 121, 122; 
PHY 121. 122; PHS 121, 122 ... 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115 10 — 

2 POS 11 3; ECO 201 10- 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 110, 225 and 136 or 146 

or 231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; 

SOC 201 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . One course from each of the 
following: 20 

A. American Political Institu- 
tions— POS 306, 307, 31 7, 
318,411,412.415.416, 
417 5 

B. International Affairs— POS 
320, 325, 326, 329, 424, 
429 5 

C. Political Theory— POS 331. 
332. 333 5 

D. Comparative Government— 
POS 346. 348. 349, 445 51 

POS 300; POS/PA 304, 401, 
403.418 2J 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. CS 306, 331 10 

2. SOC 360 5 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History and Political 
Science offers a number of minor concentra- 
tions. 

A minor in History or in Political Science has 
great practical value. Its notation on the tran- 
script indicates to an employer that the appli- 
cant has some solid liberal arts background 
with its accompanying insight into the develop- 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



•3 



ment and functioning of modern society, and 
that the applicant has made an extra effort to 
refine research and writing skills so essential 
to dealing with that society Whatever the 
major one chooses, such a minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding 
a minor in Museum or Preservation Studies. 
Through this program unique opportunities are 
provided for qualified students to gam practi- 
cal experience while making a realistic assess- 
ment of the possibilities offered by their field of 
interest Cooperative arrangements with His- 
toric Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical 
Society. Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland 
Island Center, and with a number of museums 
and historical sites, such as Telfair Academy, 
Ft Pulaski, Juliette Lowe Center, and Ft. King 
George, permit placement of students in posi- 
tions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) 
historic Site administration and interpretation, 
(c) museum studies, and (d) historic preserva- 
tion. 

Additional minor concentrations are avail- 
able in International Studies, Russian Studies, 
and Public Administration. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C " or better 
in each course, require the following: 

I Hours 
: History 20 

1 . Twenty hours of 300+ level 

HIS courses 20 

International Studies 25 

; (assumes competency in one modern for- 
eign language through the 103 level 1 ). 
000231 PCS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from: PCS 320. 346. 
384, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: PCS 429: 

HIS 321 , 330. 350, 355, 435 10 

Museum Studies 25 

1. HIS 300 5 

2. MPS410.411,412 and 402 or 

495 20 

Political Science 20 

Twenty hours of 300+ level PCS 
courses, with at least one course 
from each of the four concentration 

areas of PCS 20 

Preservation Studies 25 

1. HIS 300 5 

I 2. MPS 41 2. 420 and 421 or 422 .. 15 
I 3. MPS 401 or 498 5 



Russian Studies. ... .20 

1 RUS 201 (assumes compieiion of 
RUS 101-103 1) 5 

2 POS 349 5 

3 Two courses from: HIS 329. 330. 
428. 431 435, 481 . POS 440 10 

Public Administration 25 

POS300;PA304.401.403, 

418 25 



OFFERINGS 
Economics Offerings 

ECO 201— Principles of Economics (5-0-5) 

Offered Fall, Winter, and Summer Prerequi- 
site: At minimum, eligibility to enter MAT 101 

A survey of macro-economics, including 
basic economic concepts, national income, 
the monetary system, and the international 
income, the monetary system, and the interna- 
tional economy. 

ECO 202— Principles of Economics (5-0-5) 

Spring 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, 
government and the market economy, factor 
pricing and income distribution, and a compar- 
ison of market systems. 

ECO 363— Economic History of the 
United States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite ECO 
201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860 
Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, 
transportation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363) 

ECO 445— Comparative Economic 
Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 1 9th and 20th centuries The 
role of government and politics will be exam- 
ined, along with the contributions to economic 
and political thought of such men as Adam 
Smith. Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and 
Milton Freidman. 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Geography Offerings 

GEO 211~Phy8ical Geography 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun 
relationships, cartography weather, climate 
and climate classification, soils, bio-geography, 
vegetation and landforms. Emphasis will be on 
global patterns of distribution. 

GEO 212— Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as the con- 
cept of culture, population, settlement, pat- 
terns, technological origins and diffusions, 
types of economics and the relationship of 
man to his environment. Emphasis will be 
given tothe process of cultural change through 
time in place. 

GEO 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 1 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction of physical and historical 
geology. A study of the origin, evolution, and 
structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. (Identical with GEL 201 .) 

GEO 303— Principles of Meteorology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite. GEO 21 1 plus 1 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to the description of the 
state of the atmosphere and to the physical 
laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 
(Identical with MET 201.) 

GEO 31 0— Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 or 21 2 plus 75 quar- 
ter hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between 
humans and the support systems of the earth 
which are essential to their existence. (Identi- 
cal with BIO 310.) 



History Offerings 
Broad Scope 

HIS 114— Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, 
social, religious, and intellectual activity from 
the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern civiliza- 



tions to 1 71 5. Throughout the course the major 
civilized traditions are considered and com- 
parative methods used to facilitate interpreta- 
tions of them. 

HIS 115— Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, 
social, religious, and intellectual activity from 
1 71 5 to the present. Throughout the course the 
major civilized traditions are considered and 
comparative methods used to facilitate inter- 
pretations of them. A continuation of HIS 114. 

HIS 150— A Survey of the History of Health 
Care (4-2-5) I 

Selected inquiries into the theories, practi- ■ 
ces, and conditions from which the modern 
health care professions have evolved. Some 
use will be made of local medical archives 
where appropriate. 

HIS 191— Honors Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: B s or better in High 
School History and an SAT verbal score of at 
least 550. 

This course replaces HIS 114 for selected 
students. While the subject matter will be the 
same as for HIS 114, the treatment of it will 
vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond 
the usual lecture method, allowing students to 
read widely and carry out their own research 
under the direction of the professor. 

HIS 192— Honors Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIS 191 or a grade of 
"A" in HIS 114. 

This course replaces HIS 115 for selected 
students. While the subject matter will be the 
same as for HIS 115, the treatment of it will 
vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go beyond 
the usual lecture method, allowing students to 
read widely and carry out their own research 
under the direction of the professor. 

HIS 300— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Summer and Winter. Required of all History 
majors and of Museum and Preservation Stud- 
ies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in 
local history. 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



85 



HIS 301— Auxiliary Sciences of History 
(5-0-5) 

An introduction to the various specialized 
fields of investigation whicfi can be utilized to 
supplement the information gathered from 
published hisloncal sources These auxiliary 
sciences include studies as palaeography, 
diplomatic, heraldry, genealogy, iconography, 
demography, chronology and numismatics 

HIS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 
Prerequisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 
hours of upper level history including HIS 300 

Application and credit arrangements must 
be made through the department in advance, 
normally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
of internship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency Projects are normally designed to 
require the full eleven week quarter for com- 
pletion, during which time the student will be 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty advisor. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, 
will be credited among electives, not as a part 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work 
required for the major. 



United States History Offerings 

HIS 251 —American History to 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for ENG 101 

A survey of the political, economic, and 
social history of the United States to end of the 
Civil War. 

HIS 252— American History Since 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and 
social history of the United States from 1 865 to 
the present. 



HIS 351— Popular Culture In the United 
States to 1900 (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 
An examination of the major trends in the 
news media, popular literature, entertainment. 

and recreational activiti(?s to 1900 

HIS 352— Popular Culture In the United 
States Since 1900(5-0-5) 

Offered allernale years 

An examination of the major trends in the 
news media, popular literature, entertainment, 
and recreational activities since 1900 

HIS 354— Studies in American Diplomacy 
to WW I (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial time to World 
War I 

HIS-355— Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the 
present. 

HIS 357— American Military History (5-0-5) 

Spring quarter. Prerequisite: Sophomore 
standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and politi- 
cal contexts, with special emphasis on the 
American military tradition. 

HIS 361— The Old South (5-0-5) 

Economic, cultural, and political history of 
the antebellum South with emphasis on those 
factors that made the South a unique section of 
the nation. 

HIS 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1 983. Prerequisite: ECO 201 
This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. 
Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, 
transportation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with ECO 363 ) 

HIS 365— The American Indian (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 
A study of the history and cultures of the 
aborigines of the Americas. 



L 



86 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 371— Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the discoveries of \he New World 
and tfne settlement and growth of the English 
colonies of North American triumph over 
France in the New World, the drastic change in 
British colonial policy and the rise of American 
opposition to it, the achievement of independ- 
ence and the establishment of the United 
States under the Constitution 

HIS 374— Women In American History 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Women in American History: An examina- 
tion of the changing political, social, and eco- 
nomic roles of the American woman from 
colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be 
given to the pre-Civil War feminist reform 
movements, woman's broader social and eco- 
nomic role after the war, her awakening aware- 
ness of the need for political power, and the 
mid-20th century revolution. 

HIS 375— Civil War and Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The causes and significance of the Ameri- 
can Civil War, with minor consideration of the 
military compaign; political, economic and 
social aspects of reconstruction. 

HIS 376— Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
19th century, including the emergence of a 
national economy, its theory and policies; par- 
tisan and reform politics; the moral and Consti- 
tutional dimensions of Reconstruction; Ameri- 
can society and social thought; and territorial 
aggrandisement. 

HIS 377— Recent America (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces 
which molded American life from the late 1 9th 
century (1 890) through World War II, including 
political, economic, social and intellectual is- 
sues 

HIS 379— Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An examination of the society of the United 
States since World War II. with special empha- 
sis given to the major social and cultural 
trends. 



HIS 400— Seminar in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced 
students to pursue intensive research on a 
special topic in the field to be defined by the 
instructor 

HIS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and diseases are among 
the topics that will be discussed. (Identical with 
MPS 403 and ANT 403.) 

HIS 416— United States Constitutional J 
History (5-0-5) I 

Offered alternate years. I 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- ' 

sion of the Constitution of the United States. 

(Identical with PCS 41 6.) 

HIS 417— United States Constitutional 
History (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical with PCS 41 7.) 

HIS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: l\^PS 
207, or permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of Indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as perspective for the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation. (Identical with MPS 422.) 

HIS 451— Reform Movements In American 
History (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 
A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 470— History of Savannah (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Begins with a history of local Indians, em- 
phasis on the founding of the colony at Savan- 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



87 



nah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, ante- 
bellum and Posl-Civil War periods Political, 
economic, social, religious and artistic trends 
are discussed and placed in context of Geor- 
gia and U S history 

The course will involve considerable re- 
search in primary sources available locally 

HIS 471— Seminar In Georgia and Local 
History (5-0-5) 

Ottered alternate years Prerequisite HIS 
470 or permission ot the instructor 

An exposition ot the principles and tech- 
niques ot local history tollowed by an intensive 
investigation ot selected aspects ot the history 
of Savannah and Georgia using primary sour- 
ces and culminating In a research paper. 

HIS 485-486— Independent Study In 
United States History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 15 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GP A 
ot 3 0). an overall GPA ot 2.5 (after completion of 
120 hours), and an approved application 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission ot the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosen field under the supervision ot a member 
of the History faculty An application must be 
filed with the department, in advance, normally 
by mid-quarter preceding the independent 
study. A full description ot the requirements 
and an application may be obtained in the 
departmental office. 

HIS 496— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

A study ot the writing of American history 
from colonial times to the present with empha- 
sis on the historical philosophies and interpre- 
tations ot the major schools of thought as well 
as individual historians. Recommended espe- 
cially to students contemplating graduate work 
in History. 



European History Offerings 

HIS 333— Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of German from the pluralism ot the 
Holy Roman Empirethrough the German con- 



federation to the unified Reich Attention will be 

given to the political, social, and cultural devel- 
opments in Austria Prussia and the "Third 
Germany 

HIS 336— Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

A survey of the history of the nations between 
Germany and Russia in the 1 9th and 20th cen- 
turies Topics to be covered include the rise of 
nationalism, the gaming of independence, prob- 
lems in establishing democracy, experience 
during World War II, and the establishment ot 
communist control 

HIS 340— English History, 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Ottered alternate years. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War 

HIS 341— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An investigation ot the Restoration monar- 
chies, the constitutional revolution ot 1 688, the 
rise ot ministerial responsibility in the early 
1 8th century, the American colonial revolt, and 
England's relationship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 342— Ancient History (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the 
social, political and cultural contributions of 
these ancient peoples. 

HIS 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333- 
c.1000 (5-0-5) 

Ottered alternate years. 

The history of Europe from the tall of the 
Roman Empire through the Carolingian period 
with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of 
stable kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbar- 
ian invasions 

HIS 344— The High Middle Ages, C.1000 
to C.1300 (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The history of Europe from c 1 000 to c.1 300 
with emphasis on the struggle between church 
and state, the Crusade movement, and the 
12th century intellectual renaissance, all of 



88 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



which profoundly influenced the development 
of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HIS 345— The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

The history of Europe from c.1 300 to 1 51 7 
with emphasis on the political, cultural, and 
intellectual developments which transformed 
medieval and Renaissance society, 

HIS 346— Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing 
its maior issues and movements, and their 
development through the Thirty Years War. 
Political, social, and economic, as well as reli- 
gious facets of the upheaval will be considered. 

HIS 349— Absolutism and the Enlightenment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The primary focus of this course isthe social 
and intellectual history of western Europe dur- 
ing the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. 

HIS 348— Europe In the Nineteenth Cen- 
tury (5-0-5) 

A study of the most important social, politi- 
cal, and intellectual directions of European his- 
tory from the Congress of Vienna to the end of 
the nineteenth century. 

HIS 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 410— Seminar In European History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. Winter, 1982. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in 
European history by examination of primary 
materials. 

HIS 411 —Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years, Winter Quarter. 

An examination of the 1 2th and 1 3th century 
Crusade movement through the study of the 
available primary source material. 



HIS 447— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regimeand 
the Enlightenment in France, with emphasis on 
the impact of the French Revolution and the 
career of Napoleon upon the major European 
nations. 

Readings on the French Revolution, with 
special emphasis on conflicting interpretations, 
or research projects may be assigned. 

HIS 483-484— Independent Study in 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 15 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 
120 hours), and an approved application. 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosenfieldunderthe supervision of a member 
of the History faculty. An application must be 
filed with the department, in advance, normally 
by mid-quarter preceding the independent 
study. A full description of the requirements 
and an application may be obtained in the 
departmental office 

HIS 495— European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the writers of history in the West- 
ern cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the 
historical philosophies, interpretations, and 
problems raised by the major modern Euro- 
pean historians. Recommended especially to 
students contemplating graduate work in His- 
tory. 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Offerings 

HIS 310— Latin America (5-0-5) ' 

Offered alternate years. 

An introductory course in Latin-American 
history with consideration given to institutions 
of the areas as well as events and personalities. 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



89 



HIS 312— History of Africa (5-0-5) 

Oflered alternate years 
A survey of African civilizations from ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of 

the continent since 1800 

HIS 320— Traditional China (5-0-5) 

The history of Chinese civilization from 
ancient times to the early nineteenth century, 
with emphasis on its characteristic political, 
social, economic, and cultural developments 

HIS 321— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

The history of China from the nineteenth 
century to the present, with emphasison politi- 
cal, social, economic, and intellectual develop- 
ments. 

HIS 322— History of Japan (5-0-5) 

A survey of the history of Japan from the 
earliest times to the present, with primary 
emphasis on its emergence as a world power 
since the late nineteenth century. 

HIS 323— History of the Middle East (5-0-5) 

A survey of middle eastern history from 
Muhammed to the present. Topics will include 
the basic beliefs of Islam, Islamic conquests 
and caliphates, interaction with European civil- 
ization during the Crusades and since the rise 
of the Ottoman Empire, Western influence from 
the early nineteenth century, and current issues 
in light of their historical backgrounds, includ- 
ing the Arab-Israeli conflict. 

HIS 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A survey of the economic, social, and politi- 
cal development of the Russian state from its 
foundation in the 9th century through its modern- 
ization in the 9th century through its moderni- 
zation by Peter the Great in the early 18th 
century. 

HIS 330— Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the 
' Great to the present. The major political, cultur- 
al, economic, and social developments of 
Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods 
twill be covered. 

HIS 428— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 
; A detailed study of the impact of Western 
jinfiuence on the Muscovite state in the six- 
Jteenth and seventeenth centuries. 



[ 



HIS 431— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite Per- 
mission of the instructor 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsar- 
ism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in 
the Russian Civil War 

HIS 435— History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

This course reviews historically the devel- 
opment of Soviet foreign policy toward West- 
ern European states, notably Germany, and 
also with the non-European world through 
1917-1 940, World War II, and Cold War phases. 
Special attention will begiven in this last phase 
to U.S. -Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with 
other communist states in Eastern Europe, 
China, and the Third World, and to the recent 
moves toward detente. 

HIS 481-482— Independent Study in 
Russian/Asian/African/Latin-American 
History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 15 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion 
of 120 hours), and an approved application 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosen field under the supervision of a member 
of the History faculty. An application must be 
filed with the department, in advance, normally 
by mid-quarter preceding the independent 
study. A full description of the requirements 
and an application may be obtained in the 
departmental office. 



Museum and Preservation Studies Offerings 

MPS 201— Introduction to Museum and 
Preservation Studies (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

MPS 201 IS designed to introduce the inter- 
ested student to the wide variety of techniques 
and approaches used in the museum and 
preservation field. The course will cover cura- 
torship, administration, grantsmanship, exhib- 
its, living history, and archaeology as well as 
presenting information about architecture and 
adaptive reuse of historic structures The stu- 



90 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dent will also be familiarized with archive stor- 
age and use as well as the curation of some 
materials 

MPS 207— Introduction to Archeology 
(5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course con- 
sists of a history of the field, basic techniques, 
theoretical underpinnings, and examples of 
field work from all types of excavation. It cov- 
ers the range from early man to industrial and 
urban archeology in a general fashion. Analy- 
sis is introduced along with survey techniques, 
preservation, reporting and other skills. (Iden- 
tical with ANT 207.) 

MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field proj- 
ect. Excavation techniques, surveying and 
map making, data collecting and recording, 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
or archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings. (Identical with ANT 401 .) (Under 
certain circumstances this course may be 
substituted in the Preservation Studies minor 
for MPS 498). Course may be repeated for 
credit. 

MPS 402— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or 
director. 

The application of archaeological interpret- 
ative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-derived infor- 
mation. (Identical with ANT 402). (Under cer- 
tain circumstances this course may be substi- 
tuted in the Museum Studies minor for MPS 
495). 

MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. 



An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art. community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed. (Identical to 
HIS 403 and ANT 403.) 

MPS 410— Curatorship (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

Deals with the historical background and 
purpose of curatorship, conservation, restora- 
tion technology, research including authenti- 
cation, cataloging and organizing collections. 

MPS 411— Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

A study of exhibits, educational programs 
and community outreach, tour planning and 
guiding, publications, electronic media, and 
other interpretation techniques. 

MPS 412— Administration (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

A study of organizational techniques and 
policy, public relations and marketing, mem- 
bership, budgeting, personnel relations, secu- 
rity, insurance and such other topics as are 
pertinent. 

MPS 420— An Introduction to Historic 
Preservation (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

A survey of the field including values, princi- 
ples, practices; development of planning and 
organization for preservation: preservation law, 
economics and politics. 

MPS 421— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic Ameri- 
can Building Survey; landscape architecture. 
Visiting speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the NewWorld Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



91 



ology as well as to the special areas of Indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as a perspective tor the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation (Identical with HIS 422) 

MPS 495— Internship in Museum Studies 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 41 0, 41 1 , and 41 2 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency involved in museum work Projects are 
normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter for completion, during which 
time the student will be under the joint supervi- 
sion of the sponsoring agency and his faculty 
sponsor 

MPS 498— Internship in Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites; MPS 412, 420, 421 with a "C" 

ior better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in an appropriate preser- 
vation agency Projects are normally designed 
to require the full eleven week quarter for 
completion, during which time the student will 
be under the joint supervision of the sponsor- 

(ing agency and his faculty sponsor. 

Political Science Offerings 

POS 113— Government of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above 

A study of the structure, theory, and func- 
tions of the national government in the United 
States and some of the major problems of the 
state and local government. 

POS 213— Parliamentary Procedure (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

An introduction into the theory and practice 
of parliamentary procedure in democratic orga- 
nizations. Emphasis will be placed on the rules 
of order as well as on the application in a 
business meeting. 

POS 300— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 113. 
This course deals with the methods and 
techniques of research in the behavioral 



sciences Emphasis will be placed on learning 
how to evaluate research (Identical with C J 

390) 

POS/PA 304— Politics of Bureaucracy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered every year Preruquisitu POS113or 
equivalent 

This IS a one-quarter course that is primarily 
concerned with organizational theory and bureau- 
cratic behavior, whether public or private, but 
with an emphasis on the behavior of the 
bureaucracy of the national government At- 
tention will also be given to political process as 
it unfolds in the administration of laws enacted 
by the Congress. 

POS 306— Local Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year Prerequisite POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 
county and other local governments in the Unit- 
ed States. Special attention will be given to the 
city governments of Savannah, Ga.; Charles- 
ton, S.C; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse 
cities such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, 
and Miami will also be compared in a more 
limited fashion and contrasted with Savannah, 
Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies examined 
will include finance (raising and spending 
money), education, welfare, pollution, trans- 
portation, and law enforcement. 

POS 307— State Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year Prerequisite POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States Special 
attention will be given to the governments of 
Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina and to 
their role in the federal system. Policies exam- 
ined will include finance (raising and spending 
money), pollution, transportation, and law en- 
forcement. 

POS 317— Constitutional Law I (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the development of the United 
States government through judicial interpreta- 
tion of the constitution. The case study method 
of analysis is used, but some attention is given 
also to recent behavioral writing on judicial 
decision-making. 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 318— Constitutional Law II (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 
A continuation of POS 31 7. 

POS 320— International Relations: The 
Far East (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Contemporary international politics in the 
Far East are exannined m terms of such broad 
historical trends as the decline of imperialism, 
the development of nationalism, and the rise of 
the U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, 
and Japan as major powers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contempo- 
rary key issues such as the Sino-Soviet con- 
flict, the future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual 
Security Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan eco- 
nomic interaction. 

POS 325— International Organizations 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, 
structures and functions of international organi- 
zations, with emphasis upon the role of these 
institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326— International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public interna- 
tional law topics including: recognition, state 
succession, jurisdiction, extradition, national- 
ity, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, 
and the law of war. 

POS 329— International Relations (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: POS 11 3 or permission 
of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary interna- 
tional relations. 

POS 331— Early Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

An historical study of the development of 
ideas relative to the state and government 
from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the 
political thought of a selected group of eminent 
philosophers. 

POS 332— Modem Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 331 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of POS 331 , from the 1 7th to 
the 20th century. 



POS 333— Contemporary Political 
Ideologies (5-0-5) 

Spring Prerequisite: POS 332 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of POS 332, including a gen- 
eral survey and analysis of the important ideo- 
logical currents of our time with selected 
indepth readings from original sources. 

POS 346— Governments of East Asia (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contem- 
porary political institutions, processes, and 
ideas of the People's Republic of China. Japan, 
and Korea. Examines the development of 
these political systems with particular empha- 
sis on historical, social, cultural, and con- 
temporary-issue dimensions. 

POS 348— Governments of Western Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the 
major Western European governments, with 
principal emphasis upon the analysis of the 
conditions which led to effective and stable 
parliamentary government and those which 
lead to the inefficiency, instability and break- 
down of such systems. 

POS 349— Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to 
focus on the study of contemporary Soviet 
politics along developmental scheme. Com- 
parison of the pre-modern Tsarist autocratic 
regime and the contemporary Soviet totalitar- 
ian regime will be attempted. Also the course 
will cover such topics as Soviet political cul- 
ture, political socialization process of the mass, 
governmental processes, and the public pol- 
icy making/implementation aspects. 

POS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Junior (with 3.5 G PA) or Senior 
standing (with a 3.0 GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency Projects are normally designed to 
require the full eleven-week quarter for com- 
pletion, during which time the student will be 
under joint supervision by the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty advisor. Application 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



93 



and arrangements must be made through the 
department by mid quarter preceding the 
quarter of the internship 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

PCS 400— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Admission will be subject to approval of the 
instructor Offered on demand Designed to 
permit superior students to pursue research 
and reading in some field of political science 
under ihe supervision of the staff 

PCS/PA 401— Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 
egies and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It IS also concerned with critiques of the sev- 
eral types of budgets now in use together with 
an explanation fiscal and monetary policies as 
they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 
with the revenue systems in effect together 
with auditing and other controls exercised in 
the budgeting process 

POS/PA 403— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 
304 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a 
study of the theoretical aspects of decision- 
making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive 
model vs. incremental model), political aspects 
of policy-making process, mobilization of polit- 
ical support, and the cost/benefit aspects of 
the public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the 
general theory of public policy-making to spe- 
cific settings of welfare policy, urban prob- 
lems, and national defense/foreign policy. 

POS 410— Independent Study In American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of political science under the super- 
vision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Nor- 



mally open only to students with a B average 
(3 0) in Political Science and at least a 2 5 GPA 
overall Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 411— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

Offers an in-depth look of the office of the 
presidency, with the principal emphasison the 
relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the court system Some atten- 
tion will be given to the evolution of the presi- 
dency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process (Completion of a 
survey course in American History is desirable) 

POS 412— American Political Parties (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political 
system. Relationship between party organiza- 
tion, electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders 

POS 415— American Supreme Court (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
the Court, including examination of the role of 
the Court as policy maker 

POS 416— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of United States (Iden- 
tical with HIS 416) 

POS 417— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day (Identical to HIS 41 7) 

POS/PA 418— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 
113. 

This course explores the framework of law 
governing administrative agencies including 
administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of 
administrative programs, discretion of admin- 
istrative officials and their powers of sum- 
mary actions, hearings before administrative 
boards, and the respective spheres of admin- 
istrative and judicial responsibility. 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Some attention will be given to the problem 
of the maintenance of traditional procedural 
safeguards in administrative law and the prob- 
lem of civil rights and relation to administrative 
boards Leading cases will be examined 

PCS 420— Independent Study in Inter- 
national Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. A minimum of 120 
credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above 
Admission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of international relations under the 
supervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis 
will be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Nor- 
mally open only to students with a B average 
(3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA 
overall. Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

PCS 424— Seminar on the Sino-Soviet 
Power Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Critical assessment of the early Sino-Soviet 
relations before and after the 1 91 7 Bolshevik 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots of 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, eco- 
nomic, strategic, political, and ideological per- 
spectives. The implication of this schism for the 
contemporary global security relations will be 
critically examined. Heavy emphasis on re- 
search and oral presentation by the student. 
Prerequisites: POS 320, 629, 721 or by per- 
mission of the instructor. 

POS 429— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and fac- 
tors, both domestic and foreign, contributing to 
its formulation. 

POS 430— Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 



some field of political theory under the super- 
vision of a member of the staff Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Nor- 
mally open only to students with a B average 
(3 0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA 
overall Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 440— Independent Study in Compara- 
tive Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of comparative government under 
the supervision of a member of the staff. 
Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferen- 
ces with the advisor and written reports and 
essays. Normally open only to students with a 
B average (3.0) in Political Science and at 
least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be 
filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 445— Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. The 
role of government and politics will be exam- 
ined, along with the contributions to economic 
and political thought of such men as Adam 
Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and 
Milton Freidman. 

Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 
Anchors, Lorraine, Emerita ' 

Brooks, S. Kent ' 

Brown, Hugh 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



Easterling. William 

Jenkins, Marvin 
Jones, James Land 
Killorin, Joseph 
Lubs, Margaret. Emerita 
McClanahan. Billie 
Martin, William 
Noble, David 
Nordquist. Richard 
Pendexter. Hugh, Emeritus 
Raymond, Richard 
Roth, Lone 
Suchower, John 
Welsh, John 
White, Charles 



; Entering students should begin the required 
'English composition sequence in their initial 
iquarter of attendance and must not delay 
beginning this sequence beyond their second 
;quarter of attendance. Designated composi- 
llion courses may not be dropped without per- 
imission from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. 
(Students who do drop these courses without 
^Department Head approval will receive a fail- 
ing grade in the class. 

Students enrolled in the degree programs 
which require a foreign language must show 
proficiency in the appropriate language at the 
required level by successfully completing 
standardized examinations administered by 
members of the foreign language faculty. To 
receive credit for Foreign Languages 1 03 and 
201, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test with a score not 
lower than the 60th percentile for each part 
taken. Before repeating the exam, a student 
must enroll in a course in the foreign language. 
This requirement applies to students enrolled 
at Armstrong State College who take their for- 
eign language courses on this campus and to 
students who, while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus. Students transfer- 
ring to Armstrong State College, after having 
completed the required foreign language 
sequence at another college, with grades of 
■'C" or above, are not required to complete the 
proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Entering freshmen who wish to exempt the 
foreign language requirement may do so by 
successfully completing the proficiency exam- 
nation through the level required in the spe- 
cific degree program with a score not below 



the 90th percentile for each part taken For 
further information on the exemption process, 
the student should contact the Head of the 
Department of Languages. Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during 
the freshman and sophomore years Students 
must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 
or 400 level course included in any major or 
minor area. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Two from: MAT 1 01 , 1 03, 290 . . . 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ..10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; PCS 113 15 

2. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 

SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 1 5 and one of the following: 
ART 200, 271 , 272, 273; DRS 227, 
228; MUS 200; PHI 201 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 326; 406 or 407 10 

2. One course from: ENG 300, 302, 
304, 320 5 

3. One course from; ENG 305. 306, 
307 5 

4. One course from: ENG 308. 
309,310 5 

5. ENG 327 or 328 5 

6. One course from: ENG 325, 340, 
342,344.410.422 5 

7. Two courses in English literature 

or language 10 



96 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or above in 


2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 

E Regents' Examination 


5 

_0 



the School of Arts and 

Sciences 25 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents' Examination _0 

TOTAL 191 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course selected from; ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200;PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ..10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS228or341 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 
201 ; ECO 201 , 202; SOC 201 ... . 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. ENG326, 327or328. 344, 

406 or 407 20 

2. One course from: ENG 300, 302, 
304, 305, 306, 307, 320 5 

3. One course from: ENG 308, 309, 
310 5 

4. One course from: ENG 325, 41 0, 
422 5 

5. One course from: ENG 327, 328, 
400,401,402,490,491 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1 . ENG 332 and DRS/FLM 350 

or 351 10 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequences 45 

1. EDN200;EDU 310.335,422, 

439,481,482,483 40 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOROFARTS WITH A MAJOR m 
IN DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272. 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence . . 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201; PSY 101; SOC 
201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS227. 228 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. DRS 341. 342. 345. 346; ENG 
326 25 

2. Two courses from: DRS 450, 
451,452 10 

3. One course from: DRS 340, 347, 
350,351 5 

4. One course from: DRS 400; 
ENG 400,401. 402 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 3C 

1. ENG 320,322,330,406 

or 407 2C 

2. One course from: ANT 200. 271 , 
272,273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

3. One course from: LIN 325, 410. 
422, 485 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Examination J 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are 
available from the Department of Languages, 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



t7 



Literature and Dramatic Arts For completion 
of each of the minors, the student must earn a 
grade of "C" or better in each course offered 
for the minor 
The minors and their requirements are 

Hours 
American Civilization 25 

1 AC 382. 490 10 

2 AC/ENG 308. 309, 310 or AC/ 
HIS351.352, 377, 403 15 

Drama-Speech 25 

1 DRS228 5 

2 DRS eleclives at the 300-400 
level 20 

English 20 

English electives at the 300- 

400 level 20 

-ilm 20 

1 DRS/FLIVI 340,351 10 

2 DRS/FLM 350 (repeated) 10 

-oreign Language 25 

25 hours in any one language . . 25 

Journalism 20 

Courses selected from: ENG/ 
JRN 340; DRS/JRN 347, 350: 

JRN 343,364,400 20 

Jnguistics 20 

Courses selected from ENG/LIN 
325. 340, 41 0, LIN 400. 485 .... 20 

Philosophy 20 

Philosophy electives at the 300- 
400 level 20 



)FFERINGS 



American Civilization Offerings 

\C 225~lntroduction to American 
:ivilization (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American Civilization 
ince colonial times, with emphasis on modern 
etting, using interdisciplinary approaches. 

iC 308— American I: Beginnings through 
830 (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 

.rose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 

, onian Age. The course emphasizes develop- 

lent of a literature with uniquely American 

haracter. 



AC 309— American II: Emerson through 
Twain (5-0-5) 

Wint(>r 

This course critically examines the art and 
ideas of the ma)or writers of the American 
Renaissance — Emerson. Poe, Hawthorne. 
Melville, Thoreau. Whitman, and Dickinson It 
traces the evolution of Transcendental Roman- 
ticism as it moves into the realism of Twain and 
James at the turn of the century 

AC 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism to 
the Present (5-0-5) 

Spring 

The cultural and ideological bases and evo- 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of Crane, Norns. and 
Dreiser as well as the writers of the 1 960's and 
the 1970's. Special attention is often given to 
modernists like Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner. Frost. 
Robinson. Hemingway, and Cummings. 

AC 382— Directed Reading in American 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Ten hours 
in approved American Civilization courses. 

A study of both fine and popular arts of the 
United States under the supervision of an 
American Civilization staff member 

AC 403— American Material Culture (4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. Same as ANT/ MPS 
403. 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed 

AC 490— Independent Study (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 
other requirements of the American Civiliza- 
tion minor. 

Designed to permit the student to pursue 
individual research in some aspects of Ameri- 
can Civilization under the supervision of an 
American Civilization staff member. 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is pre- 
requisite to all DRS courses with the exception 
of DRS 227. 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DRS 227— Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student 
will work on the Masquers' production of the 
quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned 
per quarter. The maxinnum total credit allowed 
in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time 
in summer theatre workshop (DRS 450). 

DRS 228— Fundamentals of Speech (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. 
Each student makes several major speeches. 
The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the International Phonetic Alpha- 
bet. 

DRS/FLM 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of 
the cinema with special emphasis on the 
American dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341— Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation 
of poetry and prose. The techniques of literary 
analysis are stressed along with the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's 
mood and meaning. 

DRS 342— Advanced Acting (5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 345, Winter. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 1 01 plus at least two credit hours in 
DRS 227. 

I ntensive study of characterization and styles 
of acting from several points: historical, criti- 
cal, practical, theoretical, and experimental. 
Emphasis on development performance skills. 

DRS 345— History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

Alternate with DRS 342, Winter. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning 
to the present day. The course emphasizes the 
development of the physical theatre. 

DRS 346— Play Production (5-0-5) 

Alternating Spring quarters. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting 
and directing, with special attention to image- 
making on stage. Individuals under supervi- 
sion prepare and execute the production of 
scenes and short plays. 



DRS/JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring. Fall. 

A course in the theory and practice of televi- 
sion production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis on the critical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques. 

DRS/FLM/JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 

Study of film theories or genres with empha- 
sis on critical appreciation of film as an art 
form. (Course may be repeated when topic 
changes). 

DRS/FLM 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Summer. Same as FLM 351 , 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
With emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content and perception. 

DRS 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Alternates with DRS 347, Spring, Fall. Pre- 
requisite: ENG 101. 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be determined and announced by the profes- 
sor at the time when the course is offered. 

DRS 450-451-452— Drama Workshop 
(0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for 
credit. Students will be directed and instructed 
by a member of the faculty who is a profes- 
sional in the theatre. All aspects of production 
will be studied. 

DRS 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior 
status plus ENG 1 01 plus at least one 300 level 
DRS course. Open to transient students only 
with the permission of Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the studenf^ 
comes. ' 



English Offerings 

ENG 025— Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. Offered on demand. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies ir 
writing revealed by the Regents' Test. Prereq- 
isite: Completion of the English core require- 
ments of the student's program or permissior 
of the Head of the Department of Languages 
Literature and Dramatic Arts. 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



99 



:NG 100— Practical Writing (5-0-5) 

Ottered each quarter 

This course is tor the student who demon 
►trates competence in constructing senten- 
:es and paragraphs but who needs instruction 
n such skills as the use ot more complicated 
tentence patterns, the coordination and sub- 
)rdination ot ideas in the paragraph, and the 
)rganization ot paragraphs into short essays 
'he student will write in ditterent rhetorical 
nodes using various resources, including per- 
lonal experience The course is recommended 
IS an elective tor the student whose writing 
;kills may have dulled trom lack ot practice 
^his course may be taken as elective credit 
tut may not satisty the requirements in Area I 
if the Core 

;NG 101— Composition I (5-0-5) 

Ottered each quarter 

Assignment of this course is based upon the 
9sults ot the Diagnostic Test tor placement in 
eginning English courses or upon successful 
ompletion ot English 99, 100. or 110 This 
ourse IS for the student having demonstrable 
bility in reading, writing, and organizing The 
tudent Will sharpen his skills by writing themes 
:f varying length and complexity utilizing tech- 
liques learned trom intensive study of essays 
I four rhetorical modes (description, narra- 
pn. exposition, and argumentation). The 
purse also aims to increase the student's 
fwareness of language itself. Readings in 
pdition to the essay may be used. 

NG 102— Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: Satisfac- 
ry completion of ENG 1 01 or ENG 1 91 . 
This course continues to give the student 
jided practice in reading and compositional 
:ills. To accomplish that end, the course 
Iroduces literary forms and language— fiction, 
)etry, drama— using readings in and study of 
ose forms to stimulate the writing of interpre- 
e and critical papers. 

NG 110— English as a Foreign Language 
t-a-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students 
MQse native language is other than English to 
( normal college work in composition. Stu- 
( nts who pass the course will be eligible for 
tJG 101 or, upon recommendation by the 
i Jtructor. for ENG 1 02. Admission is by place- 
r?nt test or by permission of the instructor. 
le course may not be used in Area I of the 



Core unless the student meets the proficiency 
level for admission to ENG 102 

ENG 191— Honors Composition (S-0-5) 

Fall 

Instruction in this course will not follow the 
traditional lecture method only, the student will 
read widely and write critical papers in the 
fashion which the instructor thinks will best dis- 
cipline him for independent study This course 
replaces ENG 101 for students selected by the 
department on the basis of admission test 
scores 

ENG 192— Honors Composition and Intro- 
duction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite ENG 191 or a grade of A in 
ENG 101 Winter 

In this course the student will read more 
extensively than tor ENG 102 and will write a 
research paper 

ENG 201— Composition ill (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: ENG 
1 02 or ENG 1 92 ENG 201 is prerequisite for all 
ENG 300-400 courses 

This course completes the Core I composi- 
tion sequence in the development of reading 
and writing effectiveness. Organized around 
literary and extra-literary materials, the course 
facilitates student investigation of enduring 
issues and ideas. Research techniques are 
introduced. Specific topics treated in each 
section of this course will be announced 
quarterly. 

ENG 222— Topics in the Humanities (5-0-5) 

Ottered Fall and alternate Spring quarters. 
Prerequisite: ENG 201 

A thematic aproach to major works in the 
humanities designed to awaken and heighten 
the student's awareness of traditional and con- 
temporary issues Topics will be announced. 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to ail the 
following ENG courses 

ENG 300— Early English Literature. Begin- 
nings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 302. Fall 

This course surveys major English literature 
from the eighth century to the death of Eliza- 
beth I Emphasis is on the development of a 
literature that reflects the diversified England 
of this 800-year period Writers include: the 
Beowulf poet and other Old English authors, 
early IVIiddle English lyrics and the major fig- 
ures of the 14th century (the Pearl poet. 



100 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Chaucer, Langland, Gower), specimens of 
prose from the Ancrene Riwile to Mandeville 
and Malory, and other major figures of later 
times, including Spenser. 

ENG 302— 17th Century British Poetry and 
Prose: 1603-1689. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 300, Fall. 

A survey of the major nondramatic literature 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of 
William and Mary, this course places its major 
emphasis upon the metaphysical and classi- 
cal traditions in English poetry. Authors include 
Donne, Jonson, Herbert, Herrick, Crashaw, 
Vaughan, Marvell, Milton, Bacon, Brown, Bun- 
yan, Dryden, and Rochester. 

ENG 304— 18th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 
1690 to 1784, this course acquaints students 
with the philosophic and aesthetic concerns of 
the age as reflected chiefly but not exclusively 
in the works of Swift, Pope, and Johnson. 

ENG 305— 19th Century I: British Romantic 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Within the context of contemporary theories 
of Romanticism, an examination of the works 
of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, and Shelley. 
Outside of class discussion, students read and 
report on Blake and Byron. 

ENG 306— 19th Century II: British Victorian 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 306, Spring. 

This course focuses on the responses of 
novelists, poets, and prose writers tothe issues 
troubling Victorian England: the conflict be- 
tween science and religion, the faith in "pro- 
gress," the growth of industrialism, the rights of 
the individual and of the society, and the role of 
the artist. 

ENG 307— 20th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 306, Spring. 

A study of major figures— James, Conrad, 
Lawrence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas— 
within the context of continental developments 
(Symbolism, Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the con- 
cept of "modernism." 



ENG 308— American I: Beginnings througl 
1830. (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry am 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack 
sonian Age, the course emphasizes develop 
ment of a literature with a uniquely America 
character. 

ENG 309— American II: Emerson througl 
Twain. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course critically examines the art ani 
ideas of the major writers of the America 
Renaissance— Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Mel 
ville, Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. It tra 
ces the evolution of Transcendental Romanti 
cism as it moves intotheRealism of Twain an 
James at the turn of the century 

ENG 310— American III: Rise of Naturalisn 
to the Present. (5-0-5) , 

Spring. ^ 

The cultural and ideological bases and eve 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism ar 
probed in the works of Crane, Norris, an^ 
Dreiser as well as the writers of the 1 960's an^ 
the 1 970's. Special attention is often given t 
modernists like Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner. Pros 
Robinson, Hemingway, and Cummings. 

ENG 320— British Drama: Beginnings t 
1750. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 322, Winter. 

A survey of British drama, excluding Shake 
speare. Authors studied include anonymoL 
Medieval dramatists. Marlowe. Jonson. Fon 
Beaumont. Fletcher. Dryden. Wycherly. Cor 
greve. Sheridan and Goldsmith. | 

ENG 322— British, American, and Contir 
ental Drama: Ibsen to the Present (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 320. Winter. 

A survey of 19th and 20th century Britis 
American and European plays. Movemen 
include Realism, the Irish Renaissance. E 
pressionism. Impressionism, and Theater 
the Absurd. Ibsen, Shaw. Yeats, O'Case 
Wilde. Strindberg. O'Neill, and Williams a 
among the dramatists studied. 

ENG/LIN 325— Advanced Grammar (5-0-! 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spnng. 

This is a study of current approaches 
grammar (including generative transform; 
tional); phonology, morphology and syntax \a 
be studied. 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



101 



ENG 326— Introduction to Literary 
Studies (S-Q-5) 

Ottered Fall and alternate Spring quarters 
The course aims to familiarize the English 
maior with the vocabulary and approaches of 
modern literary criticism, to advance abilities 
in the reading and interpretation of literary 
texts, and to promote understanding of the 
tools of literary research and writing 

ENG 327— World Literature I (5-0-5) 

Winter 

A study of major works and movements in 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 328— World Literature II (5-0-5) 

Spring 
[ A study of major works and movements in 
Tiodern world literature. 

6NG 329— Ancient Epic and Drama (5-0-5) 

, Spring. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors 
nclude Homer, Aeschylus. Sophocles, Eurip- 
des, and other significant figures. 

:NG 331— Children's Literature (5-0-5) 

(Does not apply toward English major). 
:)ffered on demand. 

A study of significant literature for children: 
-aditional, early, and modern: poetry and prose. 

■NG 332— Literature for Adolescents (5-0-5) 

(Does not apply toward the English major 
■xcept for candidates for secondary teacher 
ertification). Alternates with ENG 400, Winter. 

A study of significant literature appropriate 
3r adolescents. 

NG/JRN 340— Advanced Composition 
5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342. Fall. Prerequisite: 
NG 201 or consent of instructor. 
The study of expository and argumentative 

jchniques. 

NG 342— Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 340, Fall. Prerequisite: 
NG 201 or consent of instructor. 

Students submit manuscripts — stories, 
Dems. plays— which they then critique by 
. ntten statement and by class discussion 
"ider the guidance of the instructor. 

' NG 344— Composition for Pre 
rofessionals (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 422. Winter. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 

nity to polish and diversify their writing skills. 



It includes the analysis of diverse prose mod- 
els and introduces such topics as the theory 
and practice of technical writing and commun- 
ication skills, topics appropriate for students 
interested in such fields as education, busi- 
ness, science and law 

ENG 400— Special Topic (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 322, Winter 
The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered 

ENG 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 402, Summer 
The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. 

ENG 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 401 , Summer 
The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. 

ENG 406-Shake8peare I (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, 
comedies, and history plays drawn from Tam- 
ing of the Shrew. Merchant of Venice. Merry 
Wives of Windsor. Much Ado About Nothing. 
As You Like It, Troilus and Cressida. Measure 
for Measure, Richard II, Henry IV Parts 1 and 2. 
Henry V, Titus Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King 
Lear, Macbeth. Antony and Cleopatra, and 
Coriolanus. 

ENG 407-Shal(espeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A second comprehensive study of the 
tragedies, comedies and history plays drawn 
from A Comedy of Errors. Love's Labor's Lost, 
Romeo and Juliet. Midsummer Night's Dream. 
Twelfth Night, Hamlet. Othello. A Winter's Tale, 
The Tempest. Pericles. Cymbeline. All's Well 
That Ends Well, Two Gentlemen from Verona. 
King John. Timon of Athens. Richard III. Henry 
VI. and Henry VIII. 

ENG/LIN 410— History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG/LIN 324, Spring. 

A study of the English language from its 
beginnings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its 
world-wide expansion in the 20th, this course 
traces the language chronologically from Old 
to Middle of Modern English. Emphasis is on 
the phonetic, syntactic, and lexical changes 
with weight given both to internal and external 
influences. 



102 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ENG/LIN 422— Approaches to Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 344. Winter. 

A survey of the components of language 
study as well as the various approaches to 
language, meaning, and syntax. Relationships 
between the teacher's language study and 
classroom implementation of various facets of 
it will be explored. 

ENG/LIN 485— Dialects of American 
English (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG/LIN 325 or DRS 228. 

Investigates and describes major American 
dialects in terms of their phonology, morphol- 
ogy, lexicon, and syntax. Both geographic and 
social dialects are covered. 

ENG 490— Independent Study (1 -5)-0-(1 -5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and ENG 201. 
This course is available to transient students 
under the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college 
from which the student comes. 

ENG 491 —Independent Study (1 -5)-0-(1 -5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and ENG 201. 
This course is available to transient students 
under the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college 
from which the student comes. 

ENG 499— Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory 
staff member, recommendation of the depart- 
mental Internship Committee, and approval of 
the Department Head. May be repeated to a 
maximum of 15 credit hours. 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed project involving off-campus work, 
study, and/or research. Projects will be under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institu- 
tion and the staff member. Fifteen hours credit 
requires forty hours a week at the sponsoring 
institution. Fifteen hours credit requires twenty- 
five hours a week. Five hours credit requires 
fifteen hours a week. 

Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of 
the cinema with special emphasis on the 
American dominance of the medium. 



FLM/DRS 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as JRN 350, 

Study of film theories or genres with empha- 
sis on critical appreciation of film as an art 
form. (Course may be repeated when topic 
changes.) 

FLM/DRS 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Summer. 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content, and perception. 

Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101-102-103— Elementary French 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of French reading, composition, and 
conversation. The approach is primarily oral, 
and daily practice with tape recordings is 
required. 

FRE 201— Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Three 
quarters of college French or three years of 
high school French are required. Emphasis is 
continued on the reading of text as well as on 
oral and composition skills. 

FRE 300— Special Topics in the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

FRE 305— Special Topics in French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

FRE 307— Special Topics in French 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

FRE 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
France (V-V-1 5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi ' 
dence and study in France in conjunction witf' 
the Studies Abroad Program of the Universit' 
System of Georgia. The program is in Paris fo 
a period of 8-9 weeks. During this time th( 
student will receive intensive instruction ii 
language and culture and will be expected ti 
engage in co-curricular activities sponsorei 
by the University of Paris and USG. 

FRE 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5 

Prerequisites: Senior status and FRE 201 
Open to transient students only with permis 



LANGUAGES. LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



103 



m of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
) college from which the student comes 

•R 101-102-103— Elementary German 
le, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

rhree courses offered each year 
Elements of reading and writing, basic vocab- 
iry: simple conversation: essentials of 
immar 

[R 201— Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Dffered on demand Prerequisite: Three 
arters of college German or three years of 
lh school German are required. Emphasis is 
ntinued on reading of text as well as on oral 
d composition skills 

:R 300— Special Topics In the German 
iguage (5-0-5) 

Dttered on demand Prerequisite: GER 201 . 

:R 305— Special Topics in German 
erature (5-0-5) 

Dffered on demand Prerequisite: GER 201 . 

;R 307— Special Topics in German 
Iture (5-0-5) 

Dffered on demand. Prerequisite: GER 201 . 

R 351-352-353— Study Abroad In 
rmany (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: GER 103. 
rhese courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
ice and study in Germany in conjunction 
h the Studies Abroad Program of the Uni- 
sity System of Georgia. The program is at 
i University of Eriangen-Nurnberg for a 
'iod of 8-9 weeks. During this time the stu- 
nt will receive intensive instruction in Ian- 
age and culture and will participate in Uni- 
sity sponsored activities. 

:R 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Dffered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior 
tus and GER 201 Open to transient stu- 
nts only with permission of the Dean of 
:ulty at Armstrong and the college from 
ich the student comes. 

T 101-102-103— Elementary Latin 
e, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

fhree courses offered each year. 
Essentials of grammar; readings from se- 
ted Latin authors. 

T 201— Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Dffered on demand. 

-urther readings in Latin literature with spe- 
ll emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 



LAT 300— Readings In Latin (S-O-S) 

Offered on deniand 

The students may choose readings relevant 
to their areas of interest out of the 2,000 years 
of Latinity from Plautus to the recent encycli- 
cals 

LAT/CLA 351-352-353— Study Abroad In 
Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 

These courses are a summer quarters resi- 
dence and study in Rome and Athens in con- 
junction with the Studies Abroad Program of 
the University System of Georgia They are 
taught in English and require no knowledge of 
Latin or Greek Through visits to monuments, 
museums, and classical rums, and on excur- 
sions of Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tarquinia. 
and Frascati the student experiences at first 
hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 



RUS 101-102-103— Elementary Russian 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of Russian reading, composition, and 
conversation. 

RUS 201— Intermediate Russian (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: RUS 103. 
Emphasis iscontinued on reading of textsas 
well as on oral and composition skills. 



SPA 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year 

These courses provide the student with the 

elements of Spanish reading, composition, and 

conversation. 

SPA 201— Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite Three 
quarters of college Spanish or three years of 
high school Spanish are required. Emphasis is 
continued on reading of texts as well as oral 
and composition skills 

SPA 300— Special Topics in the Spanish 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite. SPA 201 

SPA 305— Special Topics in Spanish 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite SPA 201 

SPA 307— Special Topics in Spanish 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: SPA 201 



104 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SPA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Spain (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103. 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Spam in conjunction with 
the Studies Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is in Segovia 
for a period of 8-9 weeks. During this time the 
students will receive intensive instruction in 
language and culture which will be comple- 
mented by a number of excursions. 

SPA 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior 
status and SPA 201. Open to transient stu- 
dents only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 

Joumaiism Offerings 

JRN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342. Fall. Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as 
ENG 340. 

The study of expository and report tech- 
niques. 

JRN 343— Journalistic Writing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the 
techniques of modern journalism with empha- 
sis on writing for newspapers and periodicals. 

JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. Same 
as DRS 347. 

A course in the theory and practice of televi- 
sion production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis onthecritical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques. 

JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. 

Study of film theories or genres with empha- 
sis on critical appreciation of film as an art 
form. (Course may be repeated when topic 
changes). 

JRN 364— Copy Editing and Layout (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This IS an intensive workshop in preparing 
copy for the press. Emphasis is on editing, on 
rewriting, and on makeup of pages. 

JRN 400— Topics in Journalism (3-0-3) 

Fall Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 



This IS a seminar on topics of interest anc 
utility to journalists in all the media. Individua 
topics will be announced. The course may be 
taken for credit more than once as topic; 
change 



Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 325— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. Same as 
ENG/LIN 325. 

This is a study of current approaches tc 
grammar (including generative transforma- 
tional); phonology, morphology, and syntax wil 
be studied 

LIN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342, Fall. Prerequisite 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as 
ENG/JRN340. 

A study of expository and report techniques 

LIN 400— Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG/LIN 325 or 410 or LIN 
485 or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in bot^ 
theoretical and applied linguistics. Topics wil 
be announced, and the course may be taker 
more than once for credit as topics change. 

LIN 410— History of the English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 325, Spring. Same a; 
ENG/LIN 410. 

LIN 485— Dialects of American English 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG/LIN 325 or DRS 228. 

Investigates and describes major Americai 
dialects in terms of their phonology, morphol 
ogy, lexicon, and syntax. Both geographic an^ 
social dialects are covered. 



Philosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite to a 

following PHI courses. 

PHI 200— Nature, Culture and Choice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

The central notion is that man transform; 
nature into culture by means of symbol sys 
tems. The course asks what needs of hums 
nature are served thereby and what ethiCc 
consequences are involved. It stresses th 
assumptions and methods defining the humarii 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



105 



les and science and. m ethics, focuses on 
professional issues 

>HI 201— Introduction to Phlloiophy (S-0-5) 

f all, Spring 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the mean- 
ng and function of philosophy, and the vocab- 
jlary and problems of philosophy Includes a 
jurvey of the basic issues and major types of 
Dhilosophy and shows the sources in expe- 
lence, history, and representative thinkers 

>HI 301— History of Philosophy: Ancient 
ind Medieval (5-0-5) 

Ottered on demand 

An historical introduction to philosophy, trac- 
ng the development of European philosophy 
rom the early Greeks through the Middle 
\ges, with emphasis on selected works of 
najor philosophers. 

>HI 302— History of Modern Philosophy 
5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
hrough Kant, emphasizing selected works of 
■najor philosophers. 

>HI 303— 19th and 20th Century 
>hilosophy (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 
' A study of the major philosophers in philo- 
jophical movements of the 19th and 20th 
:enturies 

>HI 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One 200- 
300 level philosophy course. 

The specific subject matter in this course 
vill be determined and announced by the pro- 
essor at the time when the course is offered. 

>HI 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior 
status and one 300-level philosophy course 

The student, with the advise and consent of 
lis supervising professor and of the depart- 
nent head, will select the topic for supervised 
ndependent study and will submit a prospec- 
us for department approval before the quarter 
n which the course is to be taken. Open to 
ransient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
rom which the student comes. 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

Vacant, Department Head 

Barnard, Jane 

Cyphert, Daniel 

Findeis, John 

Hansen, John 

Harbin. Mickie Sue 

Hudson. Anne, Acting Dept Head 

Kilhefner, Dale 

Munson, Richard 

Norwich, Vicki 

Richters, Stephen 

Shipley, Charles 

Stocker, Erich 

Wynn, William, Emeritus 



The department offers two majors, in com- 
puter science and in the mathematical scien- 
ces, under the Bachelor of Science degree 
program. Under the major in the mathematical 
sciences, students may complete major options 
entitled "Mathematics," "Applied fVlathemat- 
ics," "Mathematics Education," and "Comput- 
er Science." The mathematics education op- 
tion is specifically designed to prepare teachers 
of secondary mathematics and is an approved 
program for the Georgia Teacher's Profes- 
sional Four-Year Certificate (T-4). The Depart- 
ment of Mathematics and Computer Science 
also participates in the Dual-Degree Program 
of Armstrong State College and the Georgia 
Institute of Technology, under which students 
may, in five years of study, earn simultane- 
ously the B.S. degree in the mathematical 
sciences (applied mathematics) from Arm- 
strong and the Bachelor's degree in any one of 
a number of fields of engineering from Georgia 
Tech. 

The department also offers minors in comput- 
er science and mathematics. Students in any 
major program of study whatever (either two- 
year or four-year) can augment their major 
with either of these minors. The minor in com- 
puter science requires 25 quarter hours of 



L 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



computer science courses. These courses 
must consist of CS 1 42, 231 , 242, 301 and 308. 
The mathematics minor requires 25 hours of 
mathematics courses. These courses must 
consist of MAT 206. 207, 208, and 10 quarter 
hours selected from CS 260, and 300-400 level 
mathematics courses, excluding MAT 391 and 
393. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271. 272. 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200.201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students); PHY 
217,218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2. PCS 1 1 3 and one course select- 
ed from: PSY 101 (required for 
math education option); SOC 

201 ; ECO 201 . 202; ANT 201 ... 10 
Area IV 30 

1. MAT 206. 207 10 

2. CS142 5 

3. Two of the following: 

MAT 208; CS 242, 260 10 

4. HIS 251 or 252 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses m the Major Field 51-55 

Each student majoring in the 
mathematical sciences must 
select one of the following four 
options and complete its require- 
ments: 
Option One— Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311. 316. 317, 401, 
402. and 4 quarter hours of ap- 
proved electives 30 

2. Approved mathematics and/or 
computer science electives* ... 1 5 

3. One foreign language or com- 
puter science sequence 10 



Option Two— Applied Mathematics 
1. MAT 309, 316,341,342 or 

353 18-n 

2 MAT 321 orCS 146 { 

3. PHY 217, 218, 219: or four of the 
courses: MAT 31 7, 321 , 322, 346, 
353,401,406,490** 16-1« 

4. Approved mathematics and/or com- 
puter science electives 

(300-400 level) 13-1( 

Option Three— Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 316, 321,336, and 

416 or 470 2: 

2. Approved mathematics and/or 
computer science electives "; 

3. PSY 301 

4. EDN 200, 31 0. 335, and 441 2i 

Option Four— Computer Science 

1 . CS 260, 301 . 302, 305, 360 2i 

2. MAT 309. 341,321 1^ 

3. Three courses selected from: 
MAT 31 6, 342, 346, 353, 490**, 

CS 401. 411. 490** 12-1! 

C. Related Field Requirements 1 1 

In addition to the above require 
ments. each student majoring ir 
the mathematical sciences mus 
complete fifteen quarter hours o 
approved courses in one field o 
study related to his major. Stu 
dents completing the major re 
quirements under option thret 
must meet this requirement througf 
student teaching (Education 47C 
480. 490). 

D. Electives*** 25-2 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _ 

TOTAL 19 

* It is recommended that 10 of these hour 

be in mathematics. 

** Subject to the approval of the departmer 

head. 

***Students pursuing the mathematics educa 

tion option, in order that their total program c 

study will conform to system-wide require 

ments for degree programs leading to T-^ 

teacher certification, must select one cours( 

from each of the following blocks of courses: 

A. ART 200, 271, 272. 273; MUS 20C 
DRS228; 

B. ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



107 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2 One course selected from ART 
200. 271, 272. 273, ENG 222, 
MUS200, PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1.V MATylOl, 103 ..^ ^0 

2 Onebf the sequences: jBfdXIQI. 
102. CH€ V2&, 129 PHY ^' 

217, 218 10 

Area III 20 

1 MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
' 102: CHE 128, 129: PHY 

217,218 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115 10 

2 PCS 1 1 3 and one of the courses: 
PSY 101:SOC201: ECO 201. 202: 
ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 206, 207 10 

*- 2 CS 142,231,242 15 

3. MAT 260 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE T1 7 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 , 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1 MAT 321 10 

2. CS 301 , 31 2, 305, 308, 342 25 

3 Either CS 331 , 431 , 334 or 401 : 

or CS 360. 401,402 or 445 15 

4. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 5 

C. Courses related to Major 15 

1 ENG 344 5 

2. Ten hours of approved 

electives 10 

D. Electives 25 

E. HIS 251 or 252 5 

F Regents and Exit Examinations 

)FFERINGS 
Mathematics Offerings 

4AT 101— College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
iach student must have attained at least one 
)f the following prior to enrolling: (a) a score of 
it least 420 on the mathematics portion of the 



SAT or (b) a score of at least 20 on the 
Mathematics Diagnostic Test, or (c) a grade of 
P in MAT 099 

In addition, ii is recommended thai the stu- 
dent have successfully completed m high 
school two courses of algebra and one course 
of geometry 

Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic 
test IS administered are given in the academic 
calendar in the front of this Catalog Present 
text: Swokowski, Fundamentals of College 
Algebra 

Real number arithmetic, polynomial and 
rational expressions, linear and quadratic equa- 
tions: functions and graphs, inequalities, abso- 
lute value: sequences and summation nota- 
tion; matrices, determinants, and systems of 
equations; the binomial theorem; techniques 
of counting and elementary probability (May 
be exempted by examination with academic 
credit awarded) 

MAT 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer Prerequisite: 
MAT 101, or a score of at least 550 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT. or permission 
ofthedepartment head. Present text: Swokowski, 
Functions and Graphs. 

Functions; polynomial, rational, exponential, 
logarithmic, trignometric, and inverse trigno- 
metric functions; trigonometric identities; law 
of sines and cosines; complex numbers (May 
be exempted by examination with academic 
credit awarded.) 

MAT 195— Applied Finite Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 1 01 . Present text: 
Barnett, Finite Mathematics for Management, 
Life, and Social Sciences. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including 
mathematics of finance, probability, linear pro- 
gramming, and an introduction to games and 
decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MAT 206— Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 103, or a score of at least 600 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT, or permission 
of the department head. Present text: Edwards 
and Penney, Calculus and Analytical Geometry . 

Functions; the derivative and its applica- 
tions: antidifferentiation; the definite integral. 

MAT 207— Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 206 Present text: Edwards and Penney, 



I 



108 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Calculus and Analytic Geometry. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates. 

MAT 208— Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 
Present text: Edwards and Penney, Calculus 
and Analytic Geometry. 

Parannetric curves and vectors in the plane; 
indeternninate forms, Taylor's formula, and 
improper integrals; infinite series; vectors, 
curves, and surfaces in space; partial differenti- 
ation. 

MAT 220— Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. Present text: Freund, Statistics: A 
First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and disper- 
sion; probability distributions; inferences con- 
cerning means; analysis of variance; correla- 
tion; linear regression. (May be exempted 
by examination with academic credit awarded). 

MAT 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
and CS 110 or 146. 

Elementary logic, naive set theory, relations 
and functions, Boolean algebras, ordering re- 
lations, graph theory. 

MAT 290— Topics in Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 1 01 . 

A terminal course of selected topics de- 
signed to portray the history, philosophy, and 
aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop an 
appreciation of the role of mathematics in 
western thought and contemporary culture. 

MAT 309— Calculus of Several Variables 11 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. Present 
text: Edwards and Penney, Calculus and Ana- 
lytic Geometry. 

Multiple integrals and their applications; 
vector fields; line and surface integrals; Green's 
theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes 
theorem; differential equations. 

MAT 311— Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites; MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Hillman and Alexanderson, 
A First Undergraduate Course in Abstract 
Algebra. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, 
kernals, and quotient structures. 



MAT 316— Linear Algebra I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: MAT 208, 260. Present 
text: Kolman, Elementary Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spa- 
ces; linear independence, rank of a matrix; 
linear transformations; determinants; linear prod- 
uct spaces; introduction to eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. 

MAT 317— Linear Algebra II (3-0-3) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: MAT 316. 

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonaliza- 
tion, real quadratic forms; additional applica- 
tions of linear algebra to other areas of the 
mathematical, physical and social sciences. 

MAT 321— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) n 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 207, 
MAT/CS260. 

Probability; random variables; discrete and 
continuous probability distributions; empirical 
distributions; random sampling; expectation; 
confidence intervals; tests of hypotheses; 
correlation and regression; one-way ANOVA; 
chi-square tests. . 

MAT 322— Probability & Mathematical 1 
Statistics II (4-0-4) ' 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisite 321 . 

Multiple regression; maximum likelihood esti- 
mates; likelihood ratio tests; small sample dis- 
tributions; two-way ANOVA; nonparametric 
methods; Bayesian inference. 

MAT 336— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Moise, Elementary Geome- 
try From Advanced Standpoint. 

A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341-342— Differential Equations 
I, II (4-0-4) 

341 -Winter; 342-Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 
208. Present text: Boyce and Deprima, Ele- 
mentary Differential Equations and Boundary 
Value Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- 
tions; systems of first order differential equa- 
tions; the Laplace transform; introduction to 
Fourier series; partial differential equation; 
Sturm-Liouville theory; applied problems. 

MAT 346— Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (4-0-4) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Hillier & Lieberman, Intro- 
duction to Operations Research. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



109 



Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 
matical models of problems in the social, life, 
and management sciences Topics chosen 
from linear programming, dynamic program- 
ming, scheduling theory, Markov chains, game 

theory, queuing theory, and inventory theory 

MAT 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years) Prerequisites f^AT 
207 and CS 110. 142, or 146 Present text 
Conte and DeBoor. Elementary Numerical 
Analysis 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; 
systems of linear equations; numerical integra- 
tion and numerical solution of differential equa- 
tions; matrix .inversion; evaluation of determi- 
nants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors: boundary value problems. 

MAT 360— Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 207, 
?60 Present text: Hunter, Metalogic: An Intro- 
luction to the Metatheory of Standard First 
Drder Logic 

I The elementary statement and predicate 
:alculus; formal systems; applications of logic 
n mathematics. 

yiAT 391— Mathematics for the Elementary 
>chool Teacher (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: MAT 101 and Admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the elemen- 
ary curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate 
nethods of teaching for understanding through 
ictive involvement of the learner. Frequent 
jse of wide range of concrete manipulatives to 
embody concepts in arithmetic of whole num- 
)ers and fractions and in geometry and mea- 
surement Directed field experience. (Credit 
vill not apply toward a degree in the mathemat- 
cal sciences.) 

MAT 393— Teaching of Middle School/ 
3enerai Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Summer (even years) Prerequisite; Ten 
quarter hours of college mathematics num- 
)ered 1 01 or above and Admission to Teacher 
Education. Present text; Sobol and Maletsky, 
^eaching Mathematics: A Sourcebook of Aids. 
\ctivities. and Strategies. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such 
IS fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
lent (especially in the metric system), and 
iformal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating 
rill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
Dpics like probability and statistics, and with 
ppropriate games and laboratory activities 



(Credit will not apply toward a degree in the 

mathematical sciences ) 

MAT 400— Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall Prerequisites MAT 208. 260 

A variety of mathematical problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solv- 
ing techniques 

MAT 401-402— Advanced Calculus I. II 
(4-0-4) 

401 -Fall (odd years), 402-Winter (even 
years). Prerequisites MAT 208. 260 Present 
text: Goldberg, Methods of Real Analysis. 

The real number system; sequences; limits 
of functions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theo- 
rem; compactness; uniform continuity, the 
derivative; the Riemann integral; Euclidean n- 
space; sequences of functions; the Weier- 
strass approximation theorem; series; elemen- 
tary functions 

MAT 406— Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Spring (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 
208. 260. Present text: Churchill. Complex Var- 
iables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions 
and transformations; the Cauchy theory; con- 
formal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 416— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208. 
260. Present text: Burton. Elementary Number 
Theory. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reci- 
procity; diophantine equations; number-theo- 
retic functions and their applications; selected 
advanced topics from algebraic and analytic 
number theory. 

MAT 436— Topology (3-0-3) 

Spring (even years). Prerequisite: MAT 401 . 
Present text: Dugundji. Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; 
separability; compactness; connectedness; 
completeness; metrizability; introduction to 
homotopy theory, 

MAT 470— History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

Fall (even years) Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
and SIX quarter hours of mathematics courses 
with course numbers greater than 309 Pres- 
ent text: Eves, /An Introduction to the History of 
Mathematics. 

A survey of the development of mathemat- 
ics from its empirical beginnings to its present 
state. 



110 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MAT 490— Special Topics ((1-5)-0-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
sites Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the 
direction of a member of the mathematics 
faculty. 

MAT 496-497-498— Internship in 
Mathematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
«:ite: Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical 
applications suitedtothe educational and pro- 
fessional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of the faculty and appropriate off- 
campus supervisory personnel. (Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the Dean 
of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appro- 
priate official of the college from which the 
student comes). 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 1 10— introduction to Computer Program- 
ming (4-3-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101. Present 
text: Bent & Sethares, BASIC. 

BASIC programming and program structure: 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra: algo- 
rithms: flow charts: debugging; computer solu- 
tions of numeric and non-numeric problems, 
characteristics and applications of computers 
in modern society. 

CS 115— Introduction to Computer Con- 
cepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software com- 
ponents of computers, elementary program- 
ming, and the impact of the computer on 
society. Discussion of the capabilities and the 
limitations of computers, and the kinds of prob- 
lems that are best solved by computers. Expe- 
rience with developing and modifying algo- 
rithms to solve such problems. Emphasis on 
the major uses of computers. This course is 
designed forthe non-computer science major. 
It may not be applied as part of a language 
sequence. 

CS 136— RPG Programming (3-4-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 110, 142 or 146. 
Present text: Myers. RPG II & RPG III with 
Business Applications. 

Introduction to the language and program- 



ming applications for small computer systems 
using RPG j 

CS 142— Introduction to Programming I 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 1 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Summer. Prerequisite 
MAT 101. 

Structured programming; The Pascal pro- 
gramming language: basic syntax, input/out- 
put, debugging, functions and procedures 
fundamental data types. 

CS 146— Fortran Programming (4-3-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 101 
Present text: Lehmkuhl, Fortran 77. A Tof. 
Down Approach. 

Algorithmic processes of computer probterr 
solving: elementary logic and Boolean algebra 
FORTRAN programming language: syntax 
arrays, input/output, subroutines, functions. 

CS 225— Statistical Programming for 
the Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 22C 
or 321 and CS 1 1 0, 1 42, or 1 46. Present text 
Klecka. Nie, Hull. SPSS Primer. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis 
including the study of statistical methods, the 
programming of statistical analyses, and date 
analysis using packaged systems. 

CS 231— Programming Principles with ^ 
COBOL (4-3-5) ^ 

Fall. Winter. Spring. Summer. Prerequisite 
CS 142. Present text: Finegold. Fundamental: 
of Structured COBOL Programming. 

The COBOL programming language: basu 
syntax, input/output, debugging, table-han 
dling, sorting, searching, sequential file manipu 
lation, structured programming for COBOL 
JCL for COBOL programs. 

CS 242— Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisites 
MAT 103andCS142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pas 
cal: recursion, variant records, record-orientec 
input/output and dynamic structures asso 
ciated with pointers such as linked lists, queues 
stacks and trees. 

CS 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 10^ 
and CS 142 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relation; 
and functions: Boolean algebras; ordering rela 
tions; graph theory. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



111 



CS 296— Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter Prerequisites MAT 101 and admis 
sion to Teacher Education 

The study of hardware and software com- 
ponents of connputers, elementary program- 
ming, and the impact of computers on curricu- 
lum Discussion of the capabilities and limita- 
tions of computers, and the kinds of problems 
that are best solved by computers Experience 
with developing and modifying algorithms to 
solve such problems Emphasis on instruc- 
tional uses of microcomputers This course is 
designed for the non-computer science major 
It may not be applied as part of a language 
sequence 

CS 301— Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall. Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: 
3S 231 or CS 242 Present text: Kuo. Assem- 
jler Language for FORTRAN. COBOL, and 
'^L/l Programmers. 

■ Introduction to systems programming via in- 
depth coverage of assembler programming; 
operating systems: addressing techniques; 
.nternal storage structure; machine-level repre- 
sentation of instructions and data; subrou- 
tines: I/O; linkersand loaders, macro-facilities; 
Tiass data storage facilities. 

^S 305— Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: CS 301. Present 
ext: Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organi- 
'.ation. 

Hardware and software components of dig- 
tal computing systems, with emphasis on sys- 
"em software and details of hardware organi- 
:ation. Topics include system structure, data 
epresentation, processors, control, storage, 
nput/output interrupts and microprogramming. 

:S 308— Introduction to File Processing 
5-0-5) 

Fall. Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 and CS 
42 

An introduction to the concepts and tech- 
iiques of structuring data on bulk storage 
levices; foundation for applications of data 
tructures and file processing techniques. 

S 309— File Processing with COBOL 
M-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 308. 

COBOL programming techniques for pro- 
essing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VSAM), 
irect, and relative files; control language used 
)r the execution of file processing programs; 



utility programs for effective file processing 
CS 312— Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Winter. Summer Prerequisites CS 242. 260. 
301 

Internal representation for arrays, queues, 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithms for 
the manipulation of data structures; complexity 
analysis of algorithms; concepts related to the 
interaction between data structures and stor- 
age structures for the generating, developing 
and processing of data, algorithms for memory 
management 

CS 331— Systems Analysis and Design 
(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 344 
Present text: Weinberg, Structured Analysis. 

Principles and methodology of structured 
systems analysis and design, including per- 
sonnel and machine requirements, system 
specifications, analysis and design tools and 
techniques, system life cycle management. A 
student project which implements these tech- 
niques will be required. 

CS 334— Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 331, CS 
342. Present text: Sommerville. Software 
Engineering. 

Principles and techniques of designing and 
developing engineered software, including pro- 
gram structures, design specifications, resource 
limitations, reliability, correctness, debugging, 
testing, modular program construction and 
user interfaces, A student project which imple- 
ments these techniques will be required. 

CS 342— Comparative Languages (3-4-5) 

Fall. Spring. Prerequisites: CS 242, 260, 301 . 
Present text: Organick. Forsythe and Plummer. 
Programming Language Structures. 

Comparative study of programming lan- 
guages including facilities for recursion, pro- 
cedures, storage allocation techniques, string 
processing, and passing of parameters. 

CS 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 
207 and CS 1 1 0. 1 42. or 1 46. Present text: Conte 
and DeBoor, Elementary Numerical Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; 
systems of linear equations; numerical inte- 
gration and numerical solution of differential 
equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of deter- 
minants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors, boundary value problems. 



112 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CS 360— Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites: CS 260 and 305 
Present text: Mano, Computer Logic Design. 

Theory and design of digital logic systems at 
the gate level. A variety of techniques for the 
reduction of digital circuits will be studied. 

CS 401-402 Operating System Concepts 
I, II (5-0-5) 

401 Winter; 402-Spring. Prerequisite: CS 
312. CS 305. Present text: Peterson & Silber- 
schatz, Operating Systems Concepts. 

Design and analysis of operating systems: 
process management; memory management; 
processor management; auxiliary storage 
management. Case studies in Unix and other 
existing systems. 

CS 411— Data Communications (5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 305. Present text: 
Tanenbaum. Computer Networks. 

Communications media; codes; data trans- 
mission; multiplexing; protocols; layered net- 
works. 

CS 431— Control and Organization of 
Information (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 344, CS 308, 312. 
Present text: Krocuke. Database Processing. 

Information analysis and logical design of 
information systems and data bases; consid- 
eration of hardware, access methods, man- 
agement, and control functions, communicat- 
ing with the data base, and integrated systems. 



CS 445— Theory of Programming 
Languages (4-3-5) 

Fall (even 'years). Prerequisites: CS 312, 
342. Present text: Aho and Ullman, Principles 
of Compiler Design. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages; specifica- 
tion of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; 
parsing; semantic processing. 

CS 490— Special Topics in Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current 
interest in computer science; possible areas 
include system simulation, graphics, and 
microcomputers. 



CS 496-497-498— Internship in Computer 
Science ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of computing envi- 
ronments suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and 
appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel. 



Psychology 

Faculty 

Martin Grace, Department Head 
Douglass, Keith 
Lane, Joseph 
Palefsky, Elliot 
Patchak, Jane Anne 
Satterfield, Neil 
Worthington, C. Stewart 



Students are adivsed to complete as many 
of the general degree requirements as possi- 
ble before entering their junior year. Psychol- 
ogy majors shouldtakePSY 101 and 220 before 
the end of their sophomore years. Suggested 
course distributions and annual schedules are 
available in the department office. All students 
are urged to seek advisement with regard to 
degree requirements and scheduling. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2, One course selected from: PHI 
201.202 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 101 and 1 95 or 290 10 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121. 
122.orPHS 121. 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, PCS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 orSOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102, MAT 220 15, 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. PSY 101. ANT 201 10 



PSYCHOLOGY 



113 



Area V 6 

1 PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B Degree Requirements 65 

1 PSY 220. 307. 308, 309. 312, 
410.411.412 40 

2 Two of the following PSY 303. 
305.311 10 

3. Foreign language or computer 

science sequence 15 

C Elective Courses 1 0-25 

1 An appropriate minor or select- 
ed upper division courses .. . 10-25 

D Unspecified 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191-206 

Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors 
in the following four areas: 

A. Psychology — which requires 20 credit 
hours of upper division work. 

B. Mental — Health which requires PSY 
201,202,315.405,406, 

C. Organizational Psychology — which re- 
quires five of the following: PSY 202, 31 5. 320, 
321,322,406. 

D. Anthropology which requires 20 hours of 
upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology — which requires SOC 201, 
315, 320, 340 and one course selected from 
SOC. 333. 350, 430 and 450. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of 
"C" or better in each course taken. 

OFFERINGS 
Anthropology Offerings 

ANT 201— Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The nature, causes and prospects of being 
human. A study of the biocultural nature of 
humans and the development of societies 
from the preliterate beginnings through the 
rise of complex organization. 

ANT 202— Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Survey of physical anthropology, including 
the fossil record, living primates, the evolution 
of pre-humans and humans, their ecology and 
cultures. 

ANT/MPS 207— Introduction to 
Archeology (5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course con- 
sists of a history of the field, basic techniques, 



theoretical underpinnings, and examples of 

field work from all types of excavation It cov- 
ers the range from early man to industrial and 
urban archeology in a general fashion Analy- 
sis IS introduced along with survey techniques, 
preservation, reporting and other skills (Iden- 
tical with MPS 207 ) 

ANT 305— Americans Called Indians (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite ANT 201 
An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North America from the Arctic to the Rio 
Grande. Study will include origins, distribution, 
ecology and interrelationships, past through 
present. 

ANT 310— Anthropology of Sex and 
Gender (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 
An examination of the cultural determinants 
of sex roles in selected world societies, past 
and present. The foci will be three anthropolog- 
ical analyses: economics and status; art and 
ritual; the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400— Sorcery, Demons and 
Gods (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a 
universal category of culture. The supernatur- 
al will be considered: Mother goddesses 
myth, sorcery, shamanism, sacrifice and to- 
temism. Belief systems in their sociocultural 
contexts will be emphasized. 

ANT/MPS 401— Fleldwork In Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field pro- 
ject. Excavation techniques, surveying and 
map making, data collecting and recording, 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
or archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings. (Identical with MPS 401 .) (Under 
certain circumstances this course may be 
substituted in the Preservation Studies minor 
for MPS 498). Course may be repeated for 
credit. 

ANT/MPS 402— Practicum in 
Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or 
director. 
The application of archaeological interpret- 



114 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-derived infor- 
mation. (Identical with MPS 402.) 

ANT/MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, diet, dress and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed. 

Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101— General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Dis- 
cussion and demonstrations assist in survey- 
ing all the areas of psychology. Psychology 
101 IS prerequisite to all other courses in the 
department. 

PSY 110— Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 

PSY 191— Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisite: SAT verbal of at least 550 
This course may be substituted for PSY 1 01 
by qualified students Course content is similar 
to PSY 1 01 , but emphasis is on psychology as 
a laboratory science. Students will conduct a 
variety of experiments and demonstrations 
and will write research reports on these topics. 

PSY 201— Survey of Clinical Methods 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of personality theories and the 
behavior changing techniques arising from 
them. The emphasis will be on learning theory 
and environmental influences. 

PSY 202— Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Objective measurement and accurate re- 
cording of findings will be emphasized. The 
use of interview data, case studies, as well as 
written tests, will be introduced. 



PSY 203-4— Independent Practicum 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: 25 hours of psychology. 

Students may be given academic credit for 
supervised community work which meets ap- 
propriate performance criteria. Students will 
need prior departmental faculty approval of 
the work setting, goals, and supervision. A 
faculty advisor will be assigned to support and 
evaluate the student's work. 

PSY 220— Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology 
and Its application to behavior analysis. Var- 
ious techniques of data collection and the sta- 
tistical analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSY 301— Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 1 01 . Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the 
problem of learning in the classroom. Primarily 
for teacher preparation. 

PSY 303— Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as 
determinants of the behavior of the individual. 
The cultural milieu and group pressures will be 
examined in terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSY 305— Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the origin and development of 
psychological processes. The effects of matu- 
rational, learning, and social variables on hu- 
man behavior are examined. 

PSY 307— Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to 
the nature of perception. Special attention is 
given to the psychological method. 

PSY 308— Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

An examination of the methodology and 
theory associated with the various forms of 
learning and their motivational concomitants. 

PSY 309— Physiological Psychology (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 1 01 , BIO 1 01 -1 02. 

Introduction to the biological bases of 
behavior. The structure and function of the the 
nervous system are studied and related to the 
behavior of humans and other organisms. 



J 



PSYCHOLOGY 



115 



PSY 310— Psychology of Human Sexuality 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

An examination of the developmental, phy- 
siological, clinical and social aspects of human 
i sexuality The emphasis of the course will be 
; on the various components of human sexuality 
I from a developmental perspective 

PSY 311— Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A study of selected personality theories with 
emphasis on normal behavior Attention will be 
given to both experimental and clinical data 
I The determinants of personality structure and 
the development of personality will be exam- 
ined from divergent points of view. 

PSY 312— Measurement (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 220 

An examination of the theory of measure- 
ment Reliability and validity techniques are 
discussed, using current psychological tests 
as examples 

PSY 315— Psychology of Conflict and Stress 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physio- 
logical and psychological processes in the 
development and maintenance of stress related 
disorders. Emphasis is on environmental fac- 
tors and stress management techniques. 

PSY 319— Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors 
with which living organisms cope effectively 
with their environment. The laboratory will pro- 
vide an introduction to animal care, training, 
and experimentation. 

PSY 320— Industrial/Organizational Psycho- 
logy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological 
principles to business and professional set- 
tings. Included are work motivation, goal set- 
ting, power politics, leadership and communi- 
cation. 

PSY 321— Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 320. 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, train- 
ing strategies, performance evaluation and job 
satisfaction. 



PSY 322— Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prt'requisite PSY 320 

Psychological principles applied to inter- 
personal and intergroup relations, organiza- 
tional leadership, management of organiza- 
tional change relating to the social environment 
and communication systems 

PSY 405— Behavior Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PSY 101 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
various conceptions of undesirable behavior 
Application of principles derived from basic 
research will be emphasized 

PSY 406— Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A study of proven methods of generating 
behavioral change, their empirical foundations, 
and their applications in clinical, educational 
and social settings 

PSY 410— History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to psychology majors or by invita- 
tion of the professor. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology 
from early animism to modern behavionstics. 
Special attention is given to the philosophical 
basis at various times in the history of psychol- 
ogy. 

PSY 411— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will 
concentrate on selected contemporary issues 
in psychology. Specific content will vary from 
year to year. 

PSY 412— Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work 
is to begin in the first quarter of the senioryear 
(register for the quarter of expected comple- 
tion). The student will produce a scholarly 
paper which must be acceptable to the depart- 
mental faculty. 

Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201— Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods 
of the science of human group behavior. 
Includes the study of socialization, the role of 
the individual in society, and the major institu- 



116 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



tions and processes. It is designed to provide a 
better understanding of Annerican culture and 
the wide range of social phenomenon 

SOC 315— The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A study of the role of the family in the devel- 
opment of the individual, the family unit and 
societal institutions. Consideration will be 
given to various structures and functions of the 
family as it exists or is emerging in America. 

SOC 320— Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course focuses on the present factual 
situation in America. The course examines the 
problems faced by minorities in America, espe- 
cially where skin color and language pose 
social and economic barriers. It looks at domi- 
nant public institutions and patterns of response 
by minorities such as Black Americans, Chi- 
canes, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and 
other sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOC 333— Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: SOC 201 . Offered on 
demand and through independent study. 

An examination of popular culture using 
music, radio, television, texts, magazines, 
movies, technology and language to explore a 
given era. Comparisons will be made of life- 
styles, sex roles, racial attitudes and the na- 
tional regional mood of times examined. 

SOC 340— Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course will explore several methods of 
applied social research including case stud- 
ies, record research, experimental designs, 
surveys, observation and systems interaction 
as they apply to social data. The student must 
demonstrate a working knowledge of each 
method in the context of social work practice. 

SOC 350— Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 , 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, 
normative strain, and differences between 
social ideals and social realities in the context 
of socioloqical theory. 

SOC 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: SW 334 or permission- 
ion of instructor. 

A course focusing on the various forms of 
alcohol and drug abuse with emphasis on the 



stages of harmful dependence and addiction. 
There will be an examination of the legal and 
social implications of addiction as well as 
approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOC 450— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on 
demand. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 
Armstrong. 



School of Education 

Nash, Charles, Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

The School of Education considers its major 
function to be the preparation of competeni 
teachers who are committed to excellence in 
education. Its programs are designed to meet 
the needs of present and future education pro- 
fessionals by providing them with specialized 
skills, knowledge of theory and methods of 
teaching, practical laboratory experiences, 
and the opportunity to create innovative ways 
of meeting the needs of every student. 

The School also endeavors to maintain the 
highest standards of professional excellence 
among its faculty by encouraging and provid- 
ing opportunities for enrichment such as par- 
ticipation in educational seminars, conferen- 
ces, workshops, and post graduate study. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Education consists of three 
departments: Elementary Education, Physical 
Education, Secondary Education and Special 
Education. The School of Education was 
created by the Board of Regents in 1979, and 
offers a variety of programs, including all of the 
majors and degrees in teacher education for- 
merly offered by Savannah State College and 
Armstrong State College. 

Armstrong State College is authorized by the 
Board of Regents of the University System to 
offer the following baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams in teacher education. 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) 
with majors in: 

English 

History 

Political Science 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 



117 



Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science in Education with ma)ors 

in 

Early Elementary Education 

Health, Physical Education and Recreation 

Middle School Education 

Speech Correction 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Secondary Education in the teaching fields of: 

Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education (Bookkeeping and 
Business Management) 

Business Education (Comprehensive) 

Business Education (Data Processing and 
Accounting) 

Chemistry Education 

English Education 

General Science Education 

Industrial Arts Education 

Mathematics Education 

Music Education 

Physics Education 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
History) 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
Political Science) 

Social Science Education (History) 

Social Science Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 

Trade and Industrial Education 

Bachelor of Science (with teacher certifica- 
tion) with majors in: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Mathematical Sciences 

Program of Study (with MS-4 teacher certifica- 
tion) in 

Library Media 

Additional degree programs, those at the 
masters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 

All Teacher Education programs are ap- 
proved by the Georgia State Department of 
Education. Upon verification by the College 
that a student has successfully completed an 
approved program, the student applies to the 
State Department of Education for the appro- 
priate teaching certificate. 

Armstrong State College has programs which 
are accredited by the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 



k 



Cooperative Programs 

Savannah Slate College cooperates with 
Armstrong State College in offering majors in 
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Trade and 
Industrial Education, and (3) Business Educa- 
tion Coursework in the major field of study for 
each of these programs is offered by Savan- 
nah State Students interested in these pro- 
grams should contact the head of the Depart- 
ment of Secondary Education at Armstrong 
State College 

General Requirements: Teacher Education 
Programs 

These requirements apply to all students in 
Teacher Education programs at Armstrong 
State College 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elemen- 
tary or secondary school teacher should apply 
during the first quarter of residence to the 
School of Education for academic advise- 
ment. The student should follow without devia- 
tion the approved program. Upon admission to 
Teacher Education, students will be assigned 
advisors as follows: 

1 . Early Elementary and Middle School educa- 
tion majors are assigned an advisor in the 
Department of Elementary Education who 
will assist the student in planning the total 
program of studies, 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level 
programs will be assigned an advisor in the 
Department of Secondary Education and 
Special Education. Each student must have 
a secondary teaching program approved in 
advance. Special forms for this purpose are 
to be filed with the advisor and a copy given 
to the student. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student pursuing a program leading toward 
certification must apply for admission to the 
Teacher Education program. This application 
will normally be filed during the second quarter 
of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, 
in the first quarter of the junior year. Applica- 
tion forms may be secured from the office of 
the Dean of the School of Education. The fol- 
lowing criteria are used in admitting applicants 
to teacher education: 

1 . Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of 
college credit with a minimum 2.500 (un- 
rounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 101,102, 
and 201 . or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better in each course. 



118 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, 
and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a 
licensed physician. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents Exam- 
ination. Students already holding a bacca- 
laureate degree from an accredited institu- 
tion are exempted from the Regents Exami- 
nation. However, applicants seeking certifi- 
cation must satisfy requirements of the 
area in which they will be certified. 

7. Submission of four letters of recommenda- 
tion; letters may be secured from the col- 
leges or universities in which the applicants 
were previously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the 
Program of Study planning sheet. 

A student who does not meet requirements 
may seek to be admitted on the basis of at 
least 75 quarter hours of credit specifically 
included in the student's program-of-study 
and with a GPA of at least 2,75 on that work. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certifi- 
cate, a student must complete the degree 
requirements for an approved teacher certifi- 
cation program of Armstrong State College 
and must complete at Armstrong State Col- 
lege a majority of the courses in the following 
areas: the professional sequence, the teach- 
ing field, and the related field. 

Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory, prac- 
ticum) are required must provide evidence of 
liability insurance (i.e., SGAE membership) or 
must sign a waiver of insurance coverage. 
Students should consult advisors regarding 
this requirement. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is 
to provide an opportunity for future teachers 
(1 ) to learn what teachers do at the beginning 
of a new school term, (2) to participate in expe- 
riences that will assist the prospective teacher 
with future decisions concerning teaching as a 
career, and (3) to become acquainted with the 
organization and curriculum of a particular 
school. 

The September Practicum occurs during 
the first two weeks of the public school term 
(usually in late August and early September) 
and should be scheduled during the student's 



junior or senior year. No credit is given for the 
September Practicum, but it is a requirement in 
all of the teaching fields in the Armstrong State 
College Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum 
should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in 
the forthcoming September. The student 
should contact the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of 
the professional sequence, is provided in 
selected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged coop- 
eratively by the college, the participating 
schools, and supervising teachers. Completed 
applications for admission to student teaching 
must be submitted to the Director of Profes- 
sional Laboratory Experiences during the first 
week of the quarter preceding student teach- 
ing. While student teaching, the student is 
required to adhere to established policies and 
procedures of the cooperating school system 
in addition to those policies and procedures 
established by the college and the School of 
Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at' 
the time assignment is made. While student 
preferences and other personal circumstances 
are considered, the School of Education re- 
serves the right to exercise its discretion in 
placement. The student will receive a letter of 
assignment. Orientation to student teaching 
will be held during the first several days of the 
quarter in which student teaching is sched- 
uled. The following requirements must be 
met before a student can enroll in student 
teaching; 

1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education 
Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Have a 2.500 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teaching field, pro- 
fessional sequence, concentration, and re- 
lated electives. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the Media 
Competency Examination, September Prac- 
ticum', and the Regents Examination. 

6. Be recommended by two members of the 
appropriate departmental faculty, one of 
whom must be the student's advisor, anc 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



119 



two faculty members outside the School of 
Education 
7 Be approved by their respective depart- 
ments and the Dean of the School of 
Education 

A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
tional courses during student teaching Stu- 
dent teachers are not permitted to teach in a 
school in which their children are enrolled. 

NTE Requirement 

All undergraduate students completing teach- 
ing educational programs are required to take 
the Test of Professional Knowledge of the Core 
Battery of the National Teacher Examinations 
Program. Students must submit the score to 
the School of Education before the college can 
verify that an approved program has been 
completed. Additional information about this 
test can be secured from the departmental 
offices 

Program Completion 

A student must complete the college's ap- 
proved program for certification within the four 
years following admission to the Teacher 
Education program. In the event that the stu- 
dent does not complete the program in four 
years, the individual must meet the require- 
ments of the program in effect at that time. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher certi- 
fication but who do aspire to work in education 
related fields. The minor provides a limited sur- 
vey of courses which address leading con- 
cepts and problems in the field of education. 
Students majoring in General Stud"ies, Psy- 
chology, and Health Science are only a few 
who may find this minor a valuable program of 
study. 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EDU 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDU 302 or PSY 301 - Educational 

Psychology 5 

EDU 240 - Education Media 5 

and one course from 5 

EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EDN 202 - Health and the Young Child 
EDU 350 - Improving Speech 
LM 31 - Reference Sources 
EDN 460 - Multicultural Education 

Total 25 



Elementary Education 

Faculty 

Ward, Paul. Department Head 
Agyekum, Stephen 
Battiste. Bettye Anne 
Blalock. Virginia 
Cochran. John 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 

220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115; PCS 113 15 

2 One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200,202 10 

2. DRS228. PSY 101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 211 
or212 10 

Area V 5 

1. EDU 240 2 

2. OS 296 3 

B. Specialized Content Courses 48 

1. ART 320, MAT 391; 

MUS 31 8,31 9 15 

2. PE320 3 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1 EDU 310, EDN 304,432,436, 

471,472,473 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D Electives 2-5 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191-194 



120 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 

ECO 201. 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. GEO 211 or 212 and HIS 251 

or 252 10 

2. DRS 228, PSY 1 01 , EDN 200 .. . 15 

3. EDU240, OS 296 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108; 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Concentration I Courses 20 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences .... 20 

C. Concentration II Courses 20 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, 
music, science, social 
sciences, or art 20 

D. Specialized Courses 30 

1. EDN 336. 342, 422. 428. 434 ... 25 

2. MAT 391 or 393 5 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 304,310,450,472, 

473 30 

2. PSY 301 orEDU 302 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191-196 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences. Please 
consult course outline or professor regard- 
ing this requirement. 



2 Most of the following EDN courses are pro- 
vided primarily — but not exclusively— by 
the Department of Elementary Education. 
Generally. EDN and graduate level EEE 
courses are taught through the Department 
of Elementary Education EDU, EXC, LM. 
and LS courses are taught through the 
Department of Secondary Education. 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200— Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and of 
teaching as a profession. The student 
engages in directed self-study and plans for 
the achievement of his professional goals. 

EDN 202-Health and the Young Child 
(3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physi- 
cal, social and emotional health of young child- 
ren, including food and nutrition, safety, dis- 
ease and trauma. 

EDN 235— Music and Art 
Experiences in (ECE) (5-0-5) 

The fundamentals of music and art. The stu- 
dents will design materials and demonstrate 
strategies for guiding children's music and art 
experiences. 

EDN 304— Human Growth and Learning 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200. 

Focus on total growth and development of 
individuals with emphasis upon interrelation- 
ships of the development process and 
teaching-learning. Laboratory Component in- 
cludes use of campus, school and community 
resources for observing-participating, testing 
and synthesizing course theory. 

EDN 307— Growth and Development of the 
Young Child (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects 
of growth and development: physical-motor 
social-emotional, and intellectual cognitive foi 
the young child. A unification of theory anc 
research utilizing directed observations and c< 
study of various measurements appropriate 
With young children will be included. 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



121 



EDN 308— The Child and His Family (5-0-5) 

erequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
te study of children including the parent 
..ii.d. parent-teacher relationships and cultu- 
al factors which affect children and their fami- 
lies Techniques for development of parent 
involvement in the total developmental proc- 
ess 

EDN 310— Practicum in Nursery- 
Kindergarten Education (2-8-5) 

'■erequisiie Admission to Teacher Educa- 

Provides opportunities for directed expe- 
nence with children under six Students attend 
seminars and work in selected preschool 
programs 

EDN 324— Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

A study of children's books and selections 
from books Designed to assist future teachers 
in the selection of the best that has been writ- 
ten in the realm of children's literature for each 
period of the child's life 

EDN 336— Elementary School Language 
Arts (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite; Admission to Teacher Educa- 
|tion 

Designed to offer the student the opportu- 
, nity to explore methods, content, and materials 
used in teaching the skills of communicative 
arts to children. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 341— The Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequsite; Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Designed to extend understandings about 
reading as a developmental, functional, and 
recreational process Emphasis on experimen- 
tal approaches, trends, issues, media and 
research. 

EDN 342— Elementary School Social 
Studies (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children. Directed 
field experiences. 

EDN 343— Mathematics for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 



Recent trends in mathematics Emphasis on 
strategies and media used to teach mathemat- 
ics in early elerrientary and middle schools 

EDN 418— Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offer- 
ings of literary value and of significance to age 
level of learners found in the middle school 
Relates literature to all areas of the middle 
school curriculum. 

EDN 422— The Teaching of Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Study of the developmental reading pro- 
gram. Emphasis will be placed on reading 
skills, approaches, techniques, materials and 
evaluation for classroom use. 

EDN 424— Practicum In Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 

Designed to provide prospective teachers 
with directed practice in the teaching of read- 
ing. Special emphasis will be placed upon 
diagnosis and teaching of needed reading 
skills. Students will be required to tutor at least 
one remedial reader. 

EDN 428— Reading in the Middle School 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for 
extending learning in the content areas of the 
middle school. 

EDN 430— Diagnosing and Prescribing 
for Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process princi- 
ples underlying assessment and correction of 
learning problems. Designed to help the class- 
room teacher (1 ) determine performance lev- 
els and needs of pupils and (2) provide effec- 
tive learning assistance. 

EDN 432— Methods and Materials for K-4 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission toTeacher Educa- 
tion and EDN 304. 

Examination of teaching resources, teach- 
ing strategies and the range of interpersonal 
relationships involved in teaching young child- 
ren. 



r 



122 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 434— Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion, 

Interpretation of science for elementary 
school teaching; exploration of processes for 
translating meaning into classroom practice. 
Emphasis upon inquiry, the discovery process 
and other science teaching strategies. 

EDN 436— Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of existing administrative organi- 
zations and instructional programs, evaluation 
procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
design at the primary level. The study and 
development of teaching methods, materials, 
and equipment. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 438— Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of existing administrative organi- 
zations and instructional programs, evaluation 
procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
design at the middle school level. The study 
and development of teaching strategies, mate- 
rials, and equipment. Directed field and experi- 
ences. 

EDN 450— The Middle School (5-0-5) An 
overview of the history and purpose of the mid- 
dle school; characteristics of the middle school 
learner, emphasis upon the nature and role of 
the middle school teacher and upon approp- 
riate programs for the needs of middle school 
learners. 
EDN 460— Multi-Cultural Education (5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implica- 
tions of cultural diversity. Examination of the 
school programs designed to meet the needs 
and interests of children from different ethnic 
backgrounds. 

EDN 471— Elementary Education- 
Knowledge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDN 472— Elementary Education— Instruct- 
ional Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDN 473— Elementary Education— Profes- 
sional/Interpersonal SIdlls (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." Students are 
placed in selected schools for one quarter as 
full-time student staff members . No additional 
credit hours may be earned while student 



teaching. Classroom experiences and other 
staff responsibilities are jointly supervised by 
the college staff, supervising teachers and 
principals in the selected schools. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Education at Armstrong and of the 
college from which the student comes. 



EEE Offerings 

EEE 200— Infant Development (5-0-5) 

The study of the infant from birth through 
eighteen months. Emphasis will be placed on 
the social, physical, emotional and cognitive 
development. 

EEE 201— The Nursery School In Society 
(5-0-5) 

The expectations of society regarding early 
education in America. Understanding today's 
family structure and the role of the nursery 
school in its development. 

EEE 234— Games and Activities (5-0-5) 

This course will teach games and activities 
for early childhood education. Field experien- 
ces in early childhood centers. 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims, Roy, Department Head 

Aenchbacher, Edward 

Ford, Betty 

Gill, Gloria 

Knorr, Virginia 

Lariscy, Michael 

Tapp, Lawrence 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



123 



During the freshman year, all studenls 
Should lake PE 1 1 7 (Basic Health) and 1 03 or 
108 (Swimming) During the sophomore year, 
students may elect any three Physical Educa- 
lon activity courses with the last two numbers 
Deing between 01 and 09 Students unable to 
Darticipate in the regular program should plan 
an alternate program with the Head of the 
Department of Physical Education 

Students enrolled in a health program may 
substitute the PE 21 1 (First Aid) for the PE 1 1 7 
Basic Health) upon approval by the appro- 
oriate health program department head 

Physical Education majors are urged to 
:omplete their core curriculum requirements 
Defore entering their junior years 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
3ACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
^ITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION AND RECREATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 1 03 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2 One course from ART 200, 271. 
272. 273. ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from; ANT 201. 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200. DRS228. PSY 101 ... 15 
2 PE 117. 211. 216. 217. 219, 

228,229 15 

AreaV 8 

Eight hours of activity courses ... 8 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the IVIajor Field 53-54 

1. PE 103 or 108; 106 2 

2. PE 205; 207 or 316; 210; 230 ...8-9 

3. PE212or213or214or215 2 

4. PE 310, 312. 315, 317, 318, 
321,330 26 

5. PE413. 420, 421 15 

C. Professional Sequence 35 



1 EXC310. EDU 335.491,492. 

493 25 

2 PE 443, PSY 301 10 

D Electives 2-3 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 194 



OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE 

Either PE 103 or PE 108 is required for all 
students Students may register for the course 
for which they feel qualified without taking a 
swimming test The instructor of that course 
will administerthe swimming test, and any stu- 
dent enrolled in the improper course will be 
required to change to the proper course Any 
student who holds a valid senior life-saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instruc- 
tor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the 
required swimming courses. 

PE 100— Beginning Weight Training (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness 
through a variety of fundamental weight train- 
ing exercises. Introduction of mechanical 
principles and techniques necessary for the 
understanding of weight training programs. 
Only one of PE 1 00 or PE 204 may count as an 
activity course toward the six hours of required 
physical education. 

PE 101— Conditioning (0-2-1) 

Fall, Spring, 

Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling 
lifts and carries, road work, dual combatives 
and games 

PE 102— Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: bas- 
ketball, volleyball and softball. 

PE 103— Elementary Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Spring, Summer. (PE 202 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- 
stituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Beginning swimming strokes, skills, and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. This course or its equivalent required of 
all students. 



r 



124 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PE 104— Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Sunnmer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two 
games required per class period at student's 
expense Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105— Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must pro- 
vide own racquet. 

PE 106— Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Fall, Spring. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning 
tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. Required 
of Physical Education majors. 

PE 107— Trampoiine (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of 
the trampoline. Under strict supervision, the 
student learns to perform the following skills: 
seat drop, knee drop, front drop, pull over, cra- 
dle, turntable, swivel hips, and spotting. 

PE 108— Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer (PE 202 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- 
stituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Four basic strokes, skills endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. Required, if advised by Physical Educa- 
tion Department. 

PE 109— Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 1 06 or permission of 
instructor. 

Continuation of PE 1 06 with additional prac- 
tice of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 115— Officiating of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating 
intramural games, approved community recre- 
ation games, and public school games. Elec- 
tive credit. Students must have permission of 
the department head or course instructor to 
enroll. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats 
and transportation to any off campus assign- 
ment. 

PE 116— Officiating of Basltetbali (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating in 
class games, intramural games, approved com- 



munity recreation games and public school 
games. Elective credit. Students must have 
permission of the department head or course 
instructor to enroll. 

Student must provide own whistle and trans- 
portation to any off-campus assignment. 

PE 117— Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

A basic course in health education with 
emphasis on personal health. Required of 
majors. 

PE 201— Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide 
own racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 

PE 204— Advanced Weight Training (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of 
physical fitness through a variety of advanced 
weight training exercises. Improvement of 
maximal muscular strength and endurance in 
the mam muscle groups of the body through 
progressive resistance exercises. Only one of 
PE 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity 
course toward the six hours of required physi- 
cal education. 

PE 205— Folk, Square, Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing. Required of Phys- 
ical Education majors. 

PE 206— Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. 
Includes technique, exercise, basic improvisa- 
tion, dance positions, and locomotor movement. 

PE 207— Swimming Methods and Tech- 
niques (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching begin- 
ning swimming skills. Required of majors not 
completing the Water Safety Instructor's Cour- 
se( offered by the American Red Cross). 

PE 208— Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the 
beginning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf 
must be played outside of class at student's 
expense. Must provide six shag balls for class 
and transportation. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



12S 



PE 209— Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter Prerequisite PE 206 or permission of 
the instructor 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography 

PE 210— Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Spring 

Theory and practice of caring for and pre- 
venting injuries relating to a variety of sports 
Students required to assist in laboratory expe- 
riences with treating and preventive training 
through the athletic, intramural or physical 
education programs. Required of majors Stu- 
dent must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 211— Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall. Winter, Spring, Summer. 

The American Red Cross Standard and 
Advanced course in First Aid. 

Required of majors. Contents of personal 
first aid kit must be provided by the student. 

PE 212— Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scout- 
ed at student's expense, 

PE 213— Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, emphasizing methods and 
drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. Min- 
imum of two games be scouted at student's 
expense. 

PE 214— Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 215— Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamentals 
skills of volleyball and soccer. Individual devel- 
opment and application of successful coach- 
ing methods. Coaching methods will include 



acquisition of sound organizational practices 
and understanding of various coaching types 
Required of majors 

PE 216— Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring 

Designed to acquaint student with the var- 
ious categories of games, the appropriateness 
of each type of various age levels, proper pro- 
gressions, and the best ways to use games to 
teach physical skills, emotional and social 
skills, and actual sports skills Required of 
majors 

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and differen- 
ces in form, technique and history of the ballet, 
modern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance, 
square dance, aerobic dance and folk dance, 
with emphasis on teaching and techniques. 

PE 219— Techniques of Safety in 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough 
understanding of the basic principles of spot- 
ting in gymnastics to assure maximum safety 
for learners as well as proper teaching pro- 
gressions and lead-up skills necessary at 
each level of learning. Required of majors. 

PE 228— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body I (3-4-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems 
of the human body. Credit may not be applied 
toward the core natural science requirement. 
Required of majors. 

PE 229— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body II (2-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 228. 

A continuation of PE 228 with emphasis on 
certain human organ systems including the 
circulatory, respiratory, and digestive. Credit 
may not be applied toward the core natural 
science requirement. Required of majors. 

PE 230— Physiology of Exercise (3-2-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 228, 229. 

Comprehensive introduction to the neuro- 
muscular basis of exercise. Lecture and 
laboratory course directed toward understand- 
ing of the physiological basis of human physi- 
cal performance capabilities and the investi- 
gation of certain physiological responses to 



126 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



exercise. Study will include the ability to pre- 
scribe the appropriate amount and type of 
exercise for development of various compo- 
nents of physical fitness and for weight control 
Required of majors. 

PE 31 0— Techniques of Sports Skills (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 443 and student 
must have successfully completed an activity 
course in three of the following or have per- 
mission of the instructor: golf, tennis, badmin- 
ton, bowling, and team sports. Admission to 
Teacher Education. 

Analysis and practice in teaching sport 
skills, such as: golf, tennis, bowling, badmin- 
ton, basketball, volleyball, soccer and Softball. 
Required of majors. 

PE 311— Advanced Life Saving Course in 
Swimming (1-2-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous swim 
using four basic strokes. 

The American Red Cross Advanced Life 
Saving Course. (May be substituted for PE 1 03 
or 108). 

PE 312— Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical and Recreation Education 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in 
the development, evaluation and application 
of tests in health and physical education. 
Required of majors. 

PE 315— SIcill Techniques (0-2-2) 

Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 310. 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Laboratory experiences in assisting and 
teaching activity courses in the physical edu- 
cation program. Students will assist college 
faculty in planning, instructing, and evaluation 
procedures in a college physical education 
activity class. Majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 316— Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced 
Lifesaving certificate. 

Course designed to teach proper methods, 
learning sequences, and skills for the purpose 
of certifying students as American Red Cross 
Water Safety Instructors qualified to teach 
Beginning, Advanced Beginning, Intermediate 
Swimming and Advanced Lifesaving courses. 
Includes review of lifesaving skills and prac- 
tice teaching. Required of majors: PE 207 or 
316. 



PE 31 7— Methods and Curriculum of Health 
Education in the Elementary and Secondary 
Schools (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher , 
Education. ] 

Selection of health content in school curric- 
ulum, preparation and presentation of health 
topics. Teaching method is emphasized and 
student participation is stressed. Required of 
majors. 

PE 318— Intramural and Recreational Activ- 
ities (3-0-3) 

Fall. ; 

Organization and administration of intramu-^ 
ral and recreational sports activities with emph- 
asis on school and community programs. Stu- 
dents required to participate in field experien- 
ces and observations. Must supply their owni 
transportation. Required of majors. ' 

PE 319— Foundations of Physical Educa-; 
tion (3-0-3) I 

Fall. I 

Historical and scientific background of the 

practices in physical education. Required of 

majors. 

PE 320— Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching ; 
of health and physical education at the ele- , 
mentary school level. Designed to meet the' 
requirement for elementary certification. 

PE 321— Movement Education (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

Designed to equip the student to teach ele- 
mentary physical education via the use of 
"movement education," i.e., the guided dis- 
covery method of teaching the concepts of 
Space Awareness, Body Awareness, Quality 
of Body Movement and Relationships. Required^ 
of majors. 

PE 330— Kinesiology (2-2-3) | 

Spring. Prerequisite: PE 228. ' 

Mechanical analysis and the functions of the 
body in muscular work. Movements in athletics 
and daily living are considered. Required ofl 
majors. I 

PE 364— Physical Education for the I 

Exceptional Child (3-2-5) ' 

Student is introduced to methods of identify- 
ing and programming forthe exceptional child. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



127 



: 413— Special Topics In Physical Educa- 
n (5-0-5) 

Pall Prerequisite PE 312 
Research methods in health and physical 
ucation Allows students an opportunity for 
depth pursuit into areas of their interests. 
)en to maiors only Required of maiors 

: 421— Organization and Administration 
Physicai Education and Athletics (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite PE 443 and Admission 
Teacher Education 

Practice and policies in establishing, admin- 
ering, and evaluating physical education 
d athletic programs Such experiences as 
rriculum planning and selection, care and 
lintenance of equipment are included in this 
urse Open to majors only. Required of 
ijors 

; 443— Methods and Curriculum in Phys- 
il and Recreation Education (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
ucation. 

The study of secondary school Health, Phys- 
il and Recreation Education curriculum with 
iphasis upon materials and methods of 
jching Health, Physical and Recreation Edu- 
tion. Directed observations. Open only to 
d required of Physical Education majors. 

scondary Education and 
pecial Education 

cuity 

)kes. William, Department Head 

II, A. Patricia 

rgess, Clifford 

dsden, Ida, Emerita 

lloway, Herbert 

wberry, Lloyd 

binson, Aurelia 

rtor, Herman, Emeritus 

jvens, Linda 

lite, Susan 



lOGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
iCHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
ACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 



1 ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2 One course from ART 200,271, 
272, 273, ENG 222, MUS 200, 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101,290 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1, HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2 One course from ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202, SOC 201 5 

Area IV • 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. ART 111, 112,201,213 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Teaching Concentration 58-63 

1. ART 202 5 

2. ART 271, 272. 273- 10-15 

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351, 
370 30 

4. Two courses from: ART 362, 
363,364 10 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU310, 335, 491,492. 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 orEDU 302 5 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 194 
'*May not be duplicated in Area I 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BIOLOGY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 . 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 206 or 

220 10 

2. BIO 101, 102 10 



128 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201. 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. CHE 128. BOT 203, ZOO 204 ..15 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. BIO 370, 480 and BOT 410 or 
ZOO 410 15 

2. BOT or ZOO courses numbered 
300+ 10 

3. CHE 129, 341, 342,343 20 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 15 

Three of the following: AST 201, 
GEL 201, MET 201, and OCE 
301 or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU 310,335,447,481,482, 

483 30 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



Area IV 30 

1. ACC 21 1,212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 
271,272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 

200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 on 08. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Secretarial Skills Courses 27 

OAD 202, 203, 300. 301, 312, 

313,425 27 

C Business Administration Courses ... 30 

BAD 225. 317, 320. 340. 

360,465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU310, 335, 481,482, 

483 25 

2. BE 350, PSY 301 10 

E. Electives 3 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 1 96 

Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD 
(Office Administration). BAD (Business Admin- 
istration), and BE (Business Education) 
courses taught at SSC only. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS EDU- 
CATION (BOOKKEEPING AND BUSI- 
NESS MANAGEMENT) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102. 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 
271,272, 273; ENG 222. MUS 

200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 



PROGRAM FOR 

THE DEGREE OF OF SCIENCE IN EDU- 
CATION IN EDUCATION IN THE TEACH- 
ING FIELD BUSINESS EDUCATION 
(COMPREHENSIVE) ■ 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 2C 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 U 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 t 

Area II 2( 

1. MAT 101, 195 Uj 

2. Approved laboratory science I 
sequence 1C' 

Area III 2( 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 K' 

2. ECO 201 or 202 i 

Area IV 3( 

1. ACC 211, 212; MAT 220 1i 

2. EDN 200; PSY 101 K 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



129 



272. 273. DRS 228. MUS 200 ... . 5 
Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Secretarial Skills Courses 27 

OAD202. 203, 300, 301.312. 

313.425 27 

C Business Administration Courses ... 30 

BAD 225, 317, 320, 340, 360, 

465 30 

D Professional Sequence 35 

1 EDU 310,335,481,482, 

483 25 

2 BE 350. PSY301 10 

E Electives 3 

F Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administra- 
■jon), and BE (Business Education) courses 
;aught at SSC only. 



>ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
JACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
N SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
fEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS EDU- 
CATION (BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING 
VND ACCOUNTING) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

\ Area I 20 

' 1 ENG 101, 102.201 15 

One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ACC 21 1,212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

3 One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 



B Business Data Processing and 

Accounting courses 33 

1 BAD201,OAD202, 300 13 

2 ACC440.CS 110, 146. 231.306 20 
C Business Administration Courses ... 30 

BAD 225. 314. 340, 360. 407. 

465 30 

D Professional Sequence 35 

1 EDU 310, 335. EDU 481,482, 

483 25 

2 BE 350, PSY 301 or EDU 302... 10 
E, Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 199 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administra- 
tion), and BE (Business Education) courses 
taught at SSC only. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF CHEMISTRY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101,102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200;PSY 101 10 

2. BIO 101, 102; CHE 281 15 

3. One course from; ART 200, ^71, 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. CHE341,342,343, 350, 380 ... 22 

2. CHE 491, 497 8 

3. CHE 451 or 461 or 480 5 

C Courses Related to Concentration. . . 25 

1 PHS 211. 212. 213 or 217, 

218,219 15 



130 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. BOT203, MAT 206 10 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU310, 335,447, 481,482, 

483 30 

2. PSY301 orEDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ENGLISH 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101.102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200.201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2, Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115;POS113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. DRS228. EDN200. PSY 101 ... 15 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 50 

1 . ENG 326. 332. 344; 406 or 407. . 20 

2. ENG 327 or 328 5 

3. One course from: ENG 300. 302. 
304. 305, 306. 307. 320 5 

4. One course from: ENG 308. 
309,310 5 

5. One course from: ENG 325, 
410.422 5 

6 One course from: ENG 327 or 
328. 400, 401. 402. 490 or 491 
(Neither ENG 327 nor 328 may 
be duplicated to satisfy B-2 
above, although both may be 
taken) 5 



C Courses Related to Concentration. . . 10 

1. PHI 400 or approved elective ... . 5 

2 DRS350or351 5 

D Professional Sequence 40 

1 EDU310, 335; EDN 422 15 

2, EDU 439. 481 , 482, 483 20 

3 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 10 

2. CHE 128. 129 or PHY 211. 

212 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114. 115;POS113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. DRS228. EDN200. PSY101 ... 15 

2 lAE 201, 202. 203 IE 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5, 

B. Teaching Concentration 45' 

1. lAE 301. 302, 303, 312.401 .... 25; 

2. METc212,213 1C 

3. ETC 101, 102 1C' 

C. Professional Sequence 4C' 

1. EDU 31 0,335 and 302 

or PSY 301 1^ 

2. PSY 301 ; EDU 481 . 482 483 ... . 2(" 

3. IAE411.412 1C 

D. Approved Electi ves 1 ( 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations J' 

TOTAL 19); 
Special Note: lAE (Industrial Arts Education 
METc (Mechanical Engineering Technology 
and ETc (Engineering Technology) course 
taught at SSC only. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



131 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
N SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
PEACHING FIELD OF MATHEMATICS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272. 273. ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115;P0S 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201. 202. SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

3. One course selected from: ART 
200. 271. 272. 273; DRS 228; 
MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1 OS 110 5 

2 MAT 220, 260, 31 1,336 19 

3. Two courses from: MAT 316. 
416,470 6-7 

4. Two courses from: MAT 341, 
346,353 4-5 

5. Approved MAT/CS elective ... .4-6 
C Professional Sequence 35 

1 EDU 310,335, 441 15 

2 PSY 301 , EDU 481 , 482, 483 ... 20 

3 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 
TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102.201 15 

2 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272. 273. ENG 222; MUS 200, 
PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101,290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; PCS 113 15 

2, One course from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200. PSY 101 10 

2. MUS 111. 112. 113. 140, 236, 
281 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2, Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Teaching Concentration 64-65 

1. MUS 211. 212, 213, 237, 238, 
239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330. 331 11 

4. MUS 361. 371, 372. 373, 412 ... 15 

5. One of the following 

emphases: 11-12 

a Choral-MUS217,218,353,423, 

480 12 

b. Instrumental— 

1. MUS 227. 352. 424, 481.... 9 

2. MUS417or4l8or419.... 2 

c. Keyboard-MUS 227, 352 or 

353,425,426 8 

MUS 480 or 481 3 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. 1.EDU310, 335. 491, 

492,493 25 

2 PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a 
senior recital) 

Total 195-196 



132 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF PHYSICS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200 ... . 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 103 10 

2. PHY 211-212 or217-218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271. 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

3. PHY213or219; BIO 101, 102.. 15 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1 . AST 301 5 

2. PHY 380, 412.417 15 

3. Two courses from: GEL 302 

MET 303; OCE 301, 430 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 30 

1. CHE 128, 129,281 15 

2. MAT 206, 207 10 

3. Approved 300+ CHE elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU302, 310, 335;PSY301 ... 15 

2. EDU 447, 481 , 482. 483 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A, General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 



1, ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101,220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200 5 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, GEO 201. SOC 201 ... 5 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

4. Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 

377 1C 

2. HIS 300 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-1C 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS course .. £ 

5. Approved European HIS 
course(s) 5-1C 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 3C 

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 21 1.212. elective 10-15 

3. POS 306 or 307 5 

4. POS317,318.416or417.... 5-1C 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU 310,335,449 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 
482, 483 2C 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations C 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE I 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES! 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Houn 

A. General Requirements 9( 

Area I 2( 

1. ENG 101, 102.201 1! 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



133 



2 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272, 273, ENG 222, MUS 200, 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1, HIS 114. 115, POS 113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 EDN200 5 

2 One course from; ART 200, 271, 
272, 273. DRS 228. MUS 200 ... . 5 

3 One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202, any GEO course; 
SOC201 5 

4 Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

,B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1 POS 306 or 307: 346 or 349 ... . 10 

2. POS 329. 333 10 

3. One course from: POS 317. 318. 
416,417 5 

4. Approved 300+ POS course 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 35 

1 HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the 
following: 

a. GEO 21 1,212. elective.. . 10-15 

b. ECO 201, 202. 363 10-15 

c. 300+ HIS electives 10-15 

d. ANT. PSY. SOC 

electives 10-15 

). Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU 310,335,449 15 

2 PSY 301: EDU 481, 482, 483 ... 20 
Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



2 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272. 273. ENG 222\ MUS 200. 

PHI 200.201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101,220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2 SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200. PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272. 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

3 Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. HIS 251, 252, 300 15 

2. Approved Non-Western HIS 
courses 10 

3. Approved 300+ US HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 20 

1. ECO 201, GEO 211 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201; POS 
306.307,317 5 

3. Approved social science 
elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU 310,335.449 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 
482.483 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
\ SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
EACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
1TH A CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY 

Hours 

^. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271, 



134 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



272, 273. ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101.220 10 

2 Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. One course from; ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 ... . 5 

3. Approved electives 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. POS 306, 307, 329 15 

2. POS 316 or 318; 346 or 349; 

331 or 332 15 

3. Approved 300+ POS 

electives 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration ... 20 

1. EDU 31 0,335, 449 15 

2, PSY 301 ; PSY 302 or 483 ...... 20 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDU310, 335. 449 15 

2. PSY 301 ; EDU 481 . 482, 483 ... 20 

E. Electives 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SCO 
201 5 

Area IV 30 



1. EDN 200; PSY 101,202 15 

2. EXC220, HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
273; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 50 

1. EXC225, 230. 315. 335 20 

2. EXC 410, 411, 412, 413, 415, 
420 30 

C. Courses Related to Concentration. . . 10 

PSY 305, 405 10 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 304; PSY 301 or 

EDU 302 1C 

2. EDU310, 335. 422,491, 

492,493 30 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations J 

TOTAL 19f 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF TRADE AND 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Houri 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 2( 

1, ENG 101, 102,201 M 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 t 

Area II 2( 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 1( 

2. CHE 128, 129 or PHY 211, 

212 K. 

Area III 2( 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 ! 

Area IV 3( 

1 . DRS 228, EDN 200, PSY 101 ... 1 

2. TIE 100,200.210 ir 

AreaV < 

1, PE 103 or 108, 117 I 

2. Three activity courses v 

State Requirement ' 

HIS 251 or 252 i 

B. Teaching Concentration 4 

1 . TIE 300, 301 , 303, 323 or 41 .. 2 

2. TIE311,313, 401,402, 403 or 
technical electives 2 

C Professional Sequence 4 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



13S 



1 EDU 310.335: PSY 301 or 

EDU302 15 

2 TIE411,421 10 

3 EDU 481. 482. 483 or TIE 
431.432,433 15 

D. Approved Electives 10 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 196 

>pecial Note: TIE (Trade and Industrial Educa- 

iion) courses taught at SSC only. 

Jbrary Science/Media 

The Library Science/ Media progrann has 
nree emphases (1) basic library skills 
'Ourses and specialized skill courses de- 
igned to help students in specific subject 
[reas develop research skills; (2) career 
[ourses for prospective media specialists and 
lersons interested in public and special librar- 
3s; and (3) basic courses which may be 
lected by ma|Ors m other areas. 

Certification Program 

. Certification in Library Media may be 
.blamed by completing 40 quarter hours in 
nedia and related courses with grades of "C " 
tr better This program must be incorporated 
nto an existing teaching major. The following 
'ourses are required for certification as a 
nedia specialist: 

Hours 

A LM 300,310.320.410.420. 

425 25 

B EDU 240, 451: CS 296 10 

C One course from: EDN 324, 41 8: 

423: ENG 331.332 5 

Ion-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concen- 
ation which allows a double major. The major 
1 Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

I A. LM300, 310. 320,410. 420. 

[ 425 25 

EDU 240. 451 :CS 296 10-12 

B One course from: EDN 324. 41 8, 422 
EDU 423: ENG 331,332. 

DRS/JRN 347 _5 

TOTAL 40-42 

Ibrary Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library 
ledia IS required to complete the following 
ourses with grades of ' C " or better in each: 



A LM 300.310.320 
B LM 410.420.425 



Hourt 

12 

13 

TOTAL 25 



Learning Disabilities Endorsement 

An endorsement for certification in Learning 
Disabilities (grades K-12) may be added to 
certification in elementary or middle school 
education by successful completion of the fol- 
lowing courses: 

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning Disa- 
bilities 
EXC 430 - Teaching Children with Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 315 - Language Development 
Secondary education students and students 
interested in an endorsement in Learning Dis- 
abilities need to see a Special Education advi- 
sor in the office of Secondary Education and 
Special Education in order to identify the 
appropriate courses. 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences Please 
consult course outline or professor regard- 
ing this requirement. 

2 Most of the following EDU offerings are 
provided primarily— but not expressly- 
through the Department of Secondary 
Education. Generally, EDN and graduate 
level EEE courses are taught through the 
Department of Elementary Education and 
EDU, EXC, LM, and LS courses are taught 
through the Department of Secondary 
Education. 



EDU Offerings 

EDU 240-Education Media (3-4-5) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utili- 
zation, evaluation, and preparation of various 
kinds of media. Emphasis is placed on utiliza- 
tion of media in teaching 

EDU 302— Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

A study of the learning processes and the 
factors that impinge upon the learner. Special 
consideration is given to the methods andtools 
used in the assessment and evaluation of 
learning. 



M 



1 36 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDU 310— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 301. EDU 
302 

An orientation to exceptional children with 
emphasis on educational implications and 
rehabilitation requirements. Includes class- 
room discussion of and visitations to facilities 
for training. 

EDU 320— Tests and Measurements 
(5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which 
covers statistical methods, research designs 
and research problems. Students are provided 
experiences in the administration and evalua- 
tion of psychological tests. 

EDU 335— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite; Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

The study of secondary school curriculum 
and methods. Detailed study is given to tech- 
niques of systematic observation, preparation 
of behavioral objectives, analysis of critical 
incidents, production of media materials, prac- 
tices of classroom control, and examination of 
instruction models. Directed practicum. 

EDU 350— Improving Speech (5-0-5) 

A survey of human speech development, 
deviation, underlying causes, and resultant 
handicaps. Studying standards for efficiency in 
oral communication with opportunities for self- 
help in upgrading personal performances. 
Open to all students. Especially for teaching 
majors. 

EDU 410— Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- 
vised instructor-approved study of a topic in 
education. The student is required to evidence 
skills in independent research and study. 

EDU 415— Adolescent Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern ado- 
lescence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cul- 
tural and personal transitions of the adolescent 
period. 

EDU 423— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission 
to Teacher Education. 



EDU 439— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 301 
or EDU 302 and admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation. 

The study of secondary school English cur- 
riculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching English. Directed ob- 
servation. 

EDU 441— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching mathematics. Directed 
observations. 

EDU 445— Reading In the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas in the secondary 
school. 

EDU 449— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, Social Science 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 301 or EDU 302. 

The study of secondary school social sci- 
ence curriculum with emphasis upon materials 
and methods of teaching social science. Di; 
rected observations. | 

EDU 481— Secondary Education-Knowl- 
edge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDU 482— Secondary Education-Instruc- 
tional Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDU 483— Secondary Education-Pro- 
fessional/lnterpersonai Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisites: See General Requirements. 
Teacher Education Program." 

Students are placed in selected schools foi 
one quarter as full-time student staff members 
No additional credit hours may be earnec 
while student teaching. Classroom expenen 
ces and other staff responsibilities are jointh 
supervised by the college staff, supervising 
teachers, and principals in the selectee 
schools. Open to transient students only witt 
permission of the Dean of the School of Educa 
tion at Armstrong and of the college fron_ 
which the student comes. 

I 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPCCIAL EDUCATION 



1J7 



EDU 491— K-12-Knowledge of Content 
(O-V-5) 



EDU 492 — K-12-lnttructlonal 
■nd Materials (O-V-5) 



Methods 



EDU 493— K-12-Professlonal/lnter 
personal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite See General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs" 
I Students are placed in selected schools for 
ione quarter as full-time student staff members. 
No additional credit hours may be earned 
K^hiie student teaching Classroom experien- 
ces and other staff responsibilities are jointly 
supervised by the college staff, supervising 
•eachers, and principals in the selected 
schools Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the School of Educa- 
tion at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC 220— Introduction to Communicative 
Disorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and 
'emediation sources and techniques of var- 
ous communicative dysfunctions in children 
and adults in the areas of language, articula- 
tion, voice, and stuttering. Emphasis is on the 
recognition and awareness of these disorders, 
appropriate classroom strategies, and treat- 
ment referral. 

EXC 225— Phonetics for Speech 
^orrectionists (3-4-5) 

Deals with the use of the International Pho- 
netic Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA 
transcription of normal and defective articula- 



tion and the important characteristics of 
regional dialects are stressed 

EXC 230— Anatomy and Physiology of 
the Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(4-2-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head. neci<, 
and thorax from a speech and hearing stand- 
point Special emphasis is placed on func- 
tional considerations of the respiratory sys- 
tem, larynx, oral and nasal structures, and ear 

EXC 312— Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 310 offered on demand 
An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence 



EXC 315 — Normal Speech and Lan- 
guage Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and 
language growth across various age levels 
and includes the relationship between speech 
and language. Observations. 

EXC 335— Speech Science (4-2-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophys- 
ical standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, 
physics of speech, transmission media, and 
physical analysis of speech. 

EXC 340— Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral prin- 
ciples for the management and growth of 
exceptional learners. Consultation in using the 
principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410— Introduction to Audiology 
(3-4-5) 

An introduction to the methods of hearing 
assessment through pure tone and speech 
audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of 
the hearing impaired. Supervised clinical 
practice. 

EXC 411— Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, 
its possible causes and the management train- 
ing of cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 



138 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EXC 412— Language Disorders 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite; Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to language disorders of 
children and adults. Etiologies, evaluation 
procedures, and therapeutic approaches are 
studied. f\/lajor emphasis will be given to 
delayed language development. Supervised 
clinical practicum. 

EXC 413— Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

The course includes a study of the commu- 
nication problems related to disorders of voice, 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised 
clinical practicum. 

EXC 415— Articulation Disorders 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 225. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, 
and methods of therapy for disorders of articu- 
lation. The course includes the development 
of a therapeutic program, lesson plans, and 
supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 420— Public School Program Adminis- 
tration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor 
Administration and implementation of public 
school speech therapy programs including 
identification, case load selection, scheduling, 
inservice, and relationship of speech therapy 
to the total school program. Supervised clinical 
practicum. 

EXC 422— Manual Language for 
the Deaf (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and 
methods in teaching manual language to the 
deaf, with a review of the historical philoso- 
phies and current trends and literature. At the 
conclusion of the course the student will have 
a working ability to communicate with a man- 
ual deaf individual as well as the ability to 
teach deaf children the process of manual 
language. 

EXC 430— Teaching Children with Learn- 
ing Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 21 3, Introduction to Learn- 
ing Disabilities and EDN 422, The Teaching of 
Reading. Offered on demand. 

Teaching strategies for children with spe- 
cific learning disabilities. A focus on ap- 



proaches, techniques, and materials with 
directed application. 



Library Media/Science Offerings 

LM 300— Introduction to Media 
Profession (2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students 
examine the role, functions and services ol 
different types of libraries and information cen- 
ters. Emphasizes the role and responsibilities 
of librarians/media specialists. Includes aisc 
the social role of libraries and library networks 
The student is given an opportunity to bt 
involved in public, school, and special libraries: 
during field experience. 

LM 310— Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, including 
searching strategies. The course has twc 
phases: (1) study and evaluation of majoi 
types of references and information sources 
(2) study of specific sources of information ir 
elementary and secondary schools as well aj 
specific sources for a subject field. 

LM 320— Cataloging and 
Classification (5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cata- 
loging and classification of multimedia mate- 
rials combined with practical experience 
Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress 
Classification; Sears and Library of Congress 
Subject headings; purchasing of printed library 
cards, and their adaptation and arrangemen 
in the card catalog. Problems peculiar to the 
media specialist are considered. Practica 
experience is also offered. 

?! 

LM 410— Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Alternates with LM 420, Fall, Winter, Spring' 
Selection of various types of media, basec 
on fundamental principles and objectives. Thf' 
course has three phases: (1 ) selection criteria' 
source list and their use in media selection 
publishing, and order process; (2) selectior 
and evaluation of media for children consider 
ing curricular considerations and understand 
ing of the media specialist's responsibilitie: 
toward guidance in media; and (3) selectiot 
and evaluation of media for young adults con 



I 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



139 



sidering curncular correlations and ennch- 
,7ieni. recreational and developmental needs, 
/oung adult services and programs Includes 
'leld experiences 

.M 420— Administration of In- 
ormatlon Centers (5-0-5) 

Alternates with LM 410, Fall, Winter, Spring 
=>rerequisites LM 300, 310, 320, 410 

Study of organization and administration of 
all types of information centers including 
administering the budget, purchase of mate- 
lals, personnel, circulation, equipment, rou- 
tines and schedules, maintenance of the col- 
eclion, preventive maintenance and minor 
epairs of equipment, and relations with admin- 
stration and users will be considered. Stu- 
dents will examine the role of the media spe- 
:ialist in the curriculum process and media 
center instruction and orientation School 
ibrary media philosophies and educational 
objectives will also be examined Concurrent 
enrollment in Media Internship is recom- 
;nended. 

LM 425— Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 
31 0, 320, 41 0. With a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media cen- 
ter, or other appropriate setting. Students must 
complete 1 20 clock hours of work. Offered on 
a pass/fail basis. Application forthe Internship 
must be made at least one quarter in advance. 



.S 110~lntroductlon to Library Research 
ind Materials (1-0-1) 

' An orientation to the library, library terminol- 
)gy. search strategy formation, and major 
ibrary aids such as the card catalog, classifi- 
cation and subject heading guides, periodical 
ndexes and abstracts, encyclopedias, diction- 
iries, almanacs, handbooks and yearbooks, 
eviews, and criticisms, and biographical 
>ources. This course will provide students with 
)pportunities to learn how to access informa- 
ion in a variety of formats so that they can 
iontiniue life-long learning. 

.S 311— Principles of Library 
Research and Materials (1-0-1) 

A study of general research methodology 
and tools. The methodology aspect will focus 
)n two mam areas of concern: (1) the 
question-transfer and negotiation process, 
and (2) the ability to recognize ready refer- 



ence, bibliographic and evaluative refer- 
ence/research questions The study of tools 
will focus on the recognition and application of 
the proper sources for solution A research 
pro)ect approved by the professor is required 
as partial requirement for completion of 
course 

LS 312— Information Resources 
in the Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
humanities 

LS 313— Information Resources 
in the Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
social sciences 

LS 314— Information Resources 
In the Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
sciences. 

SSC Business Education Offerings 

Special Note: The following courses are require- 
ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Educa- 
tion degree programs offered cooperatively with 
Savannah State College. The courses are 
listed in alphabetical order by course descrip- 
tion prefix. The prefix codes are spelled out in 
the degree programs themselves 

AGO 211-212— Principles of 
Accounting I and 11 (5-0-5) 

Fall. Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 
better in Math 101 and 220. 

An introduction to the fundamental princi- 
ples and procedures of accounting. Detailed 
study of the technique and formation of bal- 
ance sheets, income statements, ledger 
accounts, and journals. 

AGO 301-302. Intermediate Accounting I 
and II. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: AGO 21 1-21 2. 

Theory and problems application of account- 
ing. Includes analysis, interpretation, and appli- 
cations of statements, investments, funds, and 
evaluations of fixed assets and liability ac- 
counts. 

AGG 325-326. Federal Income Tax Proce- 
dures I and II. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC212. 
An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law 



140 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and its application to individuals and partner- 
ships. Extensive practical problems; prepara- 
tion of returns. Part II emphasizes federal taxa- 
tion on corporations and fiduciary returns, gift 
taxes and estate taxes. 

ACC 440— Business Information Systems. 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of instructor. 
Basic computer concepts applied to sys- 
tems and methods design, data flow analysis, 
and the development of an understanding of a 
need for control procedures in a business 
information system. 



BAD 201— Introduction to Data Processing 
(5-0-5) 

A concepts course on methods of process- 
ing data as related to business, includes the 
use of terminals and microcomputer systems 
as faciilitationg units for the recording and 
reporting of dat. Included in the course of study 
are the tele-communicatiojn terminal systems 
and the languages necessary to communicate 
with a computing system. 

BAD 317— Business Law I (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and 
government regulations affecting business; an 
in depth study of the law of contracts; the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 225— Business Communications 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 101. 

The application of basic principles of English 
grammar, basic report writing, and research 
techniques to presentations and written com- 
munications in relation to new media enters 
into the consideration given to communication 
theory. 

BAD 320— Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices asso- 
ciated with the financial management of busi- 
ness institutions; nature and types of equity 
financing, major types of short-term and long- 
term debt; capitalization; financial statements, 
working capital reqjjirements, reorganization; 
bankruptcy; methods of inter-corporate financ- 
ing. Prerequisite; BAD 331 . 

BAD 340— Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 
The distribution of goods and services from 
producer to consumers, market methods em- 



ployed in assembling, transporting, storage, 
sales, and risk taking; analysis of the commod- 
ity, brands, sales methods and managemenj 
advertising plans and media. 

BAD 350— Materials of Teaching Busim 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: approprate background 
Business and Office Administration. 

An analysis of specialized methods used 
teaching business subjects on the secondarj 
level from which the student involves persona 
philosophy to determine teaching procedures 
Includes basic principles and curriculum struc 
ture of general and vocational business educa- 
tion. 

BAD 360— Business Organization 
and Management (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of principles of bus- 
iness organization and management. Empha- 
sis is placed upon reports by students in which 
they collect data and make analyses neces- 
sary for organizing a business of their own 
choosing. g 

BAD 400— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

Devoted to family financial matters including 
budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, savings, 
investments and insurance, mutual funds, 
estate planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift 
taxes. 

BAD 425— Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 
Prerequisites: ACC 212, BAD 331 and BAD 
360. 

The study, interpretation and analysis ot 
financial statements as tools of the manage- 
ment decision-making process. Some knowl- 
edge of statistical procedures as well as basic 
accounting procedures are needed for study- 
ing this course. 

BAD 465— Business Policy (5-0-5) 

The integration of knowledge of the various 
fields of business, with emphasis on decision 
making. Case study approach. 



ECO 201— Principles of Macro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts, with emphasi; 
on the role of government; national income an( 
products; business cycles; money and bank 
ing; fiscal and monetary policy and interna 
tional trade. 






SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



141 



ECO 202— Prlnclplet of Micro-Economics 
5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 
?01 Factors of production: supply and demand; 
jetermmation of prices and of income; monop- 
olies; the problem of economic growth; and 
:omparative economic systems 



AE 201— Wood Procesiing I (3-7-5) 

I Fall. Prerequisite ENT 102 

Care of tools and machinery, basic hand 
3nd machine operations, materials selection 
jnd finishing 

AE 202— Wood Processing II (3-7-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: lAE 201 
A study of the construction of more 
advanced projects by the use of power tools 

and machines, and woodfimshing 

.AE 203— Industrial Arts Design (3-7-5) 

I Spring. 

I Opportunities are provided for the develop- 

inent of design sensitivity and an appreciation 

lor the aesthetic quality of products. Consider- 

;ation IS given also to the analytical and 

(Droblem-solving procedures of the industrial 

besigners 

AE 301— Architectural Drafting (3-7-5) 

I Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

A study of house planning and the making of 
architectural working drawings. 

lAE 302— Power Mechanics (3-7-5) 

! Winter 

J A study of the theory, operation and servic- 
ng of small gas, outboard, and automotive 
.Bngines. Theoretical consideration is given to 
:urbines, jet engines, turbo-jets, and rockets. 

lAE 303— Graphic Art Technology (3-7-5) 

Instruction in the printing processes and 
areas related to the process. Experiences will 
include graphic design, composition, photog- 
raphy, offset printing and the screen process. 

lAE 312— General Electricity (3-7-5) 

; Fall. Prerequisite: MAT 108. 
[ The nature, forms and sources of electricity, 
Conductors, insulators, electrical measure- 
ments, low voltage and residential wiring, elec- 
trical heating and lighting. 

lAE 401 —Industrial Arts Electronics (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: 1AE312. 
Electro-magnetism, relays, transformers, 
diodes, power supplies, test equipment, small 



project construction and troubleshooting 

lAE 411— Curriculum Building and 
Shop Organization (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 

A study of the techniques of curriculum 
development, shop organization and manage- 
ment 

lAE 421— Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Arts (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education. PSY 301 

Lesson plan making, shop demonstrations, 
use of a variety of instructional media, measur- 
ing achievement, and the various methods of 
teaching industrial arts. 



MET 212— Metal Fabrication (3-7-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: ENT 102 

A study of various metal forming, joining and 
casting techniques using a variety of metals 
and processes. Study includes the care, set- 
up and operating principles of equipment 

MET 223— Metal Machining Processes 
(3-7-5) 

Spring Prerequisite: lAE 212. 

A study of lathes, milling machines, shapers. 
drill presses, grinders, saws, and other 
machine tools. 

GAD 201. Beginning Typewriting/ 
Keyboarding. (1-4-3) 

Current typing techniques and the applica- 
tion of skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and 
simple tables. Minimum standard for passing: 
30 words per minute on timed writings. 

GAD 202. Intermediate Typewriting. (1-4-3) 
(See special note). 

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill 
development in the typing of business letters, 
forms, tabulation, and formal reports. fVlinimum 
passing speed: 40 words per minute. 

GAD 203— Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3) 

Production typewriting of office correspon- 
dence, business letters, forms, tabulations, 
reports, legal and medical documents. Pre- 
requisite: OAD 202. Minimum passing speed: 
50 words per minute. 

GAD 300. Gfflce Machines. (1-8-5) (Same 
as BAD 300) 
Acquaintanceship level of development on 



L 



142 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



five basic classes of machines: adding and 
calculating; copy preparation, duplication; key- 
punching; and word processing units. Prereq- 
uisite: Typing proficiency. 

GAD 301— Office Procedures. (5-0-5) 

The study of secretarial and/or clerical 
procedures and duties commonly encountered 
in business offices. Emphasis is also placed on 
the development of desirable personal traits. 
Typing proficiency required. 

OAD 311— Beginners Shorthand. (1-4-3) 

The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals. 
Minimum standard for passing : 60 words per 
minute for three minutes with 95 percent 
accuracy. 

OAD 312— Intermediate Shorthand (1-4- 
3)** (See special note). 

Continued development of theory, reading 
and writing skills, Introduction to new matter 
dictation, and transcription of mailable letters. 
Minimum standard for passing: 80 words per 
minute for three minutes with 95 percent accu- 
racy. Prerequisites: OAD 202 and OAD 31 1 . 

OAD 313— Advanced Shorthand. (1-4-3) 

Continuation of 31 2 with added emphasis on 
dictation and transcription of simple letters and 
documents. Minimum standard for passing at 
the end of the course: 100 words per minute 
with 95 percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OAD 
312. 

OAD 340. Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques. (2-6-5) 

The development of basic concepts and oper- 
ational techniques on selected Word Process- 
ing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301. Typewriting 
proficiency required. 

OAD 425. Administrative Management. 
(5-0-5) 

A systems approach that provides the frame- 
work for understanding the role of the adminis- 
trative manager in today's modern enterprise. 
In-depth treatment and analysis of the tools, 
techniques, and concepts which make the 
efforts of the administrator more effective. 

SPECIAL NOTE 

**OAD 202 - INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRIT- 
ING AND OAD 312 — INTERMEDIATE 
SHORTHAND are designed for Office Admin- 
istration majors who have demonstrated 
proficiency in typewriting and/or short 
and. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 



the typing theory test and who cannot type at a 
minimum rate of 30 words per minute should 
takeOAD201— Beginners Typewriting priorto 
enrolling for the intermediate course. 
A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the shorthand theory and who cannot take 
shorthand at a minimum of 60 words per min- 
ute should take OAD 31 1 — Beginners Shor- 
thand prior to enrolling for the intermediate 
course. 

Advisement and/or placement tests for these 
courses are given prior to the beginning of 
each quarter. 



TIE 100-200-210-300— Cooperative 
Industrial Work Experience (0-0-5) 

All quarters. 

Student works in industry under the supervi- 
sion of a college coordinator to gain practical 
work experience in the occupational area he 
plans to teach. If the student has prior accep- 
table work experience in his occupational 
area, credit will be granted in these courses 
proportionately. 

TIE 301— History of Vocational Education 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the development of vocational- 
industrial education in the United States, with 
emphasis on personalities and technical 
developments that influenced its growth. 

TIE 303— Shop Management (5-0-5) 

A study of the sources of materials, means 
of purchasing, methods of inventorying: sys- 
tems of arranging, installing, maintaining, stor- 
ing and issuing shop tools and equipment. i 

TIE 311-313-401-402-403— Competency | 
In Occupation (0-0-5) 

Graduates of vocational-technical schools 
and others with occupational competency in 
an appropriate trade and industrial teaching, 
field may receive credit by successfully pass- 
ing occupational competency examinationsor: 
other evidences of competency. . 

TIE 323— Occupational Analysis (5-0-5) I 

A study of the techniques of defining, identi- 
fying, classifying, organizing and expressing 
essential teachable elements of occupations 
for instructional purposes. 

TIE 410— Instructional Aids (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to motivate anc 
teach trade and industrial education teachers 
in design, construct, and use all types o' 



SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 



U3 



instructional aids which will facilitate teaching 

land learning in vocational education 

tIE 411— Industrial Education Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 

I A study of course making and curriculum 
development with emphasis on organizing 
instructional materialsfor vocational-industrial 
education programs 

TIE 421— Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisites Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301. 

The techniques of making lesson plans, giv- 
ing shop lectures and demonstrations, writing 
nstruction sheets, using a variety of instruc- 
[lonal media, and measuring student achieve- 
ment in trade and industrial education 

TIE 431-432-433— Teaching Internship in 
Trade and Industrial Education (O-V-5) 

All quarters 
I A cooperative undertaking between the col- 
lege and public school system to provide col- 
ege supervision for employed permit trade 
and industrial education teachers. This expe- 
dience IS for one academic term and may be 
taken in lieu of EDN 480. 481 , 482. Prerequi- 
sites: EDN 335, TIE 41 1 , 421 ; vocational teach- 
ng permit; full-time employment as a trade 
^nd industrial education teacher; and approval 
|of teacher's employer. 



SCHOOL OF 

HEALTH PROFESSIONS 

[Repella, James, Dean 



3oals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Profes- 
)ions believes that the development of the stu- 
Jent as an individual is a primary objective of a 
college education. The central role and func- 
ion of the School of Health Professions is to 
)rovide an appropriate academic, intellectual, 
ind professional milieu to develop the skills 
equired for a high level of professional compe- 
ence. This includes the development of intel- 
ectual and physical competencies; personal 



values and beliefs, leadership abilities, a sense 

of integrity, self-worth, and self-reliance, and a 

sense of responsibility toward the community 

and society To achieve these objectives, the 

goals of the School are: 

To prepare graduates who possess, at the 
appropriate level, the competencies re- 
quired in their professional endeavors, 
and whose practice is compatible with the 
ethics of democratic humanistic philos- 
ophy; 

To prepare an educational environment 
which will motivate the student to develop 
a life-long commitment to learning and 
services; stimulate creativity, flexibility, 
and independence of thought and judge- 
ment within acceptable professional and 
humanistic constraints; and foster appre- 
ciation for scholarship and critical reason- 
ing; 

To develop the leadership abilities of studens 
so they may function effectively as lead- 
ers both in their professions and in their 
communtites; 

To anticipate and to identify problems and 
needs and to encourage change and 
open-mindedness in finding solutions 
through approriate research. 

To develop the School as a planning and 
resource center for professional growth 
and community service; 

To complement other Schools of the College 
by providing programs of a uniquely pro- 
fessional character which enhance the 
educational opportunities of Armstrong 
State College. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes 
the Departments of Associate Degree Nursing, 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, Dental Hy- 
giene. Respiratory Therapy, and the degree 
programs in Health Science, Health Informa- 
tion Management. Radiologic Technologies, 
and Social Work. 

The following degree programs are offered 
within the School: 
Associate in Science in 
Dental Hygiene 

Health Information Management 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in 



144 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Dental Hygiene Education 

Medical Technology 

Nursing 
Additional degree progranns, those at the 
nnasters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Vacant, Department Head 

Bell, Dorothy 

Dutko. Kathleen 

Hepner, Freddie, Acting Dept. Head 

Miller, Mary 

Pruden, Ginger 

Timberlake, Sara 

Williamson, Jane 

The Associate in Science degree program in 
Nursing provides the student with the oppor- 
tunity to obtain a general education and to 
study nursing at the college level. The program 
IS approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing 
and IS fully accredited by the National League 
for Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to 
make application to take the National Council of 
State Boards of Nursing Licensure Examina- 
tion (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as 
Registered Nurses. Student nurses participate 
in nursing clinical experiences at local hospi- 
tals and other community agencies and are 
responsible for providing their own transporta- 
tion. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate 
Degree Nursing Program, the following must 
be maintained: 
1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 

208,209; BIO 210) 

a. A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

b. A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209. 

c. A student may repeat only one of these 
courses. 

d. Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of grades 
of "F" will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 



2. Nursing courses 

a. A "C" or better in each nursing coui 
that is a prerequisite for the subsequi 
nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given nurs 
course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat only one nurs 
course. 

d. Students who must repeat any one ni 
ing course more than one time will 
dismissed from the program with 
option for readmission. 

e. Students who must repeat more tf 
one nursing course will be dismiss 
from the program with no option 
readmission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is des 
ble throughout the nursing program, S 
dents who fall below 2,0 are subject to 
academic status classification delineate 
the Academic Regulations section of i 
catalog. Students placed on acadei 
warning who do not raise their GPA's to 
stipulated GPA the subsequent quarter 
be suspended from the program until si 
time the GPA meets requirements. Cour 
used to raise the GPA must have Dep: 
ment Head and Admissions Commit 
approval. 

insurance 

To meet contractual obligations with 
cooperating clinical agencies, the Departm 
requires students to submit a comple 
health history form and evidence of nurs 
liability and hospitalization insurance prio 
participation in clinical practicums. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSINC 

Hoi 

A. General Requirements 

Area I 

1. ENG101.102 

Area II 

1. BIO210.CHE201 

2. ZOO 208. 209 

Area III 

1. HIS 251 or 252 

2. PCS 113 

3. PSY 101 

Area V 

1. PE 117 and one activity course 

three activity courses 

Elective 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 145 



Courses in the Major Field 51 

1 NUR 100, 101, 102. 103. 104 ... 23 

2 NUR 201, 202. 206 28 

Regents" and National Standardized 
Nursing Examinations _0 

TOTAL 104 



NUR 100 and 100-L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

! Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing 
' program. Eligibility for ENG 1 01 and MAT 1 01 
Pre-or corequisite NUR 104 and ZOO 208. 
May be exempted by examination with credit 
awarded Students must first be admitted to 
progam to sit for exemption test. Only eligible 
students are allowed to sit for exemption test 
One exemption test is offered for NUR 1 00 and 
•NUR 101 

1 This course is designed to develop such 
' fundamental concepts as adaptation, basic 
needs of man, growth and development, and 
. the fundamental dignity of the individual. Appli- 
I cation of the nursing process through assess- 
' ment of biopsychosocial needs, planning, imple- 
mentation of fundamental skills and evaluation 
i of goals and actions are inherent throughout 
the course. 

NUR 101 and 101-L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 1 00, NUR 
■ 1 04. ZOO 208 Pre- or corequsite: CHE 201 or 
ZOO 209. May be exempted by examination 
f with credit awarded. 

, A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of 
: clients resulting from common stressors are 
emphasized. Skills of technical and interper- 
sonal intervention are applied to assist the 
client to increase his adaptive potential. Topics 
include administration of medications and the- 
, rapeutic interventions. Specific stressors in the 
following areas are dealt with: elimination, fluid 
and electrolyte balance, and pre-post opera- 
tive care. 

NUR 102— Maternal-Infant Health (2-8-6) 
Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 1 00, NUR 
, 104, ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: NUR 1 01 , 
CHE 201 or ZOO 209. 

This course is designed to assist the student 
to utilizethe nursing process to helpfamiliesto 
maintain or improve their adaptation to the 
stress in the child-bearing phase of the life 
cycle. The needs of the pregnant couple or 
woman in pregnancy, parturition and post par- 
turn as well as the needs of the newborn are 
emphasized. 



NUR 103— Psychiatric-Mental Health Nurs- 
ing (2-8-6) 

Winter. Spring Prerequisites NUR 104 NUR 
100, ZOO 208 Pre- or corequisite PSY 101, 
CHE 201, or ZOO 209 

This course focuses on the development of 
self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of 
self in assisting man to achieve and maintain 
his optimal level of mental health The nursing 
process is utilized in providing nursing care for 
the patient with problems of psycho-social 
adaptation. Throughout this course, the patient 
is considered not only as an individual with 
inherent dignity and worth but also as a 
member of a family within a community. His 
areas of need and developmental level and 
tasks are also closely examined 

NUR 104— Introduction to Nursing (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the Depart- 
ment. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 
Pre-or corequisite: NUR 100, 

This course introduces the students to nurs- 
ing as a profession. The course is an orienta- 
tion to professional accountability and respon- 
sibility. The foundational conceptsof the needs 
of man in health and illness are considered 
within the growth and development phase of 
the life span and within the stress adaptation 
continuum. 

NUR 201 and 201-L— Nursing of Adults and 
Children I (4-8-8) 

Prerequisites: NSG 100, 101, 102, 103, 104 
and ZOO 208, 209 and CHE 201 . 

NSG 201 focuses on patients having trouble 
with interaction, oxygenation, inflammation 
and immunity and perception and coordina- 
tion. Background knowledge relating to these 
concepts is utilized and incorporated in the 
nursing care of the ill adult and child. Learning 
experiences are directed toward the care of 
patients with uncomplicated, commonly occur- 
ring stressors which exemplify these concepts. 
The learner uses the nursing process in provid- 
ing nursing care to ill patients. 

NUR 202 and 202-L— Nursing of Adults and 
Children II (4-8-8) 

Winter. Prerequisite: NSG 201. Pre-or co- 
requisite: BIO 210. 

NUR 202 IS the second of three quarters 
study of the ill adult and child. Patients expe- 
riencing problems with metabolism, percep- 
tion, coordination and cell growth are added to 
the foundation built in NSG 201 as the student 
implements the nursing process in the care of 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



patients undergoing stress in increasingly 
complex situations. 

NUR 206 and 206-L— Advanced Nursing 
(4-16-12) 

Spring. Prerequisite: NSG 202. 

NUR 206 is the third of three quarters' study 
of the physically ill patient. Emphasis is placed 
on utilization of the nursing process for adults 
and children having a multiplicity of needs. 
Patients experiencing problems with Oxygena- 
tion, Perception and Coordination, Metabolism 
and Fluids and Electrolytes provide the basis 
for study of the critical care aspects of nursing. 
Under supervision, the student develops begin- 
ning skill in the direction and management of 
patient care. Assigned and self-directed learn- 
ing experiences assist the student in making 
the transition from the role of student to practi- 
tioner. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing Faculty 

Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 

Keller, Carola 

Levett, Nettie 

Massey, Carole 

Repella. James 

Schmitz, Catherine 

Silcox, Elaine 

Zink, Margo 

The Department of Baccalaureate Nursing 
offers a curriculum which provides entering 
freshmen, transfer students, and Registered 
Nurses the opportunity to earn the Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing Degree. The program pre- 
pares a professional nurse generalist who can 
provide comprehensive nursing care to indi- 
viduals, families, groups and the community in 
a variety of settings. Baccalaureate nursing 
education also provides the foundation for 
graduate study in nursing. The program is 
approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing. 
Graduates who are not already Registered 
Nurses may apply to take the NCLEX examina- 
tion for licensure as an RN. 

PROGRESSION REOUIREMENTS 

For the generic Bachelor of Science Program: 

1. A "C" or better must be earned in each 
science course. 



2. A "C" or better must be earned in each 
nursing course. No more than one nursing 
course may be repeated and a "C" or bet- 
ter must be earned at the time to remain in 
the program. 

3. Any nursing course in which the student 
does not receive at least a "C" must be 
repeated at its next offering. The course 
may be taken concurrently with a non- 
sequential course. 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 
is required to remain in the nursing program. 

5. Students must maintain a current health 
history and proof of liability and health 
insurance. 

6. After admission to the Nursing Major, the 
Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 330, 
334, 335, 336, 350, 422 and 423 through 
written examinations. 

No more than one-fourth of the degree 
requirements may be taken by correspon- 
dence, extension or examination, (for further 
information see BSN Department). 

If a student does not matriculate each quar- 
ter, excluding Summer Quarter, the student 
must reapply for admission to the College and 
to the Department. See Readmission, p. 1 5. j 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF ^ 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200. 
271, 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 200. 
201; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20: 

1. CHE121, 122* 10. 

2. MAT 101.220 KX 

Area III 25 

1. HIS114,1.15 10: 

2. PCS 113 and HIS 251 or 252 . . . 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210; BSN 230. SOC 201. 
ZOO208. 209, 215 3C 

Area V i 

1 PE 117 or 211 and 103 or 108 ... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSINQ 



147 



B. Courses in the Major Field 80 

1 BSN 231. 330. 334.335, 
336. 340. 350, 422. 423, 432, 
433,434,435 80 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 11 

1 LS311 1 

2 Electives 10 

D Regents' and Exit Examination ^^_^ 

Total 192 

'Students who have already connpleted CHE 
201 with a "C" or better may challenge CHE 
121 and take CHE 1 22 or complete an approved 
lab science sequence of Core Area II Stu- 
dents who have already completed an approved 
Area II lab science sequence may take CHE 
201 

Curriculum Design 

—Freshman Year- 
Fall 

ENG-1^€H 5 

CHE 121 ...'. 5 

MAT \m 5 

^E _L 

16 

I Winter 

ENG 1 -02 5 

- CUE 12 2 5 

HIS 114: 5 

PE 103 or 108 _± 

16 

Spring 

ENG201 5 

HIS 115 5 

-^^f^r^m 5 

PE 117 or 211 ^ 

17 



—Sophomore Year— 

• Fall 

.-BSY-hei' 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE _1 

16 



Winter 

BIO 210 '> 

MAT 220 5 

SOC201 5 

LS311 1 

16 



Spring 

BSN 230 5 

BSN 231 5 

ZOO 215 5 

PE _± 

16 

— Junior Year- 
Fall 

^SN 330 7 

PS 113 ^ 5 

Elective _5 

17 
Winter 

/6SN 334 6 

BSN 340 5 

•§SN336 _3 

14 

Spring 

^SN 335 6 

i/6SN 350 6 

HIS 251 or 252 _5 

17 



—Senior Year- 
Fall 

V/6SN 422 6 

\/6SN423 5 

BSN 432 _5 

17 

Winter 

BSN 433 10 

Elective _5 

15 

Spring 

BSN 434 12 

BSN 435 _3 

15 



148 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 230— Human Growth and Develop- 
ment Throughout the Life Cycle (5-0-5) 

On demand. Prerequisite: Psychology 101. 

Provides an overview of growth and devel- 
opment throughout the life cycle. Human 
needs and positive adaptation are examined at 
each stage of development. 

BSN 231— A Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

On demand. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
Department. 

Designed for beginning students of profes- 
sional nursing. The conceptual framework of 
the baccalaureate curriculum is examined. 
Major emphasis is placed on an introduction to 
the concepts of Nursing, Man and Health. 

BSN 330— Health Promotion of the Well 
Individual (4-9-7) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 230, 231 . 

An introductory course which provides 
knowledge and experiences related to applica- 
tion of the nursing process with well individuals 
throughout the life-cycle. Emphasis is placed 
upon assessment of human needs in infancy 
through advanced age as well as the selection 
and use of nursing interventions designed to 
promote positive adaptation. The student as- 
sumes the role of a professional nurse by 
incorporating health assessment, psychomo- 
tor and interpersonal skills as well as research 
findings into a plan of care to promote the 
health of individuals in a variety of clinical 
settings. 

BSN 334— Health Restoration of Adults I 
(4-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 

Examines the adult patient who is experienc- 
ing simple alterations in the need for oxygena- 
tion, fluid and electrolytes, perception and 
coordination, and metabolism. The student 
assumes the role of a professional nurse in 
secondary health care settings by incorporat- 
ing previously acquired knowledge and skills, 
new knowledge and current research into a 
plan of care to restore health of the adult 
patient. 

BSN 335— Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation (4-6-6) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BSN 330, 340. 
Designed to assist students to promote posi- 



tive adaptive behavior of the individual with 
psychosocial problems through the use of the 
nursing process. Communication skills and the 
establishment of the nurse-patient relationship 
are stressed throughout the course. Trends in 
mental health, legal issues, and the role of the 
psychiatric nurse are examined. Clinical expe- 
riences are provided in a variety of community 
settings. 

BSN 336— Leadership In Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 

Introduces management and leadership prin- 
ciples and applies them to nursing. The focus 
of this course is on the leadership role of the 
professional nurse in the management of health 
care. 

BSN 340— Nursing and Family Health (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 

Designed to explore the family as a biopsy- 
chosocial unit of a multi-cultural society. Inter- 
nal and external variables affecting the health 
and adaptation of the family system are consi- 
dered. The nursing process is utilized as a 
framework to assess structural and functional 
needs, plan nursing interventions, and develop 
outcome criteria. 

BSN 350— Nursing and the Chiidbearing 
Family (4-6-6) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, this 
course focuses on health promotion and resto- 
ration of the chiidbearing family. The nursing 
process is utilized to assess health needs and 
promote positive adaptation. Clinical learning 
experiences are provided in a variety of settings. 

BSN 422— Health Restoration of the Adult II 
(4-6-6) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340. 

Provides students with the knowledge and 
opportunity to implement the nursing process! 
with adult patients and their families who arei 
experiencing maladaptive responses related! 
to complex alterations of human needs. Clini- 
cal experiences are provided in secondary 
health care settings. J 

BSN 423— Health Restoration of the Child 
(4-6-6) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 335, 336. Corequisite: 
BSN 422. 



I 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



149 



Applies developmental theory to health res- 
toration of children fronn infancy through ado- 
lescence This course provides students with 
the knowledge and opportunity to implement 
the nursing process with pediatric patients and 
their families who are experiencing maladap- 
tive responses related to complex alterations 
of human needs Clinical experiences are pro- 
vided in outpatient clinics and secondary health 
care settings 

BSN 432— Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisites; All Junior level courses 

The purpose of this course is to expand the 
student's knowledge of a scientific method of 
inquiry Emphasis is placed on exploring the 
research process and how it relates to nursing 
theory and practice 

BSN 433— Nursing and Community Health 
(5-15-10) 

Winter Prerequisites: BSN 422, 423. 

Designed to provide students with the 
knowledge and opportunity to utilize the nurs- 
ing process to promote, maintain and restore 
health of families, groups and the community. 
Students assume the role of the professional 
nurse in a variety of community settings. 

BSN 434— Professional Nursing Practicum 
(4-24-12) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BSN 433. 

Provides the opportunity for students to syn- 
thesize knowledge from the liberal arts, scien- 
ces and nursing as a basis for professional 
nursing practice. Students practice the leader- 
ship role of the professional nurse in assess- 
ing, planning, implementing and evaluating 
nursing care in a selected clinical setting. 
Research findings are incorporated into nurs- 
ing practice. 

BSN 435— Senior Seminar (3-0-3) 

Spring Prerequisite: BSN 433. 

Students evaluate forces and factors which 
influence changes in professional nursing 
practice. Current professional issues and trends 
and the transition from student to graduate 
professional nurse are included. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

Simon. Emma. Department Head 

Adams. Theresa 

Edenfield, Suzanne 

Fleming, Caroline 

Russell, Carol 

Tanenbaum. Barbara 



The student must complete a curriculum of 
58 quarter hours in academic courses and 56 
quarter hours in professional dental hygiene 
courses for the two-year program leading to 
the Associate in Science Degree in Dental 
Hygiene. Dental hygienists provide dental 
health services in private dental offices, civil 
service positions, industry, and in various public 
health fields. They practice under the supervi- 
sion of a dentist and must pass a state board 
examination for licensure. The curriculum is 
fully approved by the Commission on Accredi- 
tation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educa- 
tional Programs of The American Dental 
Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural 
science courses is a prerequisite to the 200 
level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 
201 , ZOO 208-209. and BIO 21 must be satis- 
factorily completed before the student will be 
admitted into second-year status in the Dental 
Hygiene Program. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Dental Hygiene course before register- 
ing for subsequent dental hygiene courses; 
therefore, a grade of "C" or better in the pre- 
vious course(s) is a prerequisite for each den- 
tal hygiene course for which the student regis- 
ters after the first quarter of the first year. An 
overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation 
from the program 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education program is comprised of prepara- 
tory courses that will enable the student to be 
employed in areas such as dental hygiene and 
dental assisting instruction, dental health edu- 
cation in public school systems, and public 
health. The student will work directly with the 
dental hygiene faculty and participate in the 
student teaching practicums in various asso- 
ciate degree classes, clinics, laboratories, and 
extra-mural clinics. 



r 



150 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A General Requirements 38 

Area I ,15 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. DRS228 5 

Area III 20 

1. PSY 101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. P0S113 5 

AreaV 3 

1. RE 117 or 211 2 

2. One activity course 1 

B Courses in the Major Field 56 

1. DH111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 118, 
120, 124, 211, 212, 213, 214. 
215, 216, 217, 219, 220, 221, 
223,224,227 56 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. CHE 201 5 

3. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 114 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 71 

Area I 25 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2, DRS 228 and PHI 200 or 201 ... 10 
Area II 10 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 30 

1. PSY 101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or252and 114, 115 ... 15 

4. P0S113 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 ... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 76 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 114, 

115, 118, 120, 124,211,212,213, 
214,215,216,217,219,220, 
221.223.224,227 56 

2. DH 401 , 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 55 

1. BIOIOI.102,210 15 



2. CHE 122,201 10 

3. PSY 301, 305 10 

4. EDN200,335 10 

5. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

202 

OFFERINGS 

DH 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the 
student to the dental hygiene profession. The 
subject matter includes fundamental knowl- 
edge of clinical procedures and techniques of 
removing deposits from the teeth. Clinical 
procedures are introduced on the manikins 
and the student is required to practice these 
techniques until proficiency is achieved. 

DH 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene 
II and III (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequi- 
site: DH 1 1 1 . 

Students perform oral prophylactic tech- 
niques on patients in the clinic under supervi- 
sion. The subject matter includes procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance 
of clinical duties. The student must apply 
acquired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DH 118— Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student a 
basic understanding of periodontics. Empha- 
sis is placed on periodontal health and disease 
in relation to the health of the total patient. 
Periodontal knowledge is applied in clini- 
cal situations. 

DH 120— Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, 
demonstrations, and directed experience in 
the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. 
Intraoral techniques for the taking and pro- 
cessing of radiographs are taught and labora- 
tory time will be devoted to demonstration anc 
directed experience. Clinical time in subset 
quent quarters will afford the application of thi 
principles of clinical situations. 

DH 123— Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize th| 
dental hygiene student with the nomenclaturq 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



151 



morphology, eruption sequence of the primary 
and secondary dentition and oral histology 
and embryology of the oral cavity 

DH 124— Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring 

This course is designed to provide a general 
understanding of the chemical, physical and 
mechanical properties of dental materials The 
indications and limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of 
those materials used by dental hygienists 

DH 211-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene 
IV, V, VI (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-12-5) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prereq- 
uisites DH 111. 112. 113 

These courses are a continuation of the 
preceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers 
on improved proficiency in all areas of a work- 
ing clinic Lecture time isdevoted mainly to the 
discussion of experiences encountered in clin- 
ical situations. Pertinent material related to the 
dental hygiene profession is included in these 
courses 

DH 214— Anesthesiology and 
Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Winter 

This course IS a study of drugs and anesthet- 
ics with special consideration given to those 
used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the 
student with the principles of drug action in the 
human patient 

DH 216— Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter 

This course introduces the student to the 
various aspects of public health with reference 
to the dental needs of the community. Special 
emphasis is given to terminology, epidemiol- 
ogy, and interpretation of data related to com- 
munity dental health programs. Directed field 
experience is a course requirement. 

DH 219— Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the 
student with the subject and practice of the 
various dental specialties in relation to the 
patient's total health. This course is also 
designed to acquaint the student with the 
expanding dental services provided by dental 
auxiliary personnel. 

DH 220— Directed Field Experience (0-4-1) 

Winter. 

The student is provided with a holistic 
approach to dentistry by externing with private 



dental practitioners and public and military 
agencies 

DH 221— Scopes of Dental Hygiene 
Practice (1-0-1) 

Spring 

This course is designed to acquaint stu- 
dents with various scopes of dental hygiene 
practice, the jurisprudence governing the 
practice of dental hygiene, and the structure 
and function of professional associations 

DH 223— Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice od dentistry Stu- 
dents are instructed in diet history and dietetic 
counseling. 

DH 224— Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the 
dental hygiene student with gross anatomical 
relationships in the head and neck. Special I 
emphasis is given to the anatomy of the oral 
cavity and its clinical application. 

DH 225— Preventive Dental Health 
Education I (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are 
included with emphasis on the utilization of 
oral physiotherapy aids and on education and 
motivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. 
Knowledge from this course and preceding 
clinical courses will be utilized in a paperto be 
presented to the class and clinical faculty. 
Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford 
the application of these principles to clinical 
situations. 

DH 226— Preventive Dental Health 
Education II (1-0-1) 

Winter. 

This course is a continuation of the preven- 
tive dentistry concepts. The student is familiar- 
ized with the practical application of modern 
methods of dental health education. Course 
content includes developing teaching mate- 
rials for dental health education, demonstra- 
tions, and presentation of materials Directed 
field experience will be provided to allow the 
student practical application of techniques 
learned in the classroom. 



152 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DH 227— General and Oral Pathology 
(3-0-3) 

Fall 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 
pathology in relation to the common diseases 
of oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical 
manifestations and the importance of early 
recognition of abnormal conditions. 

DH 401— Practlcum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admis- 
sion into the Dental Hygiene Education 
Program. 

'This course is an introductory field expe- 
rience in the college dental hygiene clinic, 
community agencies, and patient care facili- 
ties with emphasis on observation, individual 
and small group teaching, and teacher aide 
work. The first professional course for majors 
in Dental Hygiene Education. 

DH 402— Practicum In Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: DH 401 . 

This course is a continuation of Dental 
Hygiene 401 . Problems common to beginning 
dental hygiene teachers, practices and proce- 
dures designed to accomplish program objec- 
tives, establishment and organization of con- 
tent, methods of evaluation and supervision in 
the dental hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience 
designed to assist the student in the develop- 
ment of learning activities, teaching proce- 
dures, and the presentation of materials perti- 
nent to dental hygiene education. The student 
will develop and teach selected units in the 
basic dental hygiene sequence at community 
agencies, and patient care facilities. 

DH 404— Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Corequisite: DH 403, 
Prerequisite: DH 403. 

Thiscourses isadirected individual study in 
an area of major interest with emphasis rele- 
vant to dental hygiene and future career objec- 
tives. Scientific research and evaluation meth- 
ods wil be reviewed and used in the student's 
individual project. 



Health Information 
Management 

Faculty 

Evans, Patricia, Acting Program Director 



The field of health information management 
IS a rapidly growing profession. The program 
curriculum is designed to train selected indi- 
viduals in acquiringtechnical skills and knowl- 
edge to become competent health information 
management professionals.The student is pre- 
pared for clerical and supervisory responsibili- 
ties in the health record department of any 
hospital, clinic, nursing home and any other 
health related institution. Employment oppor- 
tunities are also available in industrial organi- 
zations, governmental agencies, and medical 
libraries. Participating in medical research and 
offering consultation services to health facili- 
ties are other employment avenues. Managing 
legal questions, participating in numerous acti- 
vities to assess the quality of patient care, and 
assisting in the design and maintenance of 
medical information systems make this a most 
challenging career in the health care industry. 

Program policies as stated in the catalog will 
become effective at the time a student is admit- 
ted into the Health Information Management 
Program. Students are required to have insu- 
rance liability coverage. Details are available 
from program director. 

Progression Requirements 

1 . Formal acceptance intothe HIM program if 
contingent upon the applicant's eligibility fo: 
enrollment in MAT 101. 

2. A grade of "C" or better must be earned ir 
all HIM courses. A student will not be permittee 
to register for an HIM course if a "C" has no 
been earned on a prerequisite course. 

3. A student may repeat only one HIM course 
only one time. 

4. A grade of "C" or better must be earned ir 
all natural science courses (ZOO 208, 209 anc 
CHE 201). Only one natural science course 
may be repeated only one time. | 

5. Maintenance of a quarterly GPA of 2.0 o 
better is expected. A student who falls belov 
this required quarterly GPA during any quarte 
will be placed on "Conditional Status" for one 



HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 153 



luarter. relative to the HIM program 
I. A student may be granted "Conditional Sta- 
js" tor not more than two consecutive quar- 
ts and not more than three quarters total If a 
tudent's quarterly GPA is not raised by the 
>nd of the second consecutive "Conditional 
Jtatus" quarter or at the end of the third non- 
onsecutive "Conditional Status" quarter, the 
tudent will be dismissed from the HIM pro- 
iram (dismissal from the college is treated in 
le Academic Regulations section of this Cata- 

>Q 

An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for gradua- 
on. 

»ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN HEALTH 
NFORMATION MANAGEMENT 

Hours 

A General Requirements 33 

1 ENG 101, 102 10 

2 CHE 201 5 

3 HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

5 PE 117 and one activity course 

or three activity courses 3 

6. Approved elective 5 

B. Courses Appropriate to the Field .... 15 

1. ZOO 208, 209 10 

2 OS 115 5 

C Courses in Major Field 58 

1 HIM 100. 101.202, 203, 204.... 21 

I 2. HIM 111, 112.213,214 18 

I 3. HIM 110,220.230,240 11 

4 HIM215,225 8 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 106 

OFFERINGS 

•IIM 100— Health Occupations (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: none. 
* An introductory study of the present system 
of health care on local, state, national, and 
nternational levels. The changing pattern of 
"lealth manpower needs and the emerging 
rends of the health care delivery system are 
explored. Orientation to health facilities with 
Bmphasis placed on the organization of a hos- 
Dital and its functional units. 

^IM 101— Medical Record Science I (5-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: HIM 100. 

A general orientation to the historical back- 
ground of medicine, development of health 
zare field, the medical record field as a profes- 



sion with discussion of the organization and 
history of the American Medical Record Asso- 
ciation Included are definitions of and stand- 
ards for medical records, their content, format 
and evaluation with reference to accrediting 
agencies Emphasis is also placed on number 
and filing systems, retention, storage methods, 
and admitting procedures 

HIM 110— Directed Experience I (0-8-2) 

Spring Prerequisite HIM 1 00 Pre- or coreq- 
uisite HIM 101 

Directed experience in various affiliated 
health care facilities will apply the theory of 
medical record practice by performing medi- 
cal record skills. Specific assignments in the 
medical record department will include record 
and loose document filing as well as record 
controlling. 

HIM 111— Medical Terminology I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: None. 

Introduction to medical terminology. This 
course will cover the study of the language of 
medicine including word construction, word 
elements, definitions, and abbreviations related 
to all areas of medical science, hospital servi- 
ces, and health related fields. Open to non- 
HIM students by permission. 

HIM 112— Medical Terminology II (5-1-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: HIM 111. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: ZOO 208. 

An advanced course in Medical terminol- 
ogy. This course will cover diseases, opera- 
tions, laboratory tests, and various aspects of 
medicine used in each of the human body 
systems. Open to non-HIM students by 
permission. 

HIM 202— Medical Record Science II 
(4-1-4) 

Fall. Prerequisites: HIM 101 and 110. 

Principles of record analysis: completion of 
medical records by all medical and other 
associated professionals. A study of the hospi- 
tal statistics and their respective reports, de- 
tee functions; reviewing the purposes and 
requirements of various national and state 
regulatory agencies; computing various hospi- 
tal statistics and preparing their respective 
reports; describing procedures and discuss- 
ing the sources and use of health information 
system; inservice education theory. 

HIM 203— Medical Record Science III 
(4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: HIM 202 and 214. 



154 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Concentration on defining the purposes of 
classification systems and nomenclatures; 
describing the various classification systems 
used; coding and retrieving diagnoses and 
procedures by ICD-9-CM utilizing the princi- 
ples of CPT. and other coding systems and 
nomenclatures; describing and using various 
indexes and registers. 

HIM 204— Medical Record Science IV 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 203 and 230. 

A survey of medical audit methodology; utili- 
zation review; implementing Problem-Oriented 
Medical Record in health care institutions; 
principles in managing medical libraries and 
cancer registry programs; and in providing 
consulting services to health care delivery 
systems. An overview of special record keep- 
ing systems: long term care facilities, ambula- 
tory care centers, psychiatric institutions, pri- 
vate physicians' offices, and health care 
centers, in industrial sites. 

HIM 213— Medical Transcription (1-4-3) 

Summer. Prerequisites: HIM 112, Typing 
proficiency. 

Medical transcribing, editing medical reports, 
and managing transcription pools are empha- 
sized. The clinical laboratory time will be spent 
typing from cassette tapes, through which med- 
ical reports (discharge summaries, operative 
reports, history and physical examination, 
consultation reports) have been dictated by 
physicians. 

HIM 214— Medical Science (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: HIM 1 1 2, ZOO 209. 

Medical Science tor the health information 
management student serves as an essential 
connecting link between the basic sciences of 
anatomy and physiology of the human body 
and the medical and surgical repair of a dis- 
eased host. Dysfunctions of normal physiol- 
ogy and the processes that bring about these 
disruptions will be considered. The manner in 
which these disruptions manifest themselves 
as signs, symptoms, physical findings, and 
laboratory results will be discussed. 

HIM 21 5— Legal Aspects of Medical Records 
(3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIM 202. 

An introduction to the study of the principles 
of law (federal, state, local) and their applica- 
tion to the health field with particular emphasis 
in medical record practice; the importance of 
the medical record as a legal document; the 



effect of confidential communication laws on 
the release of information from the medical 
record; legal authorizations, consents. 
HIM 220— Directed Experience II (0-8-2) 

Fall Prerequisites: HIM 101 and 110 Pre- 
or corequisite: HIM 202 

Supervised learning experience at various 
health care centers Specific assignments in 
medical record departments are record 
assembly and analysis, assisting in medical 
staff and administrative committee functions, 
and medical transcription. 
HIM 225— Organization and Administration 
I (4-2-5) 

Spring Prerequisites: HIM 202, 203 

A survey of the management principles 
related to office management in a medical 
record department. Planning the work of an 
office with discussion and application to sys- 
tems, procedures, methods, and organiza- 
tional charts. Attention is given to planning and 
organizing office space, equipment, and sup- 
plies. Also included in this course are units m 
communication skills and techniques; form 
design and control; salary administration; and 
personnel selection, development, and super- 
vision. 
HIM 230— Directed Experience III (0-12-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: HIM 202 and 220. Fre- 
er corequisite: HIM 203. 

This practicum emphasizes practical expe- 
rience in coding final diagnoses and operative 
procedures, preparation of source docu- 
ments, practicing indexing methods, statistics, 
and correspondence/release of information 
procedures. 
HIM 240— Directed Experience IV (0-16-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 203, 230, and 
215. 

Emphasis is placed on the managerial and 
technical concerns of the student practition- 
ers. Each student completes an on-site visit to 
another health care facility near their clinical 
site, preferably a more non-traditional setting 
for medical record practitioners, during this 
course. Additionally, each student completes 
a practicum project that will be of benefit to 
both the student and the clinical site, (The 
directed experience supervisors suggest suit- 
able projects and a determination as to the 
student's assignment is based on this list). 
This directed clinical experience applies to the 
synthesis of the program of studies and pre- 
pares the student for transition to the graduate 
role. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



155 



Health Science 

-acuity 

;ons. Dennis, Program Director 



I he overall goal of this program is to make 
available an educational opportunity for per- 
sons interested in entering a health field and 
an academic program for experienced health 
professionals who wish to further their career 
opportunities More specifically, the objectives 
Df the program are 

1. Toteach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education, 

?. To foster health, health promotion, and di- 
sease prevention: 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators: and, 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gam expertise in the health related 
areas of education, management, correc- 
tional science, public policy, or computer 
science. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view 
'health" as different from "illness" and to teach 
new students as well as practicing health pro- 
fessionals. The curriculum will permit the stu- 
dent to earn a baccalaureate degree that 
'eflects expertise in health science while fo- 
cusing on an applied health related area. Upon 
graduation, these health professionals will im- 
plement the concepts they have learned and 
direct the efforts of the American public in the 
promotion, enhancement, and maintenance of 
health and in the prevention of health problems. 

Progression Requirements 

1 Students must complete 90 hours of 
appropriate coursework before profes- 
sional courses may be taken. 

2. Students must earn a minimum GPA of 2.0, 
with not more than one science repeat, to 
remain in the program. 

,3. To earn "advanced standing" status, all 
|| previous coursework will be subject to 
faculty evaluation 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

I Hours 

I A. General Requirements 96 

» Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 



2 One course selected from ART 

200. 271. 272, 273, MUS 200, 
ENG 222. PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1 CHE 121. 122 10 

2 MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 220 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 1 14, 115 10 

2 POS 113 5 

3 One course selected from ANT 

201, ECO 201,800 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 HS 100 5 

2. HIS 150 and 251 or 252 10 

3 PSY 101 5 

4 ZOO 208, 209 10 

Area V 6 

1 PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Electives Appropriate to 

Emphasis 10 

C. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. BIO 310 5 

2. HS 1 50, 200. 201 . 220. 230 25 

3 HS 300, 350, 400, 450, 451 25 

D. Courses in the Emphasis Area 30 

Area I — Health Education 30 

1. EDU 335, PSY 301 10 

2. HE 300, 320,410, 420 20 

Area II— Computer Science 30 

1. MAT 103 or 220 5 

2. OS 231 , 306, 331 , 332, 431 25 

Area III— Correctional 

Science 30 

1 . CJ 1 00, 1 02, 210, 303, 409 25 

2. CJ elective 5 

Area IV— Education 30 

1. EDN 460 5 

2. EDU 335,340,451,455 20 

3. PSY 301 5 

Area V— Management 30 

1. BA 211, 360 10 

2. PSY 320 5 

3. Any one of the following three: 
a Decision-Making 

1. BA212 5 

2. BA 320, 330 or BA 425 
and ECO 305 10 

b. Human Relations 

Any of the following three 
courses: BA 375, 462: PSY 
321,322 15 

c. Public Policy 

1. POS 305 and 306 or 

307 10 



156 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. POS401 or 403 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 191 



OFFERINGS 

Health Science Offerings 

HS 100— Introduction to Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based 
on the health (versus illness) model, this 
course will emphasize the enchantment of 
health as part of natural human development. 
The multifaceted health care delivery system 
will be introduced, and some ethical, philosoph- 
ical, and socio-cultural issues of health care 
will be discussed. 

HS 110— Medical Terminology (2-0-2) 

A study of the language of medicine: word 
construction; definition; abbreviations and 
symbols; and use of terms related to all areas 
of medical science, hospital service, and the 
medical specialties. Open to non-majors. 

HS 150— Health Care Delivery Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Existing modalities for treatment, habilita- 
tion, and rehabilitation will be identified. Their 
integration into primary, secondary, and ter- 
tiary treatment complexes will be discussed. 
Cost of illness and health care delivery will be 
addressed. 

HS 200-201— Health and Human Develop- 
ment (5-0-5) 

The natural enfoldment of the human will be 
presented emphasizing critical stages, and 
their respective developments and accomplish- 
ments—all from the perspective of enhancing 
health with concomitant avoiding of illness. 

HS 220— Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BIO and CHE sequences. 

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, 
is related to enhancement of health and con- 
tribution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition 
and various "diets" are studied. 

HS 230— Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and 
illness. An investigation into the various fac- 
tors and conditions that determine the occur- 
rence and distribution of health, disease, and 
death among groups of individuals. 



HS 300— Health Problems in a Changing 
Society (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HIS 1 50; HS 230; BIO 31 0. 

A review of health status as a function o 
societal change. For example, the effects or 
health of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold 
war, technology, and such will be examined. 

HS 350— Health in the Community (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 230; HS 300. 

The environment, communicable infections 
health education, available treatment center! 
and socio-political apparatus for change an 
integrated and viewed as dynamics of the 
community which may enhance health and 
prevent illness and injury. 

HS 400— Seminar in Health Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 350. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issues 
and trends are investigated. 

HS 450-451— Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 400. 

A two-quarter sequence offering the Health 
Science degree candidate opportunity to be 
an active participant in the student's area of 
interest. The practicum will provide the basis 
for the required senior thesis. 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 300— Methods and Media in Health 
Education (5-0-5) 

The basic principles of education, inte- 
grated with various teaching methods and 
media appropriate to a health care setting, will 
be explored. The methods and media will be 
designed for the biopsychosocial require- 
ments of the client. 

HE 320— Health Education in the Life 
Cycle (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 200 and 201 . 

Utilizing the principles of peda- and androg- 
ogy the needs and outcomes of improved 
health practices will be examined. The health 
education needs based on a Human Devel- 
opment model (i.e. from preconception to 
death) will be explored. Topics included will be 
such as lifestyles, stress, leisure, and sexuality. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



157 



IE 410— Health Education in the 
ommunlty (5-0-5) 

r.crequisites MS 300 and HS 350 
A course designed to examine the process 
f assessing, planning, implementing and eval- 
ating the health education needs of members 
t and groups within a community The theo- 
es of group process, motivation and human 
evelopment will be used extensively. 

IE 420— Health Education In Rehabili- 
itlon (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite HE 410 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
ent with the information necessary to aid 
atients in achieving their highest rehabilita- 
on potential The mam objective is to aid the 
lient in coping and complying with the pre- 
cribed regiment. 



Medical Technology 

acuity 

iardegree, Lester Jr., Program Director 
liller. James, Medical Director 
^rown, Beverley-Lee 



Medical technology is a career in clinical 
iboratory medicine. Medical technologists per- 
Drm and/or supervise the testing of blood, 
irine. spinal fluid and other body specimens. 
\pplying the knowledge of chemistry, mathe- 
natics and biology, the medical technologist 
ises both manual and automated techniques 
D provide diagnostic data to the physicians.' 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum 
3 a 4 year program. During the first two years, 
he students must complete core curriculum 
:ourses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, 
lumanities and social science. The profes- 
;ional medical technology courses are offered 
luring the Junior and Senior years (7 quarters). 
'he junior year is primarily composed of pro- 
essional medical technology courses in all of 
he major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hema- 
ology, clinical chemistry, blood banking, micro- 
Jiology, serology) taught via lecture and labor- 
atory on campus. As part of the senior year 
:urriculum the clinical practicum will be pro- 
/ided at the clinical laboratories of Candler 
3eneral Hospital, and the South Atlantic Red 
3ross Blood Center, and St. Joseph's Hospital, 



all located m Savannah Upon completion of 
the program, graduates will be eligible to take 
the examination of the Board of Registry for 
Medical Technologists of the American Society 
of Clinical Pathologists and/or the Clinical 
Laboratory Scientist examination of the Na- 
tional Certification Agency for Medical Labora- 
tory Personnel 

Insurance and Forms 

Students accepted into the program will be 
required to submit a completed Armstrong 
State College Human Services Student Health 
Appraisal form and to obtain a transcript eval- 
uation by the National Accrediting Agency for 
Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) Prior 
to enrollment in the clinical practicum the stu- 
dent will be required to provide evidence of 
liability insurance and medical coverage 

Progression Requirements 

1 A grade of C or better must be earned in 
all MT courses. A student will not be permit- 
ted to register for an MT course unless a 
"C" or better has been earned in the pre- 
vious course 

2 A student may repeat only one MT course. 

3. A student who must repeat more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required to remain 
in the program. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 

200, 271. 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200;PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1 BIO 101, 102 10 

2. MAT 101.220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 5 

2. P0S113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC 
201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129,281 15 

2. Three courses selected from: CS 
110,115.200;ZOO208,209;PHY 



158 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



212, 213 or one science course 
approved by program director ..15 
Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 ... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Courses in the Major Field 99 

1 . Upper Division Sequences 25 

Bio 351, 353 10 

CHE 341, 342, 380 15 

2. Professional Courses 74 

MT 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 
370, 380. 390, 420, 430, 440. 
450. 460. 470, 480. 490 74 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 200 

OFFERINGS 

MT 31 0— Urinalysis and Body Fluids (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
chemical and microscopic constituents of 
urine and other body fluids and the clinical 
significance of the test results 

MT 320— Clinical Microbiology I (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of pro- 
gram director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to 
disease. Major emphasis is placed on the iso- 
lation and identification of bacteria responsi- 
blefor human diseases. Also included is sensi- 
tivity testing and mycobacteriology. 

MT 330— Clinical Hematology I (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
formed elements of the blood. To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test 
procedures. This course will also include the 
basic principles of hemostasis and blood 
coagulation. 

MT 340— Clinical Immunohematology I 
(3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of basic immunohematologic prin- 
ciples and their application to the preparation 
and administration of whole blood and blood 
components. To include the selection and 
processing of donors, cross matching proce- 
dures, and antibody identification. 



MT 350— Clinical Chemistry I (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite CHE 380, 342 and MT 360 oi 
permission of program director. 

A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical signifi- 
cance of the biochemicals and elements 
found in the body fluids 

MT 360— Clinical Instrumentation (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT prograrr 
or permission of program director. 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the 
inter-relationship of the components Electron- 
ics Will be included. 

MT 370— Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT prograrr 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the principles and procedures 
used in the isolation, identification and quanti- 
tation of diagnostically significant antigens 
and antibodies. 

MT 380— Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and 
laboratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390— Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory 
isolation and identification of fungi that car 
invade humans. 

MT 400— Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of pro- 
gram director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology top- 
ics designed to meet the needs of the student 
Credit will depend upon the work to be done. 
May be repeated up to 10 quarter hours. 

MT 420— Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 320. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in microbiology. 

MT 430— Clinical Hematology 11 (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in hematology. 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 159 



T 440— Clinical Immunohematology II 
-0-2) 

Prerequisite Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
il practicum and completion of MT 340 
Advanced level lecture presentations of 
)ecial topics m immunohematology 

T 450— Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
il practicum and completion of MT 350 
Advanced level lecture presentations of 
)ecial topics m clinical chemistry 

T 460— Clinical Practicum I (0-28-7) 

Prerequisite Completion of respective MT 
)urses 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
here the students integrate theory and appli- 
jtion under supervision in the various areas 
medical technology This will provide time 
Id facilities to allow the student to develop 
)eed, confidence, and organization and to 
lalyze and solve technical problems. 

T 470— Clinical Practicum II (0-28-7) 

Continuation of MT 460 

T 480— Clinical Practicum III (0-32-8) 

Continuation of MT 470. 

T 490— Management and Education 
1-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Completion of MT 460 and MT 

ro 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
adership and education. 



ladiologic Technologies 

iculty 

Ison. Elwin, Program Director 
ibson, Sharyn 



Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
rm that is applied to the science of adminis- 
ring ionizing radiation and other forms of 
lergy to provide technical information and 
ssistance to the physician in the diagnosis 
id treatment of diseases and injuries. This 
5ld offers four specific career specialities: 
idiography, nuclear medicine technology, 
idiation therapy technology and diagnostic 
ledical sonography. At present, the Radio- 
igic Technologies Program offers an Asso- 
late Degree in the specialty area of 
idiography. 



Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as 

follows 

1 To educate superlative clinicians In addi- 
tion to mastering basic skills necessary to 
perform routine radiographic examinations, 
the Programs graduate will possess skills 
necessary to perform non-routine and spe- 
cial radiographic procedures 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth anal- 
ysis of the art and science of radiography 
The student will receive not only an in- 
depth exposure to radiography but also to 
related natural and social sciences 

3 To give the students a well rounded liberal 
arts education In addition to the profes- 
sional component of the curriculum, the 
student receives a well rounded liberal arts 
exposure so that the student will be able to 
effectively integrate into the society. 

Insurance, Forms, Transportation 

Student radiographers participate in Clinical 
Education experiences at local hospitals and 
other community agencies and are responsi- 
ble for providing their own transportation. The 
Program requires students to submit a com- 
pleted health history form and evidence of lia- 
bility insurance prior to participating in Clinical 
Education. Specific information regarding 
these requirements will be distributed to can- 
didates admitted to the Program 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Program, the 
following must be maintained: 
1. Science courses (ZOO 208, 209, 21 5. CHE 

201, OS 115, PHY 201,202) 

a. A passing grade in each course ("D" or 
better). 

b A 'C" or better in at least two of these 
courses. 

c. A student may repeat only one of these 
courses. 

d. Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of grade of 
"F" will be suspended from the Program 

2 Radiography courses 

a A "C" or better in each Radiography 
course. 

b. A student may repeat a given Radiog- 
raphy course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat only two Radiog- 
raphy courses. 

d. Students who must repeat any one Radiog- 
raphy course morethan onetime will be 
dismissed from the Program. 



r 



I 



160 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



e. Students who must repeat more than 
two Radiography courses will be dis- 
missed from the Program. 
3. The maintenance of an overall grade point 
average of 2.0 is required throughout the 
program. When a student falls below the 
adjusted GPA of 2.0, the student will be 
placed on probation, suspended, or dis- 
missed after a review by the faculty of the 
Program. 

Attendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, 
including Summer Quarter, to remain in the 
Progam. If. because of illness or other exten- 
uating circumstances, a student needs to be 
away from school for a quarter, the student 
must seek formal approval from the Program 
Director for such an absence. If such approval 
is not sought and granted, the student will be 
dropped from active status and must reapply 
for admission before continuing in the 
Program. 

The Radiologic Technologies Program is 
committed to a philosophy of educational flex- 
ibility to meet the needs of the profession. Indi- 
viduals who are graduates of Certificate (hos- 
pital) Programs and individuals working in the 
profession who are not certified by the Ameri- 
can Registry of Radiologic Technologists may 
receive advanced standing by a process of 
exemption examinations and CLEP examina- 
tions. Please see the Program for details. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 
TECHNOLOGIES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 38 

Area I 15 

ENG 101. 102 10 

PHI 200 5 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

P0S113 5 

Area IV 5 

CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

Any three physical education 
credits 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 61 

RAD 101. 103. 104, 111. 112, 
113. 114. 121. 122. 123 29 



RAD 200. 204. 205. 221. 222. 
223.224.225 32 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

CS 115, HS 110 8 

PHY 201, 202 8 

ZOO208, 209, 215 15 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 

TOTAL 1 30 

Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 101— Introduction to Radiologic 
Technology (2-0-2) 

The role of the Radiologic Technologist is 
presented in the historical context of medicine 
and radiology within the health care delivery 
system. The organizational structure of the 
Radiology Department, specialities within the 
profession, professional organizations, accred- 
itation, certification, and licensure are dis- 
cussed. Interpersonal skills, elementary radia- 
tion protection, and professional development 
are emphasized. 

RAD 103— Radiation Protection (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram and RAD 101. 

This course is designed to give the radiog- 
raphy student an understanding of radiation 
protection methods and the effects of radiation 
exposure. Topics included will be measure- 
ment and protection methods for various types 
of radiation as well as a discussion of somatic 
and genetic effects. Emphasis will be given to 
NCRP recommendations. 

RAD 104— Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram. PHY 202 must be taken as a corequisite 
or prerequisite. 

Factors influencing radiologic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are pre- 
sented. Attenuating devices, beam restricting 
devices, and accessory equipment are dem- 
onstrated. Technic charts and formation are 
vehicles for the application of the radiologic 
process. 

RAD 111— Radiographic Procedures I 
(2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram ZOO 208 must be taken as either a 
corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course introduces the student to the 
basic theory and principles of radiographic 
procedures of the extremities, shoulder girdle. 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



161 



ind pelvic girdle Emphasis is placed on osteo 
inatomy, spatial relationships, patient posi- 
loning, equipment manipulation, and quality 
rvaluation of the radiographic study 

IAD 112— Radiographic Procedures II 
3-3-4) 

Prerequisites Formal admission to the Pro- 
iram and RAD 111 

The theory and principles of radiographic 
'xaminations of the chest and abdomen are 
tudied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
•xaminations of the visceral organs requiring 
le use of contrast media, spatial relation- 
ihips, patient positioning, equipment manipu- 
ition, and quality evaluation of the study. 

IAD 113— Radiographic Procedures III 
J-3-4) 

Prerequisites Formal admission to the Pro- 
ram and RAD 112 

The theory and principles of radiographic 
xaminations of the spines, facial bones and 
ranium are studied Emphasis is placed on 
'le osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, 
■atient positioning, equipment manipulation, 
nd quality evaluation of the study. 

AD 114— Radiographic Procedures IV 
2.5)-(1.5)-3) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
ram and RAD 113 

The theory and principles of non-routine 
adiographicexaminationsare studied Topics 
deluded are studies of the neurovascular sys- 
3m, central nervous system, heart, breast, 
^productive organs, and additional non- 
Dutine examinations involving contrast media 
r specialized instrumentation. Emphasis will 
e given to preparation of special procedures 
uiies, sterile technique, and utilization of spe- 
•ialized equipment. 

AD 121— Clinical Education I (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
ram, RAD 1 01 . RAD 200, and permission of 
le instructor. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
reas involving the field of radiology, and 
rientation to the clinical setting are pre- 
ented. This is a supervised clinical practice in 
erforming radiographic procedures, radiation 
rotection, patient care, equipment orienta- 
on, radiographic technique, darkroom proce- 
ures, and film quality evaluation. Compe- 
;ncy evaluation of routine radiographic exam- 
lations is included. 



RAD 122— Clinical Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites RAD 121 and permission of 
the instructor 

This IS a supervised clinical practice m per- 
forming radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
routine radiographic examinations 

RAD 123— Clinical Education ill (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of 
the instructor. RAD 1 04 and RAD 1 1 3 must be 
taken as a corequisite or prerequisite 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
routine radiographic examinations. 

RAD 200— Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the 
Program. 

The student is introduced to basic nursing 
techniques as they relate to the patient in the 
Radiology Department. Topics included are 
psychological needs of patients, meeting 
physical requirements of patients, transporting 
and moving of patients, monitoring of patients, 
suctioning, catheterization, administration of 
injections, I.V. maintenance, and dealing with 
emergency medical situations. Course also 
includes C.P.R. certification 

RAD 204— Advanced Radiographic 
Exposure (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 104. 

This course is a continuation of RAD 104. 
This is a more in-depth look at the factors 
influencing radiographic quality and condi- 
tions influencing exposures. Emphasis is 
given to specialized equipment and techniques. 

RAD 205— Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing 
and instrumentation, record keeping systems, 
and statistical analysis of equipment and 
supply usage. Emphasis will be given to testing 
procedures, QA program implementation, and 
federal government guidelines. 

RAD 221— Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 123 and permission of 
the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 222— Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of 



162 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 223— Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of 
the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 224— Clinical Education VII (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223 and permission of 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 225— Clinical Education VIII (2-35-12) 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of all 
required Radiologic Technologies courses 
and permission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures and an 
exposure to various specialized areas within 
the profession of Radiologic Technology. 
Emphasis is placed on the competency eval- 
uation of radiographic examinations and 
demonstration of basic skills in various spe- 
cialized areas within the profession. 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers, Ross, Department Head 

Di Benedetto, Robert, Medical Director 

Mazzoli, Andrew, Director of Clinical Education 

Smith, William 

Taft. Arthur 



For the two-year (seven consecutive quar- 
ters) program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Respiratory Therapy, the 
student must complete a curriculum of 61 
quarter hours in academic courses and 60 
quarter hours within the major. The AS. 
degree from an accredited Respiratory Ther- 
apy program qualifies the graduate for entry 
into the Registry credentialing system. The 
Registry is the highest professional credential 
available in the field of respiratory therapy. The 



credentialing process is a two-step nationallv 
administered examination. Step 1 is a com- 
prehensive written exam to be taken shortly 
after graduation. The graduate who passej 
this exam will earn the entry level credentia 
C.R.T.T. and will be eligible to enter the registry 
credentialing system. The registry exam con- 
sists of a written and a clinical simulation com- 
ponent. The candidate who passes both part? 
of the registry exam will earn the credentia 
Registered Respiratory Therapist. It will tak« 
the candidate at least one year following gra 
duation to complete the Registry. During the 
year following graduation the candidate mus 
work at least 20 hours per week in a respirator\ 
therapy department which has a Medical Direc 
tor. 

Progression Requirements 

1 . A grade of "C" or better must be earned ir 
each core curriculum (academic) course 
No more than one repeat grade per course 
will be acceptable. 

2. A grade of "C" or better must be earned ir 
each Respiratory Therapy course. No more 
than one repeat grade per course will be 
acceptable. 

3. A Respiratory Therapy course in which th€ 
student makes a "D" or "F" must be 
repeated at its next offering. Because o 
curriculum structure, each Respirator\ 
Therapy course is offered only one time pe 
year. The student who must repeat a Respi 
ratory Therapy course will be out of the 
program for three quarters until the course 
can be repeated. 

4. If a student fails to make a "C" or better ii 
any course that is repeated, this will be 
grounds for dismissal from the Respirator 
Therapy Program. A student who has beei 
dismissed from the program for any reasoi 
will not be eligible for readmission. 

5. An overall GPAof 2.0 or better is required t( 
graduate from the Respiratory Therap 
Program. 

Attendance Regulations 

A student must matriculate each success 
sive quarter to remain in the program. If th'' 
student needs to be away from school for . 
quarter the student must seek formal approve 
from the Program Director for such a 
absence. If approval is not sought and grantee 
the student will be dropped from active statu 
and must reapply for admission to the Respira 
tory Therapy major before continuing in th 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



163 



program The student who applies for read- 
mission must meet the existing requirements 
oi the program 

(Vdvanced Standing 

The Respiratory Therapy Program has a 
comprehensive advanced standing policy. 
The program utilizes transfer credit, credit by 
examination, and credit for developmental 
9xperiences as a mechanism for granting 
advanced standing A maximum of 25 credit 
-lOurs may be clepped in the AS degree pro- 
gram The program maintains a philosophy of 
3ducational flexibility to meet the needs of the 
Drofession 



RT 102— Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite Permission of the 
instructor 

This course is designed to give the student 
an in-depth look at drugs that directly affect 
the pulmonary system During this course the 
student will study routes of drug administration, 
pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, muco- 
kmesis and mucokinetic drugs, broncho- 
spasm and bronchodilators. cholinergic drugs, 
cromolyn sodium, corticosteroids, antibiotics, 
antitiberculan drugs, respiratory stimulants 
and depressants, anesthetics and neuro- 
muscular blockers 



RT 103— Basic RT Skills I (3-10-5) 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 and RT 101. 

\SSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN This course is designed to develop clinical 

RESPIRATORY THERAPY competence in administering basic respira- 

Hours ^°'^^ therapy. The student will study: CPR. 

A General Requirements 28 '^t^^^'^" co"^^°'- ^'^^^'^9 and sterilization of 

1 ENG 101 102 10 RT equipment, aerosol therapy, aerosol gen- 

2 MAT 101 *'.'.'.'.. 5 6''a^0''S. post-op pulmonary complications, 

3 HIS 251 or 252 POS 113 10 incentive spirometry, IPPB and basic patient 

4 PE 1 03 or 1 08 1 1 7 3 nnonitoring skills. The student will be able to 

B Pre-Profess.onal Courses' '.:::::"..*.': "33 demonstrate clinical competence in each ther- 

1 ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 ^P^^^'^ modality 

2 BIO 21 5 RT 104-Ba8lc RT Skills II (3-10-5) 

3 CHE 201 , 202 10 Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 201 , ZOO 208, 

4 One course selected from: ANT RT 103. 

201 , SCO 201 or PSY 101 5 This course is designed to develop addi- 

^C. Courses in Respiratory Therapy 60 tional clinical competence in administering 

j 1, RT 101. 102. 103. 104, 105, 106, basic respiratory therapy. The student will 

I and 1 07. HIS 110 34 study: chest physiotherapy/bronchial drain- 

I 2 RT 201. 202, 203, 204. 205. 206. age, suctioning technique, pulmonary rehabili- 

and 207 27 tation, artificial airways, airway management. 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations _0 intubation technique, weaning techniques and 

TOTAL 122 management of post extubation complica- 
tions. The student should be able to demon- 

strate clinical competence in each therapeutic 

)FFERINGS modality. 

IT 101— Introduction to Respiratory rT 105— Diagnostic Techniques I (4-2-5) 

"herapy (3-4-5) Spring Prerequisites: CHE 201 , ZOO 208. 

Fall. Prerequisite: Direct admission into the rt 103. 

Respiratory Therapy Program. This course is designed to introduce the 

An introductory course in the evolution of student to techniques used to diagnose pul- 

ne respiratory therapy profession and the monary and cardiovascular disease. The stu- 

nodern respiratory therapy department The dent will study: basic spirometry, tests 

tudent will: study physical principles related designed to measure TLC. tests designed to 

D gases; manufacture and storage of medi- diagnose early small airway disease, tests 

:al gases; gas administration equipment; oxy- designed to diagnose diffusion abnormalities, 

len delivery systems; environmental control ventilation/perfusion scans, angiograms, bron- 

ystems; humidifiers; nebulizers; oxygen con- choscopy and blood gases. 
'Oiling devices and oxygen analyzers. 



164 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



RT 106— Pulmonary Medicine/Pathology 
(5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209, RT 105 
and/or permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with the current state of the art in diagnos- 
ing and managing pulmonary abnormalities. 
The student will study the; etiology, epidemiol- 
ogy, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, 
diagnosis, complications, management and 
prognosis of pulmonary diseases. The student 
will observe slides and handle pathologic 
specimens during this course. The course will 
primarily be taught by leading physicians in the 
community. 

RT 107— Diagnostic Techniques II (0-16-2) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209 and RT 
105. 

This course is designed to be the clinical 
component of RT 105. The student should be 
able to demonstrate clinical competence in 
the following respiratory skills: arterial stick, 
interpretation and management of blood gas 
abnormalities, interpretation of pulmonary 
function tests, bedside pulmonary function 
screening, preparation of a patient for bron- 
choscopy and cleaning/maintenance of a 
bronchoscope. 

RT 201— Critical Care Equipment (3-10-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 210 and RT 107 
and/or permission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with an in-depth look at the principles, 
assembly, operation and modification of criti- 
cal care equipment. The student will study: the 
functional analysis of mechanical ventilators, 
assembly and modification of ventilator cir- 
cuits, arterial lines, swan ganz catheters, 
transducers, oscilloscopes, spirometers, pneu- 
motachometers and alarm systems. The stu- 
dent should be able to demonstrate lab exper- 
tise with this equipment by the end of the 
course. 

RT 202— Patient Assessment (3-10-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 210 and RT 107 
and/or permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to teach the student 
how to do a pulmonary physical exam on a 
patient. The student will study how to take a 
patient history, ausculatation, palpation and 
percussion of the chest wall. The student will 
also study lab exams and nonpulmonary 
assessment of the patient. The student should 
be able to demonstrate clinical competence in 



physical assessment by the end of this course 

RT 203— Adult Critical Care I (4-2-5) 

Winter Prerequisites: ZOO 21 1 and RT 201 
202. 

This course is designed to focus on the can 
of the patient in the intensive care unit. Thi 
student will study patient monitoring, hemody 
namic monitoring, ventilator management 
and clinical management of diseases am 
conditions commonly seen in ICU. The stu 
dent should be able to identify clinical signs c 
respiratory distress and respond apprc 
priately. The student should be able to demor 
strate clinical competence in the ICU by thi 
end of this course and RT 204. 

RT 204— Adult Critical Care II (0-16-2) 

Winter. Prerequisites: ZOO 211 and RT 201 
202. 

This course is designed to be the clinice 
component of RT 201 and 203. The studer 
should be able to demonstrate clinical compe 
fence in all aspects of intensive respirator 
care by the end of this course. 

RT 205— Management of the Respiratory 
Care Department (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202. RT 203, 20- 
or by permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to introduce thi 
student to basic management responsibilitie 
within the respiratory care department. Th' 
student will study: JCAH guidelines, qualit 
control/audit, staffing/scheduling problemf 
evaluation systems, communication/ intervie\^ 
ing skills, budget preparations, and how to d 
time and motion studies. The student shoul 
be able to demonstrate competence in har 
dling clinical simulation problems by the end ( 
this course. 

RT 206— Pediatrics and Neonatal Care I 
(4-2-5) 

Spnng. Prerequisites: CHE 202, RT 20: 
204. 

This course is designed to focus on pulmc 
nary problems commonly seen in the pediatri 
patient and the high risk newborn. The studer 
will study: development of the fetus, anatomi 
differences between the fetus and newbor 
infant, problems associated with delivery, eva 
uation of the fetus in utero and following deli^ 
ery. pulmonary diseases associated with th 
newborn infant and their management. Th 
student will also study equipment common 
used in the care of the pediatric and neonati 
patient. 



J 



FACULTY 



165 



^T 207— Pediatrics and Neonatal Care II 
0-24-3) 

Spring Prerequisites CHE 202. RT 203, 
204 

This course is designed to be the clinical 
|:omponent of RT 206 The student should be 
it\e to demonstrate clinical competence in all 
aspects of pediatric and neonatal care by the 
bnd of this course 



Arena. Olavl (1974) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph D , Columbia University 
M A , Columbia University 
A B . Harvard University 

Babltf, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of History and Archaeology 
Ph D . Brown University 
MA, University of Maryland 
B A , University of Maryland 



ii 



=ACULTY ROSTERS 



Ball, Ardella P. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
MS, Atlanta University 
A B , Fisk University 



ermanent, Full-Tlme Members of the 
eaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

I (This list includes only individuals whoenjoy 
acuity voting privileges The number in paren- 
neses after the names represents the initial 
rear of employment at Armstrong State 
College 

idams, Joseph V. (1970) 

)ean of Arts and Sciences 

'rofessor of Psychology 
Ph D., University of Alabama 
MA., Baylor University 
B A., Tennessee Temple College 

kdams, Teresa (1971) 

vssistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
B S., West Liberty State College 

lenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

ssistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed.. University of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

>gyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

vssociate Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

mderson, Donald D. (1966) 

)ean for Community Services 
vssociate Professor of Education 

Ed.D., Auburn University 

M.A., George Peabody College 

B.S., Georgia Southern College 



Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science 

M.S.. Georgia Southern College 
B.S.. Georgia Southern College 

Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed , State University of New York 
B.S . Savannah State College 

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., Emory University 
B.S. N.Ed., University of Georgia 

Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D.. University of Arkansas 
B.S.. University of Dayton 

Blalock, Virginia R. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Elementary Education 
S.Ed.. Florida State University 
M.A., Columbia University 
B.A.. Savannah State College 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

B.S.. Georgia State College 

MHS, Armstrong State College 



i 



I 



166 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Brandon, Stephen P. (1973) 

Head of Fine Arts Department 
Professor of Music 

DMA., Catholic University of America 

M.A., University of Iowa 

BM.E.. University of Kansas 

Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Brockmeier, Kristina C. (1981) 

-Instructor of Library Science 
M.S., Florida State University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., University of Virginia 

Brooks, S.Kent (1976) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., George Washington University 
M.Ph., George Washington University 
M.A., University of Texas 
B.A., University of Texas 

Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

M.A., University of Massachusetts 
B.S., University of Massachusetts 

Brown, Beverley-Lee (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.S., SUNY at Buffalo 
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.A.T., St. Michael's College 
B.S., Xavier of Ohio 

Buck, Joseph A., Ill (1968) 

Dean for Student Affairs and Development 
Ed.D,, University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Auburn University 



Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

MSN, Medical College of Georgia 

B S N , Boston University 

Burgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 
Ed D., Auburn University 
MA, George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

Acting President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D.. University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Wofford College 

Burroughs, Nelda F. (1981) 

Instructor of Library Science - 

M. A., University of South Carolina | 

B.A., North Carolina Central University ' 

Cochran, John H., Jr. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Elementary Educatio 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Atlanta University 
B.A., Paine College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Cottrell, Ellen (1976) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.A., Agnes Scott College 

Coyle, William E. (1957) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Georgetown University 
A.B., Emory University 

Cyphert, Daniel S. (1981) 

Assistant Prc^essor of Mathematics and Con 

puter Science 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.S., Vanderbilt University 

B.S , Case Institute of Technology 

Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Head of Developmental Studies Departmen 
Associate Professor of Reading 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

M.Ed., Temple University 

B.S., Millersville State College m 



i 



FACULTY 



167 



)avenpon, Margaret G. (1980) 

Xssociate Professor ot Art 

Ph D , Pennsylvania State University 
M S , Florida Stale University 
B S . Florida State University 

Douglass. W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph D , Syracuse University 
MA, Syracuse University 
B A , Franklin & fyiarshall College 

}uncan, John D. (1965) 

'rofessor of History 

Ph.D.. Emory University 

MA, University of South Carolina 

B S , College of Charleston 

)utko, Kathleen (1978) 

Vssistant Professor of Nursing 
M.A.. New York University 
B S N., Niagara University 

:aly, Steven D. (1982) 

Xssistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph D., University of Georgia 
MA, Claremont Graduate School 
B A., Furman University 

•atterting, William L. (1968) 

^rofessor of French and Spanish 
Ph D.. University of Georgia 
MA., Middlebury College 
B.S., Western Carolina 
Diplome, Sorbonne 

•vans, Patricia A. (1983) 

nstructor of Health Information Management 
B.S., Florida International University 

Mndels, John (1968) 

\ssistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

■ord, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B,S.,Winthrop College 

jalloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

\ssociate Professor of Secondary Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
■ M.Ed., University of Georgia 

MM., Florida State University 

B.M., Florida State University 

jeoffroy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Vssistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A.. Westfield State College 



Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Instructor of Radiologic Technologies 
B S , St Joseph's College 
A A . Armstrong State College 

Gill, Gloria (1979) 

Instructor of Physical Education 
MA, University of Alabama 
B S . Middle Tennessee State University 

Gross, Jimmie (1967) 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
MA., Auburn University 
B D Southern Theological 
B A , Baylor University 

Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed.. University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 

Harbin, Mickie S. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of Texas (Arlington) 
M.A.. University of Texas (Arlington) 
B A., University of Texas (Arlington) 

Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed., Georgia State University 
B.S.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 

Harris, Robert L. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Music 

D.M.A., University of Washington 
MM., University of the Pacific 
B.M.. University of the Pacific 

Hepner, Freddies. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Armstrong State College 



L 



168 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Hough, Bonny E. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
Ph.D.. Washington University 
M.M., Washington University 
B.A., Pomona College 

Hudson, Anne L. (1971) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Tulane University 
B.A., Hollins College 

Hunnicutt, George S. (1969) 

Registrar 

M.S., East Tennessee State University 
B.S., East Tennessee State University 

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Johanning, Gary (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
B.S., University of Missouri 

Jones, James Land (1968) 

Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., University of Tulsa 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., University of Virginia 

Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S.. Elizabethtown College 

Killorin, Joseph I. (1947) 

Professor of Literature and Philosophy 
Ph.D., Columbia University 
M.A., Columbia University 
B.A., St. John's College 



Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga] 
B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga] 

Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A., LaGrange College 



Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Lawson, Cornelia V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Arkansas 

M.A., University of Southern Mississippi 

B.S., Florida State University 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Florida A & M University 



^ 



Magnus, Robert E. (1972) 

Director of Criminal Justice Graduate Progranr 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 

M.Ed., Mississippi State University 

B.G.E., University of Omaha 
Martin, Grace B. (1980) 
Head of Psychology Department 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 



FACULTY 



169 



Martin, William B. (1980) 

jctor of English 
".' A , Duke University 
B A , Armstrong State College 

Massey. Carole M. (1976) 

■^^ - slant Professor of Nursing 

.' S N , Medical College of Georgia 
t^ S N , fVledical College of Georgia 

Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981) 

slant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M H S , fVledical University of South Carolina 
B S , State University of New York IVIedical 
Center 

McCarthy, John C, Jr. (1962) 

°rofessor of Political Science 
Ph D , University of Georgia 
fyl B A . University of Georgia 
B B A , University of fVliami 

McClanahan, Billle F. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, University of Georgia 
B A , Armstrong State College 

McCracken, Thomas C. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.A.L.S., University of Denver 
B.S., Florida State University 

Megathlin, William L. (1971) 

Head of Criminal Justice Department 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Menzel, George H. (1977) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., Georgetown University 
A.B., Franklin & Marshall College 

Meredith, James R. (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
M.S., University of Southern California 
B.S., United States Military Academy 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia 



I 



Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph D . Rutgers University 
MS, Rutgers University 
B A . Houghton College 

Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D.. University of Florida 
PhD . University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B A., University of Florida 

Nadaiich, Peggy A. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
M.M.E., Florida State University 
B.M.E., University of Southern Mississippi 

Nash, Charles R. (1979) 

Dean of Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D.. Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S.Ed., Jackson State College 

Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed.. University of Georgia 

Newman, John F. (1968) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.A., Georgetown University 
B A , University of Maryland 

Noble, David (1969) 

Associate Professor of German and Latin 
Ph.D., McGill University 
A.M.. Boston University 
A.B., Boston University 
Diploma Litterarum Latinarum. Pontificia 
Universitas Gregoriana 

Nordqulst, Richard F. (1980) 

Instructor of English 

M.A., University of Leicester 
B.A., State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean, Joint Continuing Education Center 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 



170 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Norwich, VIckiH. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Middle Tennessee State University 

Orlando, Anthony (1983) 

Head of Military Science Department 
Assistant Professor of Military History 
M.S., Florida Institute of Technology 
B.S., State University of New York— Albany 

Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Parsons, Dennis E. (1982) 

Director of Health Science Program 
Professor of Health Science 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.A., Union College 

B.S., Union College 

Patchak, JaneA. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
M.A., Western Michigan University 
B.A., Central Michigan University 

Patterson, Robert L. (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., University of Kentucky 
B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan 

Pestel, Beverly (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
M.S., Wright State University 
B.A., Cedarville College 

Pingel, Allen L. (1969) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.A.T., University of North Carolina 
B.A., University of North Carolina 

Pruden, George B., Jr. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
M.A., American University 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Wake Forest 

Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.A., University of Wyoming 
B.A., University of Wyoming 



Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 

Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
M.A., University of Oregon 
B.A., University of Oregon 

Richters, Stephen P. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.S., Brown University 
B.S., Vassar College 

Robbins, Paul (1966) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Robinson, Aurelia D. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Education 
D.Ed., University of Oklahoma 
M.A., Atlanta University 
A.B., Spelman College 

Roth, Lorle (1983) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Kent State University 
M.A., Kent State University j 

B.A., Kent State University ! 

Sandy, Gerald C. (1974) 

Director of Library and Administrative Services 
Associate Professor of Library Science 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Youngstown State University 

Satterfleld, Neil B. (1969) 

Associate Professor of Sociology 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee 
A.B., University of North Carolina 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Ohio University 
B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 



Schmitz, Catherine (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Rush University 
B.S.N., Duke University 



I 



FACULTY 



171 



ihipley. Charles (1972) 

ssor of Mathematics and Computer 

lence 

- D , University of Nebraska 
' S , Georgia Institute of Technology 
fyi A . University of North Dakota 
B A University of North Dakota 

;ilcox. Elaine (1976) 

:ant Professor of Nursing 
.' S N . Medical College of Georgia 
M Ed , University of Florida 
B S N . University of Florida 

»lmon, Emma T. (1974) 

tor of Denial Hygiene Program 
\ssistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M H E , Medical College of Georgia 
B S., Armstrong State College 

>ims, Roy J. (1955) 

Head of Physical Education Department 
^rofessor of Physical Education 

Ed D , Louisiana State University 

MS, University of Tennessee 

B S , David Lipscomb College 

>mlth, Carolyn G. (1977) 

\ssistant Professor of Mathematics 
M Ed , Armstrong State College 
B S , Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

nstructor of Respiratory Therapy 
B S., Medical University of South Carolina 

>tegall, John L. (1981) 

/ice President for Business and Finance 
MBA, University of Georgia 
B S., Indiana State University 

Stephens, Jacquelyn W. (1979) 

^rofessor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Oklahoma 
M.S., Illinois State University 
B S., Savannah State College 

Stevens, Linda B. (1981) 

^sslstant Professor of Special Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Southern Mississippi 
B S,, University of Southern Mississippi 

Stocker, Erich F. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of History and Computer 
Science 

M.A., Ohio State University 
B.A., Ohio State University 



Stokes. William W. (1967) 

Head of Secondary Education Department 
Professor of Education 

Ed D , University of Florida 

M Ed , University of Florida 

B A , University of Florida 

Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph D , Emory University 
MA, Purdue University 
A B . Randolph-Macon Woman's College 

Stratton, Cedric(1965) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph D., University of London 
B Sc , Nottingham University 

Strozier, Robert I. (1965) 

Professor of English 

Ph D , Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
A.B., University of Georgia 

Suchower, John (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech 
M.A., University of Detroit 
B.A , Fairfield University 

Taft, Anhur(1982) 

Instructor of Respiratory Therapy 
B.A., University of Texas 

Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
MS., University of Tennessee 
B.S., University of Tennessee 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

PhD , University of Georgia 
B S., Stetson University 

Tilson, Elwin R. (1982) 

Director of Radiologic Technologies Program 
Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies 

M.S., San Francisco State University 

B.S , Arizona State University 
Timberlake, Sara E. (1980) 
Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 



r 



172 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Ward, Paul E. (1968) 

Head of Elementary Education Department 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B S., Georgia Teachers College 

Warlick, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History and Political Science 

Department 
Professor of History 

Ph.D., Boston University 

B.A., Arizona State University 

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Davidson College 

White, Charles C, Jr. (1963) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Southern Illinois University 
B.S., East Carolina University 

White, Susans. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S.,Winthrop College 

White, Virginia (1966) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A.T., Emory University 
A.B., Vanderbilt University 

Whiten, Morris L. (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S.. University of Georgia 

Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N., University of Georgia 

Worthington, Clarke S. (1967) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A.. Northern Illinois University 
B.A., University of Arizona 

Wyss, JaneA. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Music 

DMA., University of Texas, Austin 
M.M., University of Texas, Austin 
B.M., University of Texas, Austin 



Zink, Margo R. (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., University of Washington 
B.S., California State University, Fresno 



Teaching Associates 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Teaching Associate Dental Hygiene 
B.S , Armstrong State College 

Fleming, Caroline (1977) 

Teaching Associate Dental Hygiene 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Russell, Carol (1977) 

Teaching Associate Dental Hygiene 
B.S., Armstrong State College 
AS., Armstrong State College 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1959-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Lubs, Margaret (1948-1978) 

Professor of Languages Emerita 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Persse, Harry (1952-1981) 

Professor of Music Emeritus 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Stanfield,Jule (1952-1981) 

Vice-President for Business and Finance 
Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 




Armstrong 

State 
College 



h 



1984-1985 
GRADUATE CATALOG 



11935 ABERCORN STREET 

SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 

31419—1997 



r 



174 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Special Note to Readers 

This Table of Contents applies only to the 
graduate section of this merged catalog. A 
separate Table of Contents in the Undergrad- 
uate Section applies to undergraduate con- 
tents. The Index applies only to graduate 
contents. 

Contents 

History, Purpose, Programs 1 74 

Graduate Admissions 1 75 

Graduate Academic Regulations 1 79 

Graduate Fees 1 82 

Graduate Degree Requirements 183 

Graduate Degree Programs 1 85 

Graduate Faculty 216 

Graduate Index 221 



Departmental Coordinators 

Biology Thome, Francis 

Chemistry Harris, Henry 

Criminal Justice Magnus, Robert 

Education-Elementary Ward, Paul 

Education-Physical Sims, Roy 

Education-Secondary Stokes, William 

English Strozier, Robert 

Health Science Parsons, Dennis 

History & Political Science . . . Warlick, Roger 
Mathematics Vacant 



The Graduate Council 

The Graduate Council has general respon- 
sibility for policy making functions related to 
graduate programs, with its specific functions 
outlined in the College By-Laws. Members for 
1983-1984 included: 

Repella, James Chairman 

Adams, Joseph Arts and Sciences 

Beumer, Ronald Arts and Sciences 

Burgess, Clifford Education 

Cochran, John Education 

Gross, Jimmie Arts and Sciences 

Magnus, Robert Arts and Sciences 

Nash, Charles Education 

Parsons, Dennis Health Professions 

Sims, Roy Education 



History 



The development of graduate education ai 
Armstrong State College is linked to a history 
of graduate course offerings in Savannaf 
which has involved several institutions of th€ 
University System of Georgia. Prior to 1968 
only off-campus extension courses from th€ 
University of Georgia and other institution' 
were offered in Savannah. In the summer o 
1 968, Savannah State College began offerinc 
courses in residence for their new master'; 
degree in elementary education. This prograrr 
was accredited by the Southern Association o 
Colleges and Schools and was approved b; 
the Georgia State Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1 971 , Armstrong State College 
and Savannah State College joined efforts t( 
offer a joint program of graduate work. Th( 
combined faculties, library holdings, and facili 
ties of the Colleges made possible the expan 
sion of the graduate program to include a Mas 
ter of Business Administration Degree Program 
to add secondary options in the Master o 
Education degree program; and to supersede 
most of the off-campus courses offered if 
Savannah by other institutions. This Join 
Graduate Studies Program of Savannah Stat< 
College and Armstrong State College was full* 
accredited by the Southern Association of Col 
leges and Schools, with its degree programsii 
education approved by the Georgia Statf 
Department of Education. 

Effective Fall, 1 979, the Joint Graduate Stud< 
ies Program was terminated by action of thr 
Board of Regents, and Armstrong was autho 
rized to continue its graduate offerings with ; 
significant modification. All business adminis 
tration programs, courses, and faculty wen 
transferred to Savannah State College, an. 
simultaneously, all teacher education pro 
grams, courses, and faculty were transferrC' 
to Armstrong State College. 

In Winter, 1 981 , the Master of Health Scienc; 
program was established. In Fall, 1981, th 
Master of Science degree with a major in Crirr' 
inal Justice was approved by the Board cl 
Regents. The graduate course work for the M 
in Criminal Justice Program was initiated in th_ 
Fall quarter 1982. 

Purpose 

The Graduate Program of Armstrong Stat 
College is dedicated to service through educs 
tional programs, community involvement, an 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



175 



faculty and student research, scholarship 
ind creativity By offering advanced prepara- 
lon to those who serve in the schools and in 
other professional activities, the progrann con- 
ributes to the development of professional 
oeople. and through them, to the well being of 
hose whom these professionals serve The 
philosophy of the Graduate Program affirms 
ihe dignity and worth of individuals and the 
lealization that professional men and women 
■nust be productive, articulate, and pro-active. 

Degree Programs 

The following degrees are offered by the 
College 

i Master of Education with majors in: 
Biology (Deactivated) 
Business Education 
Chemistry (Deactivated) 
Early Elementary Education 
English 

General Science Education 
History 
Mathematics 
Middle School Education 
Physical Education 
Political Science 

1 Special Education— Behavior Disorders 
Special Education— Learning Disabilities 
Special Education— Speech/ Language 

Pathology 
(English, History and Political Science are 
available as options without teacher-certifica- 
ion requirements). 
Master of Health Science with options in: 
Administration 
Computer Science 
Education 
Health Education 
Public Policy 
Master of Science in Criminal Justice 



ADMISSIONS 



Requirements 



Applicants desiring admission on a degree- 
seeking status must present satisfactory under- 
graduate academic records and satisfactory 
scores on appropriate admissions examina- 
ions. Some of the graduate degree programs 
nave specialized test requirements, specified 
jndergraduate course requirements, or other 
'equirements for degree-seeking students. Re- 



fer to the departmental sections for specific 

information on these requirements 

General requirements for degree-seeking 
students include the following applicants for 
all Master of Education programs must provide 
satisfactory scores on either the Aptitude Test 
of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or 
the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) Satisfactory 
undergraduate grades must be presented by 
all degree-seeking students Applicants for the 
Master of Health Science program must pro- 
vide satisfactory scores on either the Gradu- 
ate Record Exam (GRE), the Graduate Man- 
agement Aptitude Test (GMAT), or the Miller 
Analogies Test (MAT) Applicants for the MS 
Degree in Criminal Justice must provide a 
satisfactory score on the Aptitude Test of the 
Graduate Record Exam (GRE) or the Miller 
Analogies Test (MAT). 

Admission to some programs may require 
satisfactory scores on either the appropriate 
area examination of the NTE or the appro- 
priate advanced test of the GRE. For details of 
such requirements, consult the appropriate 
departmental entry in the Catalog or the Depart- 
ment Head. 

Applications for the above examinations are 
usually available at the College and will be 
given to students who come to the College to 
obtain them. Students who wish to write for an 
application form or to submit an applicatron for 
the GRE or GMAT. should contact: Edu- 
cational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jer- 
sey, 08540. Students who wish to take the 
MAT should contact the appropriate Dean's 
office. Students should request that their test 
scores be sent to the Graduate Admissions 
Office, Armstrong State College, Savannah. 
Georgia 31 406 

Categories of Admission 
Regular Degree Status 
Definition 

Regular Admission means that a student 
has met all admission requirements and is 
admitted to a degree program with full gradu- 
ate status 



Requirements 



A student who has earned a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited college, who has 
completed all of the prerequisites for his 
planned graduate field of study, and who 
meets the other requirements of the Graduate 



176 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Program may be admitted on Regular Admis- 
siori status These requirements include min- 
imum undergraduate grade-point averages in 
combination with certain minimum test scores 

For M.Ed, programs, a minimum GPA of 2.5 
and a minimum test score of 44 on the MAT or 
800 on the GRE Aptitude examination are 
required 

For the M.H.S program, a minimum GPA of 
2.5, and a minimum test score of 800 on the 
GRE, 450 on the GMAT, and 40 on the MAT 
are required. For further information, consult 
with the Director of the Health Science Program. 

Forthe Criminal Justice program a minimum 
GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of either 
900 on the aptitude tests of the GRE or 51 on 
the MAT. For further information consult with 
the Head of the Department of Criminal Justice. 

Degree programs providing teacher certifi- 
cation have other admission requirements, 
including: (1) a recommendation from the 
school in which a student has been employed 
as a teacher or has completed a student 
internship, and (2) eligibility forfourth level cer- 
tification in the field of study. (For further infor- 
mation on admission to certification programs, 
consult the Office of the Dean of Education). 

Provisional Degree Status 
Definition 

Provisional Admission means that a student 
has applied for admission to a degree program 
and has some condition affecting his status 
such as low grades or test scores. The student 
is admitted to a degree program but must meet 
certain conditions before achieving full gradu- 
ate status (i.e., Regular Admission). 



Requirements 



For Provisional Admission, a student must 
hold a baccalaureate degree and meet the 
other admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program. These requirements include min- 
imum undergraduate grade point averages in 
combination with certain minimum test scores. 

For the Master of Education programs, stu- 
dents who fail to meet Regular may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to the fol- 
lowing formulas: 

(GPA X 1 00) + (MAT X 1 0) = 560 or more 
(GPAX 100) + (GRE Aptitude) = 1000 or 

more 

In no case, however, may the GPA be less 



than 2.2, the MAT less than 27, or the GRE less 
than 700. 

For the M.H.S. (and criminal justice pro- 
grams), students who fail to meet Regular 
Admission score requirements may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to estab- 
lished formulae. 

For area test scores required by any depart- 
ment, see the appropriate departmental entry. 

Additional Stipulations for 
Provisional Admission 

As with Regular Admission, recommenda- 
tion forms and other aspects of the Admis- 
sions Procedures must be adhered to. 

Provisionally admitted students may be re- 
quired to remove any specific deficiencies thai 
are ascertained by taking undergraduate sup- 
porting courses before these students are 
allowed to attempt graduate courses within the 
program to which they have been admitted 
Students may remain admitted on a provi- 
sional basis until they have attempted 1£ 
hours of approved graduate work. If they satis- 
factorily complete the initial, approved 15 
hours of graduate work with no grade less thar 
a "B"— of which 10 hours must be in the pro- 
fessional sequence— and submit the appro- 
priate Area test score, if required, these stu- 
dents may submit a written request to move 
into Regular status. 

Upon satisfying the Area test score, if re 
quired, and upon completing 25 hours o 
approved course work with a "B" average o 
better, of which 1 5 hours must be in the majo 
field of study, any provisionally admitted stu 
dent will be eligible for Regular status. If th( 
student does not have a "B" average or bette 
upon completing these 25 hours of course 
work, he or she will be dropped as a degree 
seeking student and prohibited from enroilinc 
in further graduate courses. 

Post Baccalaureate and 
Post Graduate— Non-degree 
Status 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate ad 
mission are provided for those students wh" 
may not wish to pursue a graduate degree 
including teachers whose main purpose is t 
obtain credits necessary for teacher certifica 
tion and/or for students who may desire I 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



177 



enter a degree program but who have missing 
data Requirements for Post Baccalaureate 
Admission include documentary evidence of a 
baccalaureate degree and submission of nec- 
essary application papers The student must 
also have to meet specific prerequisites to 
enroll in courses in certain departments Post 
Graduate Admission requirements are the 
same except that a graduate degree is required. 

No more than fifteen graduate hours earned 
while enrolled as a Post Graduate or Post 
Baccalaureate student may be applied toward 
a master's degree 

A student admitted on non-degree status 
who wishes to be advanced to a degree status 
category of admission bears the responsibility 
for: 

1 . Meeting all requirements for degree status 
which are in effect at the time the student 
submits the required data and documents 
for degree status. 

2. Notifying the appropriate Dean in writing of 
the intent and desire to advance to degree 
status 

Action by the Dean to advance a non- 
degree student to a degree status category is 
contingent on the student meeting the above 
responsibilities, and the student is cautioned 
to maintain a careful check on his or her 
status 

Transient Students Entering 
Armstrong 

Transient students must arrange to have 
written authorization sent to the appropriate 
Dean from their dean, department head, or 
registrar at the graduate school in which they 
are enrolled in order to be accepted as a tran- 
sient student and to register in the Graduate 
Program. They must also submit the applica- 
tion for admission form and the $10 fee as 
described in the Admission Procedures. If they 
wish to become degree-seeking students, 
they must request appropriate admission in 
writing and must submit the necessary docu- 
ments. 

Readmission 

Any student in the Graduate Program who 
did not matriculate (i.e., register) during the 
quarter immediately preceding the quarter in 



which he next intends to matriculate must pro- 
cess a readmission form with the Registrars 
Office The only students exempted from this 
requirement are those students who are initially 
admitted for graduate study in the quarter 
immediately preceding the quarter of their first 
matriculation For further information, inquire 
at the Office of the Registrar 



Procedures 

All admission documents should be sent to 
the Graduate Admissions Office These include 
the application and the ten dollar fee Tran- 
scripts should reach the Graduate Admissions 
Office twenty days prior to registration 

The following materials and procedures are 
part of the requirements for admission to the 
Graduate Program. 

1 The application-for-admission form, avail- 
able m the offices of the Deans, must be 
completed and submitted. Required of all 
applicants twenty days prior to registration 

2. Two official transcripts showing all college 
credits earned forthe undergraduate degree 
should be sent directly from the college 
which awarded the degree to the appro- 
priate Dean's office. Required of all appli- 
cants except transient students who may 
submit letter of authorization from their 
graduate school twenty days prior to regis- 
tration. ^ 

3. Test scores, as appropriate and as required 
for the major, must be submitted. Required 
of degree-seeking students only. 

4. Completed recommendation forms must 
be submitted; these forms are available in 
the appropriate Dean's office. For appli- 
cants entering teacher certification pro- 
grams, at least one recommendation must 
be from supervisory personnel who ob- 
served the student in a teaching internship 
or as an employed teacher. These recom- 
mendations are required of degree-seeking 
students only. 

5. A ten dollar application fee is required of all 
students. 

Admission to graduate study does not imply 
automatic acceptance of the student as a 
candidate for any Master's degree. See sec- 
tion on candidacy for degree. 



r 



178 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Requirements for Admission 
to Specific Programs 

Criminal Justice (M.S.) 

While an undergraduate degree in criminal 
justice is not a prerequisite to admission, it is 
essential that each student pursuing the M.S. 
in Criminal Justice have adequate prepara- 
tion. Therefore, students who lack the neces- 
sary background may be required to complete 
additional undergraduate coursework. 

Students entering the M.S. in Criminal Jus- 
tice Program must meet the general require- 
ments of the College and the following: 

For Regular Admission— Students must 
have earned a minimum of 2.5 undergraduate 
grade point average on all work attempted dur- 
ing the last 90 quarter hours (or 60 semester 
hours), and must present a minimum score of 
either 

(a) 900 on the Aptitude Test of the Grad- 
uate Record Examination (GRE), or 

(b) 51 ontheMiller Analogies Test(MAT). 
For Provisional Admission— If students 

fail to meet eitherthe minimum undergraduate 
grade point average or entrance test require- 
ments for Regular admission they may be 
considered for Provisional admission if either 

(a) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the score on the 
Aptitude Test of the GRE equals 
1050, or 

(b) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the Miller Analo- 
gies Test (MAT) score multiplied by 
10 equals 650. 

In no event may the undergraduate grade 
point average (last 90/60 hours) be less than 
2.2, the score on the Aptitude Test of the GRE 
be less than 750, or the score on the Miller 
Analogies Test be less than 37. 

Education (MEd) 

Students entering the early elementary, mid- 
dle school, physical, secondary and the spe- 
cial education programs must satisfy all gen- 
eral admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program. Students In MEd certification pro- 
grams in early elementary, middle school, 
physical education, secondary education, and 
speech and language pathology must also be 



eligible for fourth level (NT4) certification in the 
intended master's level teaching field. 

Business Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Busi- 
ness Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program 
and must take and make a minimum score of 
560 on the Business Education Area Examina- 
tion of the National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE). Students may be provisionally admitted 
to the program if their Business Education 
Area Examination of the NTE is not less than 
540. 

Science Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Sci- 
ence Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program 
and must take the Science Education area 
examination of the National Teacher Examina- 
tions (NTE) in order to qualify for degree- 
seeking status. 

English (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in 
English must present, in addition to the general 
requirements, the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion Advanced Test in Literature and English, 
although no minimum score is prescribed. 

Health Science (MHS) 

Students entering the MHS program must 
meet the general admission requirements of 
the Graduate Program and must score 800 on 
the Graduate Record Exam or 450 on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test or 40 
on the Milier Analogies Test. 

History and Political Science 
(MEd) I 

students entering the MEd program in his- 
tory or in political science must satisfy all gen- 
eral admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program, including the requirement that the 
GRE Aptitude or NTE Common, and an appro- 
priate advanced or area test, be completed 
prior to full admission. The results of these 
examinations will then serve as a basis for 
academic advisement. 

Students must also satisfy a prerequisite of 
1 5 quarter hours of undergraduate work in the 



I 



QRADUATC ACADEMIC REQULATION8 



179 



najor discipline before any course in that dis- 
jipline can be taken for graduate credit 

Besides the general admission requirements 
)f the Graduate Program, students who desire 
obtain an MEd in history of political science 
ivithout certification are required to take the 
aRE area test in history or political science 
ind obtain a minimum score of 450 in history 
yr 410 in political science to gam full admis- 
iion to the program (Regular Admission sta- 
tus) A student who does not meet the min- 
mum score on the area examination will be 
required to take two recommended under- 
graduate courses on the 300 or 400 level and 
pa5s them with at least B's before being 
granted regular status 

Mathematics (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in 
mathematics must satisfy all general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program, 
must take the NTE area test in Mathematics or 
the GRE advanced mathematics test, and 
must satisfy a prerequisite of 25 quarter hours 
of college mathematics at or beyond the level 
of calculus, in order to obtain degree-seeking 
status. 

To gam Regular Admission, a student must 
obtain a minimum score of 580 on the NTE 
area test or 520 on the GRE advanced test. No 
minimum is required for Provisional Admis- 
sion Students whose scores on the NTE area 
test or the GRE advanced test are too low for 
Regular Admission can also gam Regular 
Admission by passing a department entrance 
examination. 

In order for a Provisionally Admitted student 
to gam Regular Status without passing the 
departmental entrance examination, the stu- 
dent must satisfy the general requirements of 
the Graduate School; including the stipulation 
that the first 25 graduate hours must be com- 
pleted with at least a "B" average, and that at 
least 15 of these hours must be in approved 
mathematics courses. 



ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 

Student Responsibility 

The student is charged with the responsibil 
ity for taking the initiative in meeting all aca 



demic requirements and in maintaining a care- 
ful check on progress toward earning a degree 
The student is responsible for discharging 
obligations to the business office and the 
library and for adhering to the rules and regula- 
tions appertaining to graduate students in par- 
ticular and to all students enrolled m a unit of 
the University System of Georgia It is the stu- 
dent's responsibility to abide by catalog require- 
ments. A student's claim that he or she has 
been granted an exception to these require- 
ments must be documented before the merits 
of the claim can be evaluated. 

Academic Advisenfient 

upon admission to graduate study, each 
student will be referred to a departmental 
office for advisor assignment. Consultation 
with the assigned advisor is required prior to 
registration. Each student must process appro- 
priate advisement papers which are available 
from his or her assigned advisor and which 
provide the advisor clearance required for 
registration. 

Transient students report to the Office of the 
appropriate dean for advisement and advisor 
clearance. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate stu- 
dents obtain advisor clearance by processing 
the non-degree advisement form with their 
assigned advisors. During the quarter in which 
a Post Baccalaureate student achieves degree- 
seeking status, he or she must process the 
Program of Study form. 

Degree-seeking students, both Regular and 
Provisional Admission students, must process 
the Program of Study form with their assigned 
advisor no later than the end of their first quar- 
ter of enrollment. A temporary advisor clear- 
ance statement may be provided by the advi- 
sor which will be valid only for the student's 
initial registration. This temporary clearance 
should be processed on non-degree advise- 
ment form, with appropriate notations made to 
indicate that it is temporary. 

The Program of Study shows the essential 
courses the student will take, transfer courses 
that might apply to the degree, and prerequi- 
site courses or other prerequisites. The Pro- 
gram of Study,must be followed by the student 
in fulfilling degree requirements However, the 
student can take courses additional to those 
on his Program of Study and may enroll in the 
courses on the Program of Study during quar- 
ters other than those which might be shown on 
his Program of Study form. Moreover, the stu- 



180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dent may officially modify his Program of Study 
with the concurrence of his advisor and depart- 
ment head. 

Students should note that any departure 
from the catalog requirements for a degree 
must be approved by the appropriate dean. 

Foreign Student Advisement 

Specialized advisement is available for for- 
eign students from the Graduate Foreign Stu- 
dent Advisor, Dr. William Easterling, located in 
room 108-A. Gamble Hall. 

Registration 

Before a student may register for graduate 
courses, the individual must be formally admit- 
ted as a graduate student (although some 500 
and 600 level courses may be taken by quali- 
fied undergraduate seniors upon complying 
with requirements and procedures stipulated 
by and available in the Deans' Offices). If cir- 
cumstances require it, the student must be 
readmitted (see section on Admissions, para- 
graph on Readmissions). In order to register, a 
student will be required to show at registration 
a permit to register card, which must be signed 
by the advisor. 

Transfer of Credits 

Credit may be transferred from another insti- 
tution, provided: 

1 . that only up to 1 5 hours of graduate credit 
taken while in a non-degree status may be 
applied to a degree program. 

2. that each course equates with a course in 
the curriculum of the Graduate Program or 
is an acceptable elective. 

3. that the credit was earned in an accredited 
graduate program. 

4. that a grade of B or better was earned in 
each course. 

5. that the credit was earned no more than six 
years prior to completion of all degree 
requirements. 

6. that no more than fifty percent of the 
required credits shall be transferred for use 
towards a master's degree (i.e., no more 
than 50% of either the required professional 
education credits or other credits in the 
master's programs). 

Information about the amount of credit trans- 
ferable for a particular degree program, can be 
located in the appropriate departmental entry. 



Procedures for Processing 
Transfer Credits 

Requests by students to receive transfer 
graduate credit must be supported by two 
copies of the graduate transcript showing the 
credits requested. The formal and final requests 
for receiving transfer credit is part of the Appli- 
cation for Candidacy which the student must 
process upon the completion of 25 hours of 
graduate work. This application is obtained in 
the Graduate Office. The two graduate tran- 
scripts should be sent to the office of the 
appropriate Dean. 

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinely 
provided on the Program of Study form which 
every degree-seeking student must complete 
with his advisor in the first quarter of enroll- 
ment. Formal approval of transfer credit is 
granted via the student's Application for Can- 
didacy which requires approval by the stu- 
dent's advisor. Department Head, and appro- 
priate dean. 

Prospective students may write to the Depart- 
ment Coordinator in their area of study to 
obtain advisement on transfer of credit. 

Reports and Grades 

In the Graduate Program grades assigned 
are A, B, C, D, F, (failure), I (incomplete), W 
(withdrew with no penalty), and WF (withdrew 
failing). The grade of W does not enter into 
computing a student's grade point average. 

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in 
the Graduate Program include: 

I— incomplete. May be awarded (only in 
emergency cases) by an instructor, who will 
also stipulate the conditions for its removal. A 
grade of I must be removed by completing the 
course by midterm of the following quarter or it 
becomes an automatic F. 

W— withdrawal without penalty. May be 
awarded by an instructor up to the mid-quarter 
period in a course. Regents' policy stipulates 
that "Withdrawals without penalty will not be 
permitted after the mid-point of the total grad- 
ing period (including final examinations) except 
in cases of hardship as determined by the 
appropriate official of the respective institu- 
tion." Withdrawals after mid-term require ap- 
proval of the Graduate Dean. 

WF— withdrew failing. May be awarded byjj 
an instructor anytime that a student withdraws} 
from a course after the drop/add period; man-i 



I 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS W 



datory after midquarter except for hardship 
cases as stipulated above for grades of W 
I V— audit Use of this symbol IS subject to the 
[discretion of the individual graduate depart- 
«ments. and the departments may require that a 
istudent receive the permission of the instruc- 
tor to audit a course prior to registering for the 
'course f^oreover. an auditing student must 
pay the usual tees, must register for the 
course, and may not transfer from audit to 
credit status (or vice versa) 
I S and U — satisfactory and unsatisfactory: 
see above Specific courses receiving these 
grades are identified in departmental course 
listings Comprehensive examinations are 
given these grades also 

K— credit by examination Use of this sym- 
bol IS subject to the discretion of the individual 
graduate departments 

Students expecting to receive grades of V or 
K must insure that they are enrolled in an 
appropriate course or activity for which V or K 
grades are awarded by the appropriate depart- 
ment If this catalog does not show in the 
departmental entries that the given depart- 
ments have authorized the use of V or K, then a 
student expecting to receive a V in a course 
should obtain written verification from the 
appropriate instructor prior to registering for 
the course that V will be awarded. 
I Grade point averages are calculated on all 
.graduate work attempted, and no credits with a 
grade below C may apply toward a degree. 

Course Eligibility 

Courses numbered 500 through 699 are 
open to qualified Undergraduate seniors, with 
approval of their respective department heads, 
and to graduate students. In such courses, the 
quantity and quality of the work required of the 
graduate students will be on the same level as 
that required in those courses offered exclu- 
sively for graduate students. Courses num- 
bered 700 and above are open only to gradu- 
ate students. Candidates for degrees must 
take at least fifty percent of their courses at the 
700 level. 

Academic Probation and 
Standing 

Any student who falls below a 3.0 (B) aver- 
age shall be on academic probation. 

Any student in a degree program on Regular 
Admission status who does not achieve a 3.0 



graduate cumulative GPA after completing 25 
or more graduate hours shall be placed on 
Academic Probation and must achieve a 30 
graduate GPA in order to return to Regular 
Admission status Any student on Academic 
Probation who earns less than a B in any 
course or who accumulates 75 hours while on 
Academic Probation shall be dropped as a 
degree seeking student and shall be placed on 
permanent non-degree status 

Any student on Provisional Admission sta- 
tus who does not achieve a 30 graduate 
cumulative GPA upon completing 25 graduate 
hours shall be dropped as a degree seeking 
student and shall be placed on permanent 
non-degree status 

Any student on Post Baccalaureate status 
who does not achieve a 3 graduate cumula- 
tive GPA shall be placed on Academic Proba- 
tion. 

Any student whose graduate cumulative 
GPA falls below 2 5 after completing 25 or 
more hours shall be prohibited from taking 
further graduate work 

Course Load & Limitation 

A full-time graduate student is defined as 
one who is registered for 1 or more graduate 
credit hours. 

A graduate student may not carry more than 
15 hours per quarter Exceptions must be 
approved in writing by the advisor Students on 
academic probation or on Provisional Admis- 
sions status should carefully plan their course 
loads in consultation with their advisors. 

Withdrawing; Dropping, 
Adding Courses 

Withdrawal is, in the technical sense, drop- 
ping all courses and processing a formal with- 
drawal from the College. A student may with- 
draw from school (or drop a single course) at 
any time during the quarter. Only by formally 
Withdrawing, however, can a student become 
eligible for the refund of fees as explained in 
the section on fees. The student bears the 
responsibility of contacting the graduate office 
to effect a withdrawal and of contacting his 
professor(s) to determine what grade(s) will 
be assigned (W or WF). 

Dropping a course should be formalized 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking 
only one course, the drop is, technically, a 



182 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



withdrawal and should be treated as such. 

Adding a course may be accomplished 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. Courses may be 
added only during the late registration days at 
the beginning of the quarter and not at any 
other time during the quarter. The student 
must pay the appropriate fee for the additional 
course, unless a course equivalent in credit 
hours is being dropped simultaneously. 

Administrative With- 
drawals 

The College reserves the right to effect the 
withdrawal of any student at any time during a 
course of studies if the student does not meet 
financial obligations or the required standards 
of scholarship, or if he fails in any way to meet 
the standards of the Graduate Program. 

GATES Courses 

Armstrong State College participates in the 
Coastal Area Teacher Education Service, a 
consortium of area public school systems and 
institutions of the University System of Georgia 
offering graduate and undergraduate courses 
in teacher education. 

A student who wishes to apply GATES 
course credit to his degree program must 
obtain approval from his advisor to take a 
course for degree credit prior to taking the 
course. Without this prior approval, the course 
is subject to being treated as a transfer course, 
in which case, the Transfer of Graduate Cred- 
its policies and procedures described in the 
catalog will be followed. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code, published in the under- 
graduate section of this catalog, applies to 
graduate students as well as undergraduate 
students. All students, graduate and under- 
graduate, must agree to abide by the rules of 
the code 



Application 

An application fee of $1 0.00 is paid by each 
graduate student at the time of initial applica- 
tion for admission. This fee is not required of 
former students from either Armstrong State 
College or Savannah State College. The accep- 
tance of the application fee does not constitute 
acceptance of the student into the graduate 
program. This fee, which is paid at Armstrong 
State College, is not refundable. 

Matriculation Fee 

The Matriculation Fee for students register- 
ing on campus for the normal course load of 
fifteen hours is $284.00. Students carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in a 
quarter will pay at the rate of $24.00 per quarter 
hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who regis- 
ter for off-campus credit hours will pay at the 
rate of $29.00 per credit hour. Matriculation 
fees are waived for residents of Georgia upon 
presentation of written documentation thai 
they are 62 years of age or older. 

Out-of-state Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee ol 
$569.00 per quarter in addition to all regular 
fees. Students carrying fewer than 12 credi! 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents 
of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate o1 
$47.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee ir 
addition to regular fees. Students who registei 
for off-campus credit courses will pay at the 
rate of $47.00 per quarter hour Out-of-State 
Fee in addition to regular fees. Out-of-State 
Fee in addition to all regular fees. Out-of-State 
tuition fees are waived for active duty military 
personnel and their dependents stationed ir 
Georgia and on active duty, except militan 
personnel assigned to this institution for edu 
cational purposes. 

Residency Requirements 

The University System of Georgia residencj 
requirements as they pertain to undergraduati 
and graduate students are published in thl^ 
undergraduate section of this catalog. Pleasd 
consult the index for the proper reference. I 



GRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



183 



Student Activity 

Mhletic 

Late Registration 

Graduation 

rranscrlpt 

All preceding fee categories listed are the 
same for graduate studerits as they are for 
jndergraduate students Please consult the 
ndex for the proper references. 



Refunds 

Financial Obligations 

Notice of Fee Changes 

All preceding policy categories listed are the 
same for graduate students as they are for 
undergraduate students. Please consult the 
index for proper references. 



^ 



Financial Aid 

Students are invited to contact the Office of 
Financial Aid at the College for information on 
federal and state programs of financial assist- 
ance to college students. 



Veterans Benefits 

Information of interest to veterans can be 
obtained by writing or calling the Office of 
Veterans Affairs at Armstrong State College. 

Once accepted into the graduate program, 
a veteran should contact the Veterans' Office 
for processing instructions. Since processing 
time varies, a first quarter student should 
expect a four to six week delay in receiving the 
first benefit check. First quarter student veter- 
ans should consider this delay when making 
financial arrangements to attend school. 

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten quarter 
hours is considered to be a full load. A load of 
five graduate quarter hours entitles the gradu- 
ate student to half-time benefits. 



DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 



Time Limitation 

Students working toward a masters degree 
must complete all requirements for the degree 
within a period of not more than six years from 
the date of first enrollment Extension of time 
may be granted upon recommendation of the 
student's major department, but only in cases 
of unusual circumstances. 

Course and Residence 
Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
quarter hours of graduate credit, thirty of which 
must be earned in residence, is necessary for 
all masters degrees. Courses to be counted for 
a degree may be accumulated on a full-time or 
part-time basis. No credits with grades below 
"C" may count toward a degree. At least fifty 
percent of the courses for a degree must be at 
the 700 level or above. 

Students should note that the sixty-hour 
requirement is a minimum requirement Degree 
students with academic weaknesses should 
recognize that they may havetocomplete more 
than sixty hours tofulfill all curriculum require- 
ments and comply with all academic regula- 
tions. 

Degree Candidacy 

Upon successful completion of twenty-five 
quarter hours of graduate work taken in resi- 
dence and at least one quarter priorto making 
application for the degree, the student is 
required to file an application for admission to 
candidacy. The student will submit the com- 
pleted application to his advisor. Application 
forms are available in the appropriate Dean's 
or departmental offices. 

Approval of the application will be based 
upon verification that the student: 

1. has been admitted to full graduate status 
(i.e.. Regular Admission). 

2. has maintained a minimum of a "B" aver- 
age in all work attempted. 

3. has met any other requirements stipulated 
for his degree program. 



I 



184 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Application for the Degree 

At the time specified on the academic 
calendar, the student must file an application 
for the master's degree with the appropriate 
major department. Note that the application for 
the degree must be preceded by the applica- 
tion for candidacy by at least one quarter. 
Application forms are available in the appro- 
priate Dean's or department offices. 

General Requirements for 
the Master's Degree 

General requirements for obtaining a mas- 
ter's degree follows: 

1 . Admission to full graduate status, i.e., Regu- 
lar Admission. 

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree. 

3. Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
hours of approved graduate level work. 

4. Maintenance of a 3.00 GPA. 

5. Satisfactory completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination or thesis or both. 

6. Completion of an application for the degree 
at the time specified. 

For the MEd degree, the following require- 
ment applies: 

1 . Satisfactory completion of certification re- 
quirements. (Some MEd programs have 
options for no certification). 

MEd Certification Programs 

Although some MEd degree programs have 
an option for no certification, generally these 
degrees are designed to comply with the 
requirements for teacher certification at the 
fifth year level in the various areas of speciali- 
zation. The degree ordinarily is granted only to 
students who qualify for T-5 certification (or 
equivalent certification for other states), which 
in turn entails meeting T-4 certification require- 
ments (Georgia). Students who use graduate 
credits to meet T-4 certification requirements 
may be required to take graduate courses 
beyond the 60 hours required for the M.Ed, 
degree in order to meet T-5 certification require- 
ments. Since the M.Ed, program requires 60 
hours, which is 1 5 more than the 45 minimum 
required for the T-5 by the State Education 
Department, 1 5 of the 60 graduate hours may 
be used to fulfill T-4 certification requirements. 
However, none of the 15 hours so used can 
then be applied toward meeting the 45 hours 
specified for the T-5. 

Detailed information concerning programs 



and procdures relating to graduate teacher 
certification may be obtained from Education 
Offices. 

MEd Non-Certification 
Programs 

Building on the basic, academic structure of 
the typical MEd degree programs, departments 
may offer MEd programs without applying all of 
the stipulations for certification programs. The 
curriculum essentials of a non-certification 
degree program are: 

1 . At least fifteen hours of education course 
work. 

2. At least twenty-five hours of major area 
course work. 

Such programs do not meet certification 
requirements by the State of Georgia. 

Thirty Hour Plan for a 
Second MEd Degree 

Students who have already earned a mas- 
ter's degree can, under certain circumstan- 
ces, earn a second master's degree in the 
Graduate Program by completing as few as 30 
quarter hours of graduate work in residence. 
Essential elements of the second master's 
degree plan are: 

1 . All general requirements (e.g.. Regular Ad- 
mission status, adherence to general aca- 
demic regulations, "B" average, compre- 
hensive examination, etc.) and all specific 
curricular requirements (i.e., departmental 
prerequisitesforcourses, specific courses 
etc.) currently applicable to a master's 
degree will apply to the second degree 
sought, except as explicitly noted as follows 

2. For the Second master's degree: 

A. The student must take at least 30 quar- 
ter hours in residence additional to course 
work that was used in fulfilling require- 
ments for a previous master's degree 
Additional hours may be necessary ir 
order to fulfill curricular requirements o 
for such purposes as teacher certifica 
tion in programs designed as Approvec 
Programs for Georgia State Certification 

B. The 30 (or more) hours in residence 
must meet existing requirements or 
recency of credit. For the other hours 
(hours applied to both the first degree 
and to the second degree), fifteen hour; 
will have no age limit, but the remaining 
hours must be no more than twelvi 



GRADUATE BIOLOGY 



185 



years old when requirements for the 
second masters degree are completed 
C A curriculum plan tor a second degree 
that IS consistent with existing catalog 
plans must be prepared by a department 
head or by a graduate advisor with his or 
her department heads endorsement A 
copy of this plan will be sent to the Office 
of the Dean of the School of Education 
and will be given to the student For this 
purpose, current advisement forms, with 
appropriate modifications may be used. 
The plan must show the 30 (or more) 
hours to be taken in residence and the 
previous graduate hours that are to 
apply to the second degree. 

School of Arts and 
Sciences 

Adams, Joseph, Dean 



Biology 

Faculty 

Gottfreid, Brad, Department Head 
Beumer, Ronald 
Guillou. Laurent 
Pingel. Allen 
Thorne, Francis 

The biology MEd program has been deacti- 
vated, but the department continues to present 
limited graduate course offerings. Students 
should check with the biology department for 
complete information on course offerings. 

OFFERINGS 
Biology Offerings 

BIO 610— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites; Complete sequence in Organ- 
ic Chemistry and five hours of Physiology. 

A consideration of the functional relation- 
ships between microscopic anatomy and cell 
chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabo- 
lism, and growth. 

BIO 640— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in 
biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and 
nuclei, growth, differentiation, and reproduc- 
tion. 



BIO 650— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite At least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in upper division biology (botany or zoology) 
courses 

Modern concepts in organic; evolution 

BIO 680— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites Three upper division courses 
in biology (botany or zoology) 

A survey of the principles of ecology and 
their application to the welfare of man, coordi- 
nated with a study of populations and com- 
munities in the field. 

Botany Offerings 

BOT 610— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BOT 203 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

A survey of physiological processes occur- 
ring in plants and the conditions which affect 
these processes' 

BOT 625— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) ^ 

Prerequisite: BOT 203 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction. 
and evolutionary relationships. 

BOT 701— Plant Diversity I: Non- 
vascular Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours 
credit in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the -^ 
algae, fungi, mosses, and liverworts, including 
identification of common species, field and 
laboratory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT 702— Plant Diversity II: Vascular 
Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours 
credit in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
primitive vascular plants, ferns, gymnosperms, 
and angiosperms, including field and labora- 
tory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT/EDN 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for the general 
science major. 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with princi- 
ples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 

Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 525— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the structure, body functions, 
interrelations, and natural history of the major 



186 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



invertebrate groups 

ZOO 556— Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 610— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

An introduction to the general physiological 
processes of vertebrates. 

ZOO 625— Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 325 or permission of 
instructor and department head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic 
distribution of marine invertebrates as exem- 
plified by collections from the southeastern 
coastal region. 

ZOO 629— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 41 and one other senior 
division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their 
control of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 635— Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic 
Chemistry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions or organ systems involved in the 
maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro 
reactions of tissues and systems under labora- 
tory conditions. 

ZOO 710— Applied Human Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus a 
course in human, general, or vertebrate physi- 
ology, and organic or biological chemistry. 

A consideration of human physiological 
responses to normal and abnormal stressors 
of the external and internal environment, includ- 
ing local and systemic adaptations to stres- 
sors. Specific malfunctions and adjustments 
will be treated where feasible and appropriate. 

Laboratory sessions will feature the empiri- 
cal demonstration of physiologic concepts 
andtheirapplicationsto human function, large- 
ly through controlled experimentation. 

The lecture may be taken in conjunction 
with Nursing 605 lab for credit in Nursing 605. 
That lab will share some common sessions 
with ZOO 710. 



ZOO 721— Animal Diversity I: Invertebrates 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours 
credit in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relation- 
ships of the major invertebrate phyla. (Not 
open to students with credits in invertebrate 
zoology). 

ZOO 722— Animal Diversity II: Vertebrates 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours 
credit in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relation- 
ships of the vertebrates, with emphasis or 
amphibious and terrestrial forms. 

ZOO 731— Ecological Associations (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours 
credit in junior-senior level courses in biology 

Environmental relationships among and be- 
tween groups of organisms and their environ- 
ments. 

ZOO/EDN 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for general sci- 
ence majors. 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi- 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of 
life processes in the animal kingdom. 

Courses at Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the 
Marine Science Center on Skidaway Island 
and are open to both graduate and undergrad- 
uate students. These courses are cooperative- 
ly sponsored by Armstrong State College 
Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia State 
University, Georgia Southern College, and the 
University of Georgia. 

BIO 630— Estuarine Ecology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: CHE 
128, 129; ZOO 204; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; or permission oi 
instructor. MAT 104 recommended. i 

The evolution and development of estuar- 
ies, substrates, physical processes, communi- 
ties, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynam- 
ics and analysis. The study area will include 
the estuarine complex of the Carolinian prov 
ince as exemplified along the coast of Georgia 

ZOO 605— Ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: ZOC 
204 and one course in zoology numbered 30C 
or above, or permission of instructor. 



GRADUATE CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 187 



The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and 
evolution of fishes with special reference to 
the fishes of eastern North America 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris. Henry. Department Head 
Brewer. John 
Robbins, Paul 
Stratton. Cedric 
Whiten, Morris 



'The chemistry MEd program has been de- 
activated, but the department continues to 
offer limited graduate course offerings. Stu- 
dents should check with the chemistry depart- 
ment for complete information on course offer- 
ings 

OFFERINGS 
Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 501— Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry. This course is 
not recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHE 541-542— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

These courses include the study of aliphat- 
ics. aromatic hydrocarbons and their deriva- 
tives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynu- 
clear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are 
emphasized in terms of modern theory. 

CHE 543— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A continuation of the organic chemistry 
sequence 541. 542. This course completes 
the fundamental study of organic chemistry 
with a consideration of carbohydrates, amino 
acids, and heterocyclics with their related 
compounds. 

CHE 580— Quantitative Instrumental 
(2-9-5) 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, 
volumetric, spectrophotometric, and electro- 
metric methods of analysis. The laboratory will 
provide practice in techniques and application 
of these principles. 

CHE 600— Introduction to Chemical 
Research (2-0-2) 

This course outlines systematic methods of 
literature research and preparation research 
outlines from reference to original articles. 



CHE 622— Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Modern theory of structures and bonding, 
acid-base theories, and properties of some 
rare elements and unusual compounds will be 
detailed The latter includes nonstoichiometnc 
compounds, rare gas compounds, and coor- 
dination complexes 

CHE 641— Organic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Basic organic chemistry to include struc- 
tures, reactions, and reaction mechanisms 

CHE 651— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

The development of science surveyed from 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of ideas, men who made sig- 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemical 
theories and the modern social implications of 
science. 

CHE 661— Biochemistry I (4-0-4) 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular 
constituents and cellular metabolism. Subject 
topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, 
enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic 
carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, 
the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phos- 
phorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 662— Biochemistry II (4-0-4) 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and 
nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosyn- 
thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 663— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A study of the principles of chemistry ap- 
plied in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to 
include instrumentation and microtechniques 

CHE 681— Advanced Instrumental I (1-3-2) 

A study of electrometric methods of analy- 
sis. Topic subjects will include potentiometric. 
coulometric.and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 682— Advanced Instrumental II 
(1-3-2) 

A study of spectrophotometric and chroma- 
tographic methods analysis. Topic subjects 
will include visible and ultraviolet, spectros- 
copy, gas-liquid chromatography, high per- 
formance liquid chromatography, flame emis- 
sion and atomic absorption spectroscopy. 

CHE 683— Advanced Instrumental III 
(1-3-2) 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 



188 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 691-692-693— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Fundamental principles of physical chemis- 
try including the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
tions. These courses will also cover a study of 
chemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, elec- 
trochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics 
and nuclear chemistry. 

CHE 721— Chemistry for High School 
Teachers (4-3-5) 

This course covers CHEM study material 
and also Chemical Bonding. Approach mate- 
rial for high school teachers. 

CHE 731— Development of Chemical 
Theories (3-0-3) 

A study of the basic principles upon which 
well known chemical theories are founded. 
Topics such as the kinetic molecular theory, 
chemical equilibria, and spectroscopy will be 
discussed. 

CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac- 
tical application at the elementary school 
level. 

CHE 798— Seminar (2-0-2) 

Discussion of selected topics. 

Physical Science Offerings 

AST 601— Astronomy for Teachers (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include the solar system, 
stellar evolution, stars and star systems, and 
methods in astronomy. 

GEL 601— Geology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geology. 
Topic subjects will include a geologic history, 
plate tectonics, and identification of minerals 
and rocks. 

MET 601— Meteorology for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather, and 
climate. 

OCE 601— Oceanography for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include origin and struc- 
ture of ocean floors, tides and currents, chem- 
ical and physical properties of sea water, and 
applications of oceanographic research. 

PHS 795— Earth Science for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the compositions of earth, classifi- 



cation and identification of rocks and minerals 
in a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- 
tary age chidlren. 

PHS 701— Principles of Astronomy, Geol- 
ogy and Meteorology (5-0-5) 

A study of unifying principles associated 
with the disciplines of astronomy, geology and 
meteorology. Emphasis will be placed on mate- 
rials, demonstrations and testing associated 
with the physical sciences. 

Physics Offerings 

PHY 602— Physics for Secondary School 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of physics appro- 
priate for teachers of physics and physical 
science. National curricula such as the Har- 
vard Project Physics and PSSC will be studied. 

PHY 603— Physics Laboratory for Science 
Teachers (3-4-5) 

A study of the theory and practice of selected 
laboratory exercises and demonstrations. 

PHY 612— Electronic Measurements 
(3-6-5) 

Introduction to circuit theory and digital/ an- 
alog electronics dealing with measurements, 
control concepts, and instruments. 

Course at Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine 
Science Center on Skidaway Island and is 
open to both graduate and undergraduate stu- 
dents. This course is cooperatively spon- 
sored by Armstrong State College, Georgia 
Institute of Technology, Georgia State Univer- 
sity, Georgia Southern College, and the Uni- 
versity of Georgia. 

OCE 630- -Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: General Chemistry and Gen- 
eral Biology. Offered Summers. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
logical sciences which are marine oriented as 
applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of 
field data stressed utilizing vessels and equip- 
ment of the Skidaway Institute of Ocean- 
ography. 



GRADUATE CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



189 



rriminal Justice 

iculty 

egathlin, William. Department Head 
agnus, Robert, Program Director 
enzel. George 
urphy, Dennis 



bjectives 

The Department of Criminal Justice offers a 
ogram of study leading to the degree Master 
Science. The objectives of the program are: 
To provide graduate-level education for 
professional criminal justice policy-makers 
and policy-makers in related fields in order 
to stimulate professionalization within the 
criminal justice system. 
To produce scholars better prepared than 
those currently available to meet the chal- 
lenges of the future in research and teach- 
ing. 

dvisement 

Shortly after admission each student will be 
>signed an advisor. The student should meet 
th the advisor as soon as possible after 
jmission to establish an approved program 
study. 

ansfer of Courses 

Students should note carefully the general 
jction on transfer of Graduate Credits ap- 
janng in the Academic Regulations of this 
atalog. The Criminal Justice Program will 
)rmally accept two courses (1 quarter hours, 
semester hours) for transfer credit. 

Bgree Requirements 

The degree MS in criminal justice requires 
e completion of 60 quarter hours of approved 
)ursework. The student will have the option of 
ther writing a thesis or doing a field practicum 
; part of the program of study. 

omprehensive Examination 

Each non-thesis candidate for the degree 
S in criminal justice must pass a written 
)mprehensive examination. An oral examina- 
)n may also be scheduled. For specific infor- 
ation on the written and oral comprehensive 
:aminations students should contact their 
Ivisor. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE) 

Hours 

A. Required Courses 30 

CJ 700, 701 , 702, 703, 705 and 71 6 

B. Required Options 10 

Either CJ 790 and 791 , or CJ 795 

C. Electives from the following 20 

(Not more than two courses 
outside of CJ. Dual-listed cours- 
es, e.g., POS/PA 403 and PCS/ 
PA 603 — Public Policy Devel- 
opment, can be used as credit 
towards the degree only if the 
same courses were not taken 
at the undergraduate level.) 
CJ 704, 706, 709, 710, 712, 
721,722,723, or 724 
POS/PA 601, 603, 618 or 704 
POS615or705 



TOTAL 



60 



OFFERINGS 

CJ 700— Seminar in Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of the criminal justice process 
from prevention and arrest to release after 
incarceration. The philosophies, practices, and 
procedures of agencies responsible for the 
administration of justice are viewed and ana- 
lyzed. 

CJ 701— Advanced Research Methods in 
Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Application of advanced research methods 
to problems in the criminal justice system. 

CJ 702— Criminal Justice Planning and 
Innovation (5-0-5) 

Introduction to planning techniques and 
their impact on criminal justice program devel- 
opment. Policy and decision-making proce- 
dures pertaining to affiliated agencies and 
organizations are analyzed. Planning involves 
identification of problem areas, diagnosing 
causation, formulating solutions, alternative 
strategies, and mobilizing resources needed 
to effect change 

CJ 703— Seminar in Crime Causation 
(5-0-5) 

Concentration with the individual offender is 



190 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



on the relationship of motives, attitudes, and 
abilities to participate in criminal activity With 
groups, consideration is given to peer influen- 
ces in the shaping and reinforcement of crimi- 
nal conduct 

CJ 704— Law and Social Control (5-0-5) 

Investigation of jurisprudential paradigms, 
societal norms and sanctions, and the opera- 
tional interaction among them. Topics to be 
examined include criminal and civil control 
mechanisms and purposes, historical and phil- 
osophical perspectives on power, authority 
and law in society, and alternative means of 
social control. 

CJ 705— Administration and Management 
for Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

New management and administrative require- 
ments of the criminal justice complex in transi- 
tion. Problems and innovative concepts of 
criminal justice system development, decision 
theory, information needs, planning and new 
managerial perspectives. 

CJ 706— Juvenile Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Assessment of the policies and practices of 
agencies involved in processing young per- 
sons through the juvenile court system. Atten- 
tion will be paid tothe intake procedures of the 
juvenile court; the adjudicational and disposi- 
tional procedures of the juvenile court. 

CJ 709— Police Problems and Practices 
(5-0-5) 

Major current issues of police administra- 
tion including theory in policing, police produc- 
tivity, and policy making. Special attention will 
be afforded police-society relationships as 
they relate to police misconduct, labor union 
issues, and minorities. 

CJ 710— Institutional Incarceration and 
Treatment (5-0-5) 

Theory, purposes, and practices of correc- 
tional institutions. Problems in control and 
treatment will be explored. 

CJ 712— Seminar In Community Treatment 
and Services (5-0-5) 

An analysis of probation and other aiterna- 
tivesto incarceration in the community setting, 
and of the feasibility and effectiveness of 
treatment of individuals under sentence in the 
community. 

CJ 716— Criminal Process (5-0-5) 

Intensive examination of criminal adjudica- 



tion, from initial appearance through post- 
conviction appeals and collateral attacks, aj 
posited in the context of criminal justice policy 

C J 721 — ADP Applications In Criminal Jus- 
tice (5-0-5) 

An examination of the use of automated datj 
processing by criminal justice agencies fo 
administrative and operational purposes. Spe^ 
cial attention will be devoted to micro-proceS' 
sor applications. 

CJ 722— Selected Topics In Law and Courti 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard 
ing court management and the criminal judicia 
process will provide the basis for topic selec 
tion. 

CJ 723— Selected Topics In Policing (5-0-5] 

Contemporary problems and issues regard 
ing the law enforcement and policing functior 
will provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 724— Selected Topics In Correctiom 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard 
ing correctional strategies and managemen 
will provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 790 & 791— Field Practlcum (2-V-(1-5)) 

Planned program of research observation 
study and work in selected criminal justice 
agencies. 

CJ 795— Thesis (O-V-(I-IO)) 

Planned research and writing directed b 
the student's Thesis Committee. 



History and Political Science 

Faculty 

Warlick, Roger, Department Head 

Arens, Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Coyle, William 

Duncan, John 

Ealy, Steven 

Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

McCarthy, John 

Newman, John 

Patterson, Robert 

Pruden, George 

Rhee, Steve 

Stone, Janet 



GRADUATE HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



191 



Dbjectives 

The purpose of the graduate programs in 
History and Political Science is. first and fore- 
Tiost. to increase the academic and profes- 
sional skills, competence, and enthusiasm of 
secondary teachers in their special fields and 
n the social studies generally 

In the broadest sense, it is our goal to pro- 
vide continuing intellectual enrichment to 
Tiature adults of diverse interests, whose 
jesire for learning has not ceased and for 
^hom any degree marks but a stage in a con- 
inuing process of personal growth 

i^dvisement 

Shortly after admission to the program in 
either history or political science, each student 
hould contact the department head to secure 
in advisor As soon as notified of the assigned 
idvisor, the student should arrange for a con- 
erence and begin planning a degree program 
"ailure by the student to consult regularly with 
he advisor may greatly lengthen the time 
"lecessary to complete the program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
i\ one or more accredited institutions may. 
jnder certain circumstances, transfer a limited 
lumber of quarter hours of such credits to be 
applied toward the MEd degree programs in 
listory and political science. Such transfer of 
:redits is handled on an individual basis and 
requires the written approval of the student's 
Jdvisor and the Department Head. In any 
:ase. no more than ten hours credit will be 
:)onsidered for transfer into the major field. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Satisfactory performance on comprehen- 
sive examinations, both written and oral, will be 
equired of all degree candidates Candidates 
should notify their major professor and the 
Jepartment head of their readiness to be 
examined at the time they apply for the de- 
cree— i.e., no laterthan mid-term of their next- 
o-final quarter. At this time the department 
lead, in consultation with the student, will 
jetermine the examining committee of three 
acuity members, including the designated 
:hairman. Following the department head's 
eceiving of consent to serve from the commit- 
ee members, the candidate will then approach 
hem for requirements, including reading lists, 
3tc. The Committee Chairman in consultation 
/vith the committee members and candidate, 



Will determine the places, dates, and limes of 
the written examinations, and of the oral exam 
The examinations normally occur before mid- 
term of the student's final quarter, but never 
more than one quarter after course work for the 
degree has been completed 

The department head will notify the student 
regarding the result of the examinations The 
examination papers and/or comments of the 
examining committee will become part of the 
student's permanent file in the Department, 
and the student may request a conference 
with the major professor and advisors for the 
purpose of reviewing the examination papers 
In the event the candidate fails any part of the 
comprehensive examination the department 
reserves the right to require the student to take 
additional courses in areas of weakness, before 
re-examination 

A student may repeat the Comprehensive 
Examinations as many times as necessary to 
demonstrate the required level of competence. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN HISTORY (with T-5 certification) 

This program applies to students who already 
hold a T-4 Certificate in an appropriate field. 

Hours 

A. History Courses (including at least 

fifteen hours at the 700 level 30 

B Professional Education Courses .... 20 

1. EDN 721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 731,741, 771 15 

C. Approved Electives 1_0 

TOTAL 60 
Special Note: An appropriate course in 
Exceptional Children (e.g., EXC 622) must be 
taken if not taken previously). 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(with T-5 certification) 

This program applies to students who already 
hold a T-4 Certificate in an appropriate field 

Hours 

A. Political Science Courses, including 
at least fifteen hours at the 700 level 
and one course from each of the 

areas: 30 

1 . American government and 
public policy 



192 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. International relations and 
foreign policy 

3 Political Theory 

4 Comparative politics 

B. Professional Education Courses .... 20 

1 EDN 721 or 722 5 

2 EDN 731.741,771 15 

C. Approved Electives 1_0 

TOTAL 60 
Special Note: An appropriate course in 
Exceptional Children (e.g., EXC 622) must be 
taken if not taken previously). 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN HISTORY (with T-5 certifi- 
cation) 

This program applies to students who do not 
hold T-4 Certification. 

Hours 

A. History Courses (including at least 

1 5 hours at the 700 level) 30 

B. Professional Education Courses 40 

1. EDN 711, 722, 731, 741, 771 

plus one 25-30 

2. Student teaching or equivalent 
experience 10-15 

3. Electives _5 

TOTAL 70-80 
Special Note: The flexibility provided by the 
hours of "Approved Electives" normally makes 
it possible to meet the other program guide- 
lines within a 60-hour total. But, students 
should be aware, for example, that counting 
both graduate and undergraduate classwork, 
they are required to have a total of at least 30 
hours in their majors teaching area (i.e., Amer- 
ican or European History, or American Govern- 
ment in the case of Political Science majors). 
There may also be areas where undergradu- 
ate preparation was weak or unavailable, such 
as professional education, non-western tradi- 
tions, etc. Such problems can best be solved 
on an individual basis with the help of the 
faculty advisor. 

Students should be aware that regardless of 
their major, state certification criteria recom- 
mend that social studies teachers include in 
their program preparation in the following: 
American history and government, conflicting 
ideologies, the modern world. Western herit- 
age, and non-Western traditions. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(with T-5 certification) 

This program applies to students who do no 
hold T-4 Certification 

Hourt 

A. Political Science Courses (includ- 
ing at least 15 hours at the 700 
level) 39 

B. Professional Education Courses 4C 

1. EDN 711, 722, 731, 741, 771 

plus one 25-3C 

2. Student teaching or 

equivalent 10-15 

3. Electives _£ 

TOTAL 70-8C 
Special Note: The flexibility provided by th( 
hours of "Approved Electives" normally make: 
It possible to meet the other program guide 
lines within a 60-hour total. But. student! 
should be aware, for example, that countin( 
both graduate and undergraduate classwork 
they are required to have a total of at least 3( 
hours in their majors teaching area (i.e., Amer 
ican or European History, or American Govern 
ment in the case of Political Science majors] 
There may also be areas where undergradu 
ate preparation was weak or unavailable, suci 
as professional education, non-western tradi 
tions, etc. Such problems can best be solve^ 
on an individual basis with the help of th 
faculty advisor. 

Students should be aware that regardless o 
their major, state certification criteria recom 
mend that social studies teachers include ii 
their program preparation in the followinc" 
American history and government, conflictin' 
ideologies, the modern world. Western herit 
age. and non-Western traditions. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN HISTORY (without certification 

Hour 

A. History Courses (at least twenty 

hours at the 700 level) 4 

1 HIS 500 I 

2. At least one course from each | 
of the areas: I 

a. United States History 5-2* 

b. European History 5-2 

c Other (e.g.. Russian) 5-2 



GRADUATE HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



193 



3 With advisor approval ten of 
the hours in A-2 above may be 
in the political science area 
Combined graduate and under- 
graduate work in the area(s) of 
concentration (United States 
or European History) must to- 
tal 30 hours. 
B Professional Education Courses 15 

1 EDN 721 or 722 5 

2 EDN 621 or 771 5 

3 One course from: EDN 645, 651. 
711, 732. 797 5 

C Electives (with advisor approval) 5 

TOTAL 60 



»ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
FASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
^AJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
without certification) 

Hours 

A. Political Science Courses (at least 

i twenty hours at the 700 level) 40 

I 1 . American government 10 

' 2. International relations and 

\ foreign policy 10 

i 3. Political theory 10 

4 Comparative politics 10 

B Professional Education Courses 15 

1 EDN 721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 621 or 771 5 

[ 3. One course from: EDN 645. 651, 

711.732.797 5 

C. Electives (with advisor approval) _5 

TOTAL 60 



Unless an approved undergraduate political 
;cience methodology course has been taken, 
itudents must take POS 500. 



)FFERINGS 

In addition to any specifically noted course 
)rerequisites, there is the general prerequisite 
hat a student must have completed the equiv- 
Jlent of 1 5 hours of undergraduate work in 
listory or political science to become eligible 
3 take graduate work for credit toward the 
/laster of Education degrees in History or Polit- 
:al Science. 



History Offerings 
Broad Scope 

HIS 500— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Required of all History majors unless an 
equivalent course has been taken previously 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in 
local history 

HIS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Available each quarter Prerequisites at 
least 15 graduate hours in History, graduate 
GPA of 3.5 and approval by a departmental 
committee. 

An application may be obtained in the 
departmental office and should be submitted, 
with the signature of the faculty member who 
will supervise the independent study, during 
pre-registration period the quarter before the 
independent study will be taken Only one 
independent study may be credited toward the 
history concentration requirement 

United States History Offerings 

HIS 554— Studies in American Diplomacy 
to WW I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 251 or equivalent. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial times to World 
War I. 

HIS 555— Studies in American Diplomacy 
Since WW I (5-0-5) 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the 
present. 

HIS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of the United States. 
(Identical to POS 616). 

HIS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical to POS 61 7). 

HIS 621— American Architectural History 
(4-2-5) 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical. Eclec- 
tic and modern; slides from Historic American 
Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visit- 
ing speakers and field trips will be used. 



194 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 651— Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

A study of reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 670— Topics in Savannah History 
(5-0-5) 

A research seminar involving intensive ex- 
ploration of local history resources. 

HIS 671— Seminar in Georgia and Local 
History (5-0-5) 

An exposition of the principles and tech- 
niques of local history followed by an intensive 
investigation of selected aspects of the history 
of Savannah and Georgia using primary sourc- 
es and culminating in a research paper. Pre- 
requisites: HIS 470, 670, or permission of the 
instructor. 

HIS 696— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

A study of the writing of American history 
from colonial times to the present with empha- 
sis on the historical philosophies and interpre- 
tations of the major schools of thought as well 
as individual historians. 

HIS 752— Studies in American Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A reading and research course devoted to 
the examination of topics in the history of 
American thought. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 

HIS 777— Topics in 20th Century U.S. 
History (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. His- 
tory, the course emphasizes political, eco- 
nomic, and social issues. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 

European History Offerings 

HIS 540— English History, 1495-1660 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War. 

HIS 541— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies, and constitutional revolution of 1688, 
the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 
1 8th century, the American colonial revolt, and 
England's relationship to the French Revolu- 
tion. 



HIS 548— Europe In the Nineteenth Cen 
tury (5-0-5) 

A study of the most important social, politi 
cal, and intellectual directions of European his 
tory from the Congress of Vienna to the end c 
the nineteenth century. 

HIS 549— Absolutism and the Enlighten 
ment (5-0-5) 

The primary focus of this course is the socia 
and intellectual history of western Europe dur 
ing the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries 

HIS 550— Europe In the Twentieth Centur 
(5-0-5) 

A study of major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 611— Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5 

An examination of the 1 2th and 1 3th centur 
Crusade movement through the study of avail 
able primary source material. 

HIS 647— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime anc 
the Enlightenment in France, with emphasis or 
the impact of the French Revolution and tht 
career of Napoleon upon the major Europear 
nations. 

Readings on the French Revolution, wit^ 
special emphasison conflicting interpretations 
or research projects may be assigned. 

HIS 695— European Historiography (5-0-5 

A study of the writers of history in the West 
ern cultural tradition, with an emphasis on thi 
historical philosophies, interpretations, and prob 
lems raised by the major modern Europeai 
historians. 

HIS 745— The Ancient Regime (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Topics will alternate between the Age c 
Louis XIV and the Age of Enlightenment. Ma 
be repeated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 750— Topics in Modern Europe (5-0-5 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Topics will vary among such as the follov 
ing: the Revolutions of 1848, the World •' 
Napoleon III, Bismarck and Modern German 
World War I conflicts and Controversy. May t 
repeated for credit as topics vary. 

Russian, Asian, African, and Latin America 
History Offerings 

HIS 510— Latin America (5-0-5) 

An introductory course in Latin-AmeriCc 
history with consideration given to institutior 



GRADUATE HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 



195 



of the areas as well as events and personalities 

HIS 512— Topics In African History (5-0-5) 

A trealinenl ol selected topics in African 
Civilizations from ancient times, with major 
emphasis on development of the continent 
since 1800 

HIS 628— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

A detailed study of the impact of Western 
influence on the IVIuscovite state in the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuries 

HIS 631— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Permission of the instructor 
An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsar- 
ism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in 
the Russian Civil War 

HIS 635— History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

This course reviews historically the devel- 
opment of Soviet foreign policy toward West- 
ern European states, notably Germany, and 
also with the non-European world through 
1917-1 940, World War II, and Cold War phases. 
Special attention will be given in this last phase 
to US-Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with 
other communist states in Eastern Europe, 
China, and the Third World, and to the recent 
moves toward detente. 

HIS 721 —Topics in Modern East Asia (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Selected topics in the nineteenth and twen- 
tieth century international, political, economic, 
social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 
ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary. 

HIS 733— Topics in Modern Russian His- 
tory (5-0-5) 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century Russian intellectual, political, econo- 
mic, and social history. May be repeated as 
topic varies. 



Musuem and Preservation Studies 
Offerings 

MPS 601— Fieidwork in Historical Archae- 
logy (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field pro- 
ject. Excavation techniques, surveying and 



map making, data collecting and recording. 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
or archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings Course may be repeated for 
credit 

MPS 602— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall Prerequisite: permission of instructor or 
director 

The application of archaeological interpret- 
ative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-denved infor- 
mation. 

MPS 621— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic Ameri- 
can Building Survey: landscape architecture. 
Visiting speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 622— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of Indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as a perspective for the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation. 

Political Science and Public Administration 
Offerings 

POS 500— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Required for POS majors unless met by 
equivalent course. 

This course deals with the methods and 
techniques of research in the behavioral sci- 
ences. Emphasis will be placed on learning 
how to evaluate research 

POS 506— Local Government (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 



196 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



county, and other local governments in the 
United States. Special attention will be given to 
the city governments of Savannah, Ga.; Charles- 
ton, S.C; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse 
cities, such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, 
and Miami will also be compared in a more 
limited fashion and contrasted with Savannah, 
Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies exam- 
ined will include finance (raising and spending 
money), education, welfare, pollution, trans- 
portation, and law enforcement. 

POS 507— State Government (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States. Special 
attention will be given to the governments of 
Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina and to 
their role in the federal system. Policies exam- 
ined will include finance (raising and spending 
money), pollution, transportation, and law en- 
forcement. 

PCS 533— Contemporary Political Ideolo- 
gies (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A general survey and analysis of the impor- 
tant ideological currents of our time with select- 
ed in-depth readings from original sources. 

POS 546— Far Eastern Government and 
Politics (5-0-5) 

Description and comparative analysis of the 
political systems of Communist China and 
Japan. Special attention is given to historical 
development, political institutions and pro- 
cesses, political culture, political socialization, 
and contemporary problems. 

POS/PA 601 —The Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 
egies, and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It IS also concerned with critiques of the sev- 
eral types of budgets now in use together with 
an explanation of fiscal and monetary policies 
as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is con- 
cerned with the revenue systems in effect 
together with auditing and other controls exer- 
cised in the budgeting process. 

POS/PA 603— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Primarily concerned with a study of the theo- 
retical aspects of decision-making (i.e., ration- 
al/comprehensive model, "mixed-scanning" 



model, incremental model, group theory, elite 
theory, and game theory), political aspects of 
policy-making process, and mobilization of 
political support. Some attempt will be made to 
apply the general theory of public policy- 
making to specific settings of civil rights issues, 
welfare policy, urban problems, and national 
defense/foreign policy 

POS 611— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the 
Presidency, with the principal emphasis on the 
relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the Court system. Some atten- 
tion will be given to the evolution of the Presi 
cency to its present dominant position in th( 
American political process. 

POS 612— Political Parties (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the politics 
system. Relationship between party organiza- 
tion, electoral system, and the recruitment anc 
advancement of political leaders. 

POS 61 5— American Supreme Court (5-0-5] 

Analysis of the structure and functions of tht 
court, including examination of the Court a; 
policy maker. 

POS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expan 
sion of the Constitution of the United States 
(Identical with HIS 61 6). 

POS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel 
opment from the Reconstruction era to thi 
present day. (Identical to HIS 61 7). 

POS/PA 618— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

This course explores the framework of laV 
governing administrative agencies includinc 
administrative power and its control by th 
courts, the determination and enforcement ( 
administrative programs, discretion of admir 
istrative officials and their powers of surt' 
mary actions, hearings before administrativ 
boards, and the respective spheres of admir 
istrative and judicial responsibility. 

POS 624— Seminar, The Sino-Soviet Powc 
Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. [ 
Critical assessment of the early Sino-Sovi'. 
relations before and after the 1 91 7 Bolshev 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, ec< 
nomic, strategic, political, and ideological pe 



^^ADUATE LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 197 



(peclives The implications of this schism for 
he contemporary global security relations will 
>e critically examined Heavy emphasis on 
esearch and oral presentation by the student 

>0S 629— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

An analysis of U S foreign policy, and fac- 
fors, both domestic and foreign, contributing to 

ts formulation 

'OS 645— Comparative Economic Systems 
5-0-5) 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
)asic tenets of the major economic systems 
jeveloped in the 1 9th and 20th centuries The 
ole of government and politics will be exam- 
•ned, along with the contributions to economic 
md political thought of such men as Smith, 
^arx, Keynes, and Freidman. (Identical with 
ECO 645) 

>OS/PA 704— Topics In Public Administra- 
ion (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Permission of instructor. 
, Designed to probethe chief concepts, theo- 
'les. ideas, and models in Public Administration. 

*0S 705— Topics in State and Local 
government (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite; Permission of instructor. 

'OS 710— Topics in American 
3overnment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

'OS 720— Topics in International Relations 
:5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: undergraduate work in the field 
or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar course with specific titles an- 
nounced as offered. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 

'OS 721— Topics in Modern East Asia 
[5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century international, political, economic, 
social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 
ments in East Asia. f\/lay be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary. 

'OS 730— Readings in Political Theory 
[5- 0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

'OS 740— Seminar in Comparative 
'oiitics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
This course is primarily designed to give the 
students an overview of theories of compara- 



tive politics and political development It deals 
with various methodologies, concepts, and 
approaches that are being used in the analysis 
of comparative politics Cross-national com- 
parison of selected countries of Western 
Europe, Asia, fVliddle East, and Africa will be 
attempted 

POS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Offered to qualified students subject to the 
following conditions Prerequisites A minimum 
of 25 graduate hours, including at least 15 
hours in Political Science graduate courses 
An application may be obtained in the depart- 
mental office and should be submitted to the 
department by the mid-term preceding the 
quarter in which the independent study will 
begin Open to students with 3.5 GPA in Politi- 
cal Sciece graduate courses and at least 3.3 
overall GPA. Admission is by approval of a 
departmental committee. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Brooks, S. Kent 

Brown, Hugh 

Easterling, William 

Jones, James Land 

Killorin, Joseph 

Noble. David 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth. Lorie 



Objectives 

The Department of Languages, Literature 
and Dramatic Arts, in cooperation with the 
Department of Secondary and Special Educa- 
tion, offers two programs of study leading to the 
Masters of Education degree with concentra- 
tions in English, one a certifiable option and 
one a non-certifiable option. The objectives of 
the certifiable program of study are: 

1. To upgrade the teaching of secondary 
school English by increasing the compe- 
tencies of English teachers in the areas of 
linguistics, composition, and literature: 

2. To enable teachers of English in Secondary 



198 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



schoolsto pursue study that will enrich their 
skills, knowledge, and understanding in the 
teaching of language, composition, and 
literature. 

3. To provide opportunities for professional 
growth and cultural enrichment for individ- 
uals holding the bachelor's degree but hav- 
ing no further degree or certification objec- 
tives; 

4. To enable teachers of English in secondary 
schools to qualify for the T-5 certificate. 

The Department also offers a non-certifiable 
MEd degree with some adjusted objectives 
and requirements. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the program in 
English will be assigned an academic advisor 
from the Department and a professional advi- 
sorfrom the Department of Secondary Educa- 
tion. As soon as the student is notified of this 
assignment, a conference with each advisor 
should be arranged 

Comprehensive Examination 

Each candidate for the Master of Education 
degree with a concentration in English must 
pass a written comprehensive examination. 
The comprehensive examination will be based 
on the reading list in language and literature 
which the student must secure when he matric- 
ulates. The student may choose to be exam- 
ined under any reading list in force during the 
time of his enrollment. Copies of the reading 
list are available in the departmental office. For 
more specific information concerning the com- 
prehensive examination, contact the depart- 
ment head. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with T-5 certification) 

Hours 

A. English Courses 40 

1. ENG 620, 621,622 15 

2. Approved electives 25 

(A student may count no more 
than fifteen hours of 500 level 
work toward the degree. ENG 
600, 601 , 602, 700, and 790 may 
be retaken as the course is reof- 
fered with a different topic). 

B. Professional Education Courses .... 20 

1. EDN 721 or 722 5 

2 EDN 731; EDN 741, 771 1_5 

TOTAL 60 



Special Note: Because the courses m th( 
teaching of reading and in exceptional chil 
ren are required for certification, a studen 
must present at least one of these as part of hi: 
undergraduate record before he will be admit 
ted to candidacy for the MEd degree in Englisl 
or must present the equivalent graduate cours< 
in addition to the sixty hours normally requirec 
in the MEd program 

OFFERINGS 

Only graduate students may take 700 lev€ 
courses. All other courses are open to under 
graduate and graduate students. 

Drama/Speech and Drama/Speech— Film 
Offerings 

DRS/FLM 351/551— Film and Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to filr 
with emphasis on the differences of the medi 
in form, content, and perception. 

DRS 450-451-452/650-651-652— Summer 
Theater (5-15-5) 

English Offerings 

ENG 300/500— Early British Literature 
Through 1603(5-0-5) 

ENG 302/502— British Literature: 17th 
Century (5-0-5) 

ENG 304/504— British Literature: 1 660-1 80 
(5-0-5) 

ENG 305/505— 19th Century I: British 
Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 306/506— 19th Century II: British 
Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 307/507— 20th Century: British Poetr 
and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 308/508— American Literature to 1 83 
(5-0-5) 

ENG 309/509— American Literature: 
Emerson through Twain (5-0-5) 

ENG 310/510— American Literature: Natui 
alism to the Present (5-0-5) 

ENG 400/600— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 401/601— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

ENG 402/602— Special Author (5-0-5) 

ENG 605— Chaucer (5-0-5) 

ENG 606— Shakespeare (5-0-5) 



1^ 



G RADUATE LANQIMOlt. L ITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



199 



NG 607— Milton (5-0-5) 

NG 620/400— Practical Criticism I (5-0-5) 

The course explores how a leacher may use 
spectrum of critical approaches to illuminate 
orks of literature, expecially the epic, tragedy, 
Dmedy, and satire Works are taken from: 
Reading List for the M Ed Comprehensive 
xamination in English (Fall. 1 982) Pre-1 800." 
ith the intention of preparing students for this 
<amination 

NG 621/400— Practical CHticism II (5-0-5) 

The course explores primarily the applica- 
Dn of the formalist approach to the works of 
erature, concentrating on the lyric, the short 
ory. and the novel Works are taken from 
Reading List for the M Ed. Comprehensive 
Kamination in English (Fall. 1 982): Post-1 800," 
ith the intention of preparing students for this 
omination. 

NG 622/422— Approaches to Language 
1-0-5) 

A survey of the components of language 
udy as well as the various approaches to 
nguage, meaning, and syntax. Relationships 
stween the teacher's language study and 
assroom implementation of various facets of 
will be explored 

NG 662— Literature: Its intellectual 
ackgrounds (5-0-5) 

NG 666— Historical Linguistics (5-0-5) 

NG 485/685— American Dialects (5-0-5) 

NG 700— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

NG 701— Studies in British Literature: 
re 1660 (5-0-5) 

NG 702— Studies in British Literature: 
rth and 18th Century (5-0-5) 

NG 703— Studies in British Literature: 
Mh and 20th Century (5-0-5) 

NG 704— Studies in American Literature 
►-0-5) 

NG 705— Studies in Comparative 
iterature (5-0-5) 

NG 790— Independent Study or Seminar 
;-0-5) 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

Vacant. Department Head 
Cyphert. Daniel 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Micki Sue 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Munson. Richard 
Richters, Stephen 
Shipley, Charles 



Objectives 

The Department of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science, in cooperation with the School 
of Education, offers a program of study leading 
to the degree of Master of Education. The 
objectives of this program are: 
1 To enhance the academic and professional 

competence of mathematics teachers in 

secondary schools. 

2. To develop the skills, confidence, enthusi- 
asm, and understanding that such teachers 
need in order to meet the present scientific 
and technological challenges of modern 
society. 

3. To acquaint secondary mathematics teach- 
ers with the various major branches of 
mathematics which are relevant to modern 
secondary mathematics curricula. 

Advisement 

Shortly after being admitted to the MEd 
degree program in mathematics, each student 
will be assigned an advisor Upon notification 
of this assignment, the student should arrange 
for a conference and begin planning a degree 
program Failure by the student to consult regu- 
larly may greatly lengthen the time necessary 
to complete the program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who wish to transfer graduate 
credit for courses taken at other institutions 
should note the general limitations and proce- 
dures of this graduate catalog. Such transfer of 
credit is handled on an individual basis and 
requires the written approval of the student's 
advisor, the department head, and the appro- 
priate dean. 



200 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Comprehensive Examinations C. Approved Electives (graduate science 

During their final quarter, students are re- encouraged) _5 

quired to pass an oral comprehensive exami- TOTAL 60 

nation, covering the areas in which they have Special Note: The requirement for excep- 

had course work. Students exempting the cal- tional children (EXC 622) must be met either at 

cuius or geometry course will be expected to the graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting 

demonstrate proficiency in these areas on the this or any special need will require additional 

comprehensive examinations. Students should hours beyond the basic sixty 

notify their advisor and the department head, 

no later than midterm of their next-to-final OFFERINGS 
quarter, of their intention to take the compre- 
hensive examination dunng the following quar- All graduate MAT courses, with the excep- 
ter tion of 550, 592, and 593 require at least 
The committee administering this compre- twenty-five hours of college mathematics at or 
hensive examination will consist of three mem- beyond the level of calculus, including at least 
bers of the graduate faculty of the Department o^^ course in which writing of deductive proofs 
of Mathematics and Computer Science chosen 'S required. Additional prerequisites for some 
by the department head, and one member of courses appear with the course description, 
the graduate faculty of the School of Education MAT 536— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 
chosen by the Department of Secondary Edu- A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry, 
cation. The department head will notify the 

student of the proposed time, date, and place ^^T 546— MatKiematicai Modeling and 

of the examination, and the composition of the Optimization (4-0-4) 

committee. Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 

Students who fail the oral comprehensive matical models of problems m the social, life, 

examination may request to take a written and management sciences. Topics chosen 

comprehensive examination one time during ^rom linear programming, dynamic program- 

the same quarter. Passing the written exami- ming. scheduling theory, Markovchains. game 

nation will satisfy the comprehensive exami- theory, queuing theory, and inventory theory. 

nation requirement. Students who fail should MAT550— Principles of Computer Science 

contact their advisor to plan remedial action. (4-3-5) 

All comprehensive examinations beyond the Prerequisite: Ten hours of college math- 
first will be written examinations. Students may ematics. 

nottake written comprehensive examinations BASIC syntax, algorithms, flow diagrams, 

twice in consecutive quarters. debugging. Internal representation of data and 

instructions, elementary circuits. Programming 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF problems and applications for the mathemat- 

MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A ics teacher 

MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS ..at ceo ... • • a • • />. o ex 

(with T-5 certification) ^^T 553-Numer.cal Ana ys.s 4-3-5) 

^ ' Prerequisite: CS 1 1 or 1 46 or MAT 550. 

Hours Numerical error: polynomial interpolation; 

A. Mathematics Courses (not systems of linear equations: numerical inte- 
to include MAT 592) 35 gration and numerical solution of differential 

1 MAT 703 5 equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of de- 

2. MAT 536 or 630 (536 is required terminants; calculation of eigenvalues and 
if student has not taken Euclid- eigenvectors: boundary value problems. 

Q ^rl^n^^rTlVr^'r^'KAAr'^Q'^'''' ^ MAT 592-Modern Mathematics for 

3. One course from. MAT 593. _, ^ _ . /«. « ^v 
jga ygy c Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

4. Electives "(wim' adviso; , ^ study of the mathematK:s content to be 

consultation) 20 ^^^9^^ '^ ^^® elementary school, with empha- 

□ r^ , ^ , r-. / ' ' *A nn SIS on current methods using concrete mate- 

B. Professional Education Courses . . . . 20 , , , ^. , f ,, , ^.. 

rialsforteachingconcepts. skills. and problem 

2 EDN721or722 5 solving. (This course may not be counted as 

part of the 35 hour mathematics requirements). 



GRADUATE MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



201 



MAT 593— Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Problems of teaching traditional topics such 
I as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
ment (especially, in the metric system), and 
informal geometry Emphasis on incorporating 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
topics like probability and statistics, and with 
appropriate games and laboratory activities 
Students will become familiar with relevant 
literature by helping to construct a resource 
list 

MAT 606— Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

, Complex numbers; elementary functions 
■ transformations: the Cauchy theory: con- 
• al mapping: Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 616— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Divisibility and congruence, quadratic reci- 
procity: diophantine equations: number-theo- 
retic functions and their applications: selected 
advanced topics from algebraic and analytic 
number theory 

MAT 630— Transformation Geometry Via 
the Complex Numbers (5-0-5) 

Algebraic operations on the complex num- 
bers and their corresponding geometric inter- 
pretations: a characterization of isometnes of 
the complex plane as translations, rotations, 
reflections and guide reflections: a study of 
isometnes as groups: similarities: some clas- 
sic theorems. 

MAT 670— History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

A survey of the development of mathemat- 
ics from Its empirical beginnings to its present 
state 

MAT 703— Analysis: Calculus in the First 
Three Dimensions (5-0-5) 

A survey of the basic notions of differential 
and integral calculus for functions in dimen- 
sions one, two, and three. Development of the 
derivative as a linear operator. Special em- 
Dhasis on application and mathematical model- 
ng. Some knowledge of linear algebra is 
expected. 

MAT 720— Applied Probability (5-0-5) 

Review of elementary probability. Stochas- 
tic processes, Markov chains, game theory, 
and simulation. Several applications are devel- 
oped throughout the course. Some knowl- 
edge of elementary probability is expected. 



MAT 796— Problem Solving (5-0-5) 

Sharpening of problem solving skills, tech- 
niques for teaching problem solving, wide var- 
iety of problem solving strategies illustrated by 
problems, primarily using high school mathe- 
matics content 

MAT 797— Teaching of Algebra and 
Geometry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite A college geometry course 
(undergraduate or graduate) 

f\/lajor topics in algebra and geometry (such 
as functions, graphs, inequalities, proofs, con- 
structions) and the problems in teaching them 
Students will be expected to show mastery of 
the content and will make brief classroom 
presentations 

CS 596— Computer Literacy for Educators 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra. 

A study of the use of computers, with em- 
phasis on instructional use. Hardware compo- 
nents of computers, programming, software 
evaluation and the impact of computers on the 
curriculum. Hands-on experience with the use 
of commercial packages and the creation of 
instructional software. This course may not be 
counted toward the M.Ed, in Mathematics. 



SCHOOL OF 
EDUCATION 

Nash, Charles, Dean 

Business Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Coordinator 

Graduate Education Faculty, Armstrong State 

College 
Business Education Faculty, Savannah State 

College 



Advisement 

Upon adrriission to this program each stu- 
dent IS assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study. As soon as the student is 
notified of this arrangement a conference 
should be scheduled by the student. 



202 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Comprehensive Examination 

During the final quarter of residence a can- 
didate must pass a final comprehensive exam- 
ination in the field. The Business Education 
Coordinator shall notify the student, the Dean 
of the School of Education and the appropriate 
official at Savannah State College ten days 
prior to examination concerning the proposed 
place, date and time of examination and the 
composition of the committee. The Examining 
Committee's decision on the candidate's per- 
formance on the Comprehensive Examination 
will be reported as "pass" or "fail" to the Dean 
of the School of Education within three days 
after the examination. 

Students interested in enrolling in the fvI.Ed. 
in Business Education should contact Dr. 
Stokes. Head of the Secondary Education 
Department at Armstrong State College, or 
Drs. Harven or Lamb of the School of Business 
at Savannah State College. The Business 
Education Program is a cooperative program 
between Savannah State College and Arm- 
strong State College. Course descriptions for 
courses appropriate to this program are found 
in the Graduate Catalog of Armstrong State 
College and the Graduate Catalog of Savan- 
nah State College under the areas of Educa- 
tion and Business, respectively. 

Because of the cooperative nature of the 
Business Education program, students are 
encouraged to stay in close contact with their 
advisors. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at an accredited institution may transfer a 
limited number of credits to be applied toward 
the fVIEd degree in Business Education, Trans- 
fer of credit is handled on an individual basis. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Business Education Courses 30 

1 Core Courses 15 

BED 601, 603, 611 15 

2. Option Courses 15 

Select Option A or B 

a. Secretarial/ Information 

Processing 15 

1. BED 621 5 

2. BED 622 or 623 5 

3. BED elective 5 



b. Basic Business/ 

Accounting 15 

1 BED 631 5 

2. BED 622 or 623 5 

3 BED elective 5 

B. Professional Education Courses 2C 

1. EDN 721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 731,741,771 1 = 

C. Electives 1C 

Ten hours from business admin- 
istration, business education, 
or education to complement 
the student's program. An ap- 
propriate course in exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be 
taken if not taken previously. 

TOTAL 6C 

OFFERINGS 

The following courses are available at Savan- 
nah State College as a part of the cooperative 
Business Education Program. 

BED 601— Current Problems in Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the historical perspective or foun- 
dations of business education: current issues 
problems, trends; curriculum development. 

BED 603— Research Seminar in Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

Analysis of research in business education 

BED 611— Administration and Supervisior 
in Business Education (5-0-5) 

Procedures for the effective administratior 
and supervision of business education pro 
grams. 

BED 621— Vocational Development in 
Shorthand and Typewriting (5-0-5) 

Trends, methods, and procedures in tht^ 
teaching of shorthand and typewriting. 
BED 622— Improvement of Instruction in 
Information Processing (5-0-5) , 

The impact of concepts, practices, an( 
trends in word processing and reprographic; 
in a comprehensive business education pro 
gram. 

Prerequisite: OAD 340: Word Processini 
Concepts or equivalent background. 

BED 623— Improvement of Instruction 
in Business Data Processing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for T-4 certification i 
Business Data Processing. 

The impact of concepts, practices, an 
trends in data processing. 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 203 



lED 631— Improvement of Instruction In 
accounting and Basic Business Courses 
5-0-5) 

Methods, procedures, research, arid trends 
. ountmg and basic business instruction 

»ED 690— Research and Thesis (O-V-10) 

' -^ Identification and development of a 
irch topic in the student's area of interest 
with the approval of the Business Education 
graduate Faculty 

lED 700— Internship In Teaching (O-V-10) 

Internship teaching in vocational or second- 
ary schools for those with needs in this area. 



Ilementary Education 

-acuity 

Vard, Paul, Department Head 
\gykeum. Steve 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Cochran. John 
)andy. Evelyn 
.awson, Cornelia 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
ireas as stipulated by the Georgia State 
Department of Education. 
' By offering advanced preparation to those 
vho profesionally serve in schools, the depart- 
nents hope to aid in the development of 
eachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
Detence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) 
encouraging the student to do scholarly study 
n advanced professional, specialized and 
general education subject matter; (2) helping 
he student become acquainted with the most 
ecent research developments in child growth 
jnd development and the latest trends in cur- 
iculum; (3) deepening his appreciation for 
performance in scientific investigation and 
esearch; and (4) promoting personal and pro- 
essional maturity of the student that will be 
'eflected in his relationships as he goes about 
lis work in the community and in the field of 
education. 
Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is 
assigned an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 



conditions and specific requirements the slu 
dent must meet in order to complete the 
degree and certification objectives 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions lor transfer of credits are delin- 
eated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog Information on GATES 
courses transfer is published in the same 
section 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of 
the graduate program will administer an oral 
examination to all candidates for the Master's 
degree The chair of the examining committee 
will be the student's advisor The student and 
the advisor will select the other two members 
of the examining committee This committee 
will have at least one representative from one 
of the content areas on the student's degree 
plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date, time, and place for the exam- 
ination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate 
department head. 

The department head shall notify the Grad- 
uate Office concerning the proposed place, 
date and time of the examination, the composi- 
tion of the Committee, and the result of the 
examination, 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EARLY 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major ... 40 

1 . Content courses to cover three 
areas 25 

2. Major area requirements 15 

a. EEE727 5 

b. EEE747or757 5 

c. EEE 802 or Elementary 

option 5 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN721 orEDU 722 5 

2. EDU 731 , 771 and EDU 741 .... H 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: The requirement for excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must be met either at 
the graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting 
this or any special need will require additional 
hours beyond the basic sixty. 



204 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MIDDLE 
SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Several specialization programs are offered 
urider the aegis of the MEd degree in elemen- 
tary education. These specialized programs of 
study provide, in addition to the graduate major 
in middle school education which leads to T-5 
certification, opportunity for students to qualify 
for certain other kinds of certification. 

Graduate students majoring in middle school 
education must complete a minimum of sixty 
hours of approved courses in the following 
three areas: Professional Education Sequence, 
Specialized Courses, and Approved Electives. 

One course in reading must be taken if not 
taken previously as well as an appropriate 
course in exceptional children if not taken 
previously. 

The specialized content courses may be 
chosen from the following areas: art: music; 
foreign languages; health and physical educa- 
tion; language arts, including reading, litera- 
ture, speech, linguistics; mathematics and 
science; and the social studies. Educational 
background, types of teaching experience, 
specific needs, interests and the goals of stu- 
dents will be the determinants for staff advise- 
ment in student selection of content areas. 
Upon the basis of the foregoing factors, stu- 
dents may choose specialized coursesfrom at 
least three (including language arts) content 
areas. 

Hours 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major and 
Specialization 40 

1. Major field (content) courses 
in middle or elem. 

education 25-30 

2. Approved electives 10-15 

Elective courses are to be se- 
lected with advisement. For stu- 
dents not previously having a 
course in middle school educa- 
tion, EDN 650— The Middle 
School IS required. 
Certification Options: 
Compatible with Education pro- 
grams are certification options 

in the specialized areas which 
follow. Students desiring certi- 
fication in either option may 
take the required courses as 



they pursue the master s degree 
in their respective teaching 
fields. g 
a Supervising Teacher Ser- 
vices 15 

Specific electives include: EDN 
681,682,683 

b Reading 25 

Selected with advisement from 
the following courses. Other 
courses not listed may be iden- 
tified With advisement. Electives 
include: EDN 641, 645, 743, 
744. 753. 754. 
B. Professional Education Courses 2 

1. EDN 721 orEDU 722 5 

2. EDU 731.741,771 1_5 

Total 60 

OFFERINGS 

Special Note: Most of the following EDN 
courses are provided primarily— but not ex- 
clusively—by the Department of Elementary 
Education. Generally EDN and EEE courses 
are taught through the Department of Elemen- 
tary Education. EDU and EXC courses are 
generally taught through the Department of 
Secondary Education. 

EDN Offerings 

EDN 618— Literature for the Middle 
School Learner (5-0-5) 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offer- 
ings of literary value and of significance to age 
level of learners found in the middle school 
Relates literature to all areas of the middle 
school curriculum. 

EDN 621— Tests and Measurements (5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating 
pupil growth. 

EDN 632— Multicultural Education (5-0-5) 

Educational study as it relates to the Ameri- 
can multi-ethnic society. Particular emphasii 
on ethnic minorities. 

EDN 640— Teaching Language Arts in 
Elementary School (5-0-5) 

Exploration in the four broad areas of the 
language arts. Investigation of pertinent re- 
search of the past decade: opportunities foi 
enriching experiences with media. 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 205 



EDN 641— Methods of Teaching Reading 
(5-0-5) 

Basic principles of and methods underlying 
the elementary school reading program. 

EDN 642— Reading and Literature for 

Children (5-0-5) 

Designed to acquaint elementary teachers 
with the stimulating language environment of 
the Wide world of literature for children The 
literature approach of language learning seeks 
to assist the teacher in guiding children to 
become active, sensitive learners who explore, 
inquire, and discover. 

EDN 650— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of 
the middle school, characteristics of the mid- 
dle school learner, emphasis upon the nature 
and role of the middle school teacher and 
upon appropriate programs for the needs of 
middle school learners. 

EDN 681 — Directed and Evaluating Student 
Teaching (5-0-5) 

Information, skills and understanding re- 
quired for effective supervision of student 
teachers Selected teachers. 

EDN 682— Internship for Supervising 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving pub- 
lic school teachers, student teachers, college 
personnel. 

EDN 683— Seminar In Supervision (5-0-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDN 691— Science for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Opportunities for acquiring scientific knowl- 
edge and methodology appropriate for the 
elementary grades. 

EDN 702— Seminar in Education for Staff 
Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school 
system. Admission to the course must be 
approved by the student's advisor and by the 
department head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 



offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities Credit for this course may be 
approved for either content or elective work 
With a change in content, this course may be 
repeated for additional credit 

EDN 721— Advanced Studies in Human 
Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive view ot human growth 
and development with emphasis upon the 
recent literature in these fields 

EDN 741— Curriculum Planning (5-0-5) 

Treatment of curncular trends and issues. 
Emphasis upon criteria needed for curriculum 
planning and development. 

EDN 742— Seminar in Elementary Educa- 
tion (5-0-5) 

Opportunities to analyze issues, theories 
and practices in elementary education. 

EDN 743— Problems in Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Content based upon problems met in the 
teaching of reading and fundamental princi- 
ples and methodology of the reading process 

EDN 744— Diagnosing and Prescribing in 
the Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Designed to evaluate primary issues in dif- 
ferentiated instruction. Examination of tech- 
niques employed in diagnosing and prescrib- 
ing for reading difficulties. 

EDN 753— Remedial Reading Practicum 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 744. 

A study of the various methods and mate- 
rials utilizedto test andteach remedial readers 
The student will be required to tutor one poor 
reader. 

EDN 754— Organization and Supervision of 
the Reading Program (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 753 
Designed to provide an in-depth study of the 
roles of the reading specialist. 

EDN 762— Guidance in Elementary School 
(5-0-5) 

Application of the guidance point of view 
and guidance techniques to the elementary 
school classroom. Emphasis is upon the teach- 
er's role in cooperating with professional guid- 
ance workers. 



206 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN/ZOO 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi- 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of 
life processes in the animal kingdom 

EDN/BOT 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 

EDN/CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac- 
tical application at the elementary school 
level. 

EDN/PHS 795— Earth Science for Ele- 
mentary Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the composition of earth, classifica- 
tion and identification of rocks and minerals in 
a format appropriate for teachers of elementary- 
age children. 

EDN 796— Geography for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of instructional proce- 
dures and techniques in teaching geography in 
elementary grades. Selection, organization and 
presentation of structured facts of human 
environment, both cultural and physical. Em- 
phasis given to the conceptual approach in the 
analysis of space and regional interaction. 

EDN 797— Social Studies for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Investigation of newer approaches to social 
studies teaching. Emphasis on related skills as 
map and graph reading. Analysis of behavioral 
objectives for social studies teaching. 

EDN 800— Internship (0-V-V) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only). 

Students who hold teaching positions in 
school and/or clinic settings will be super- 
vised by college staff members for one aca- 
demic year. Supervisors will observe and hold 
conferences with each candidate. Students 
must complete one academic year to receive 
credit. 



Early Elementary Education (EEE) Offerings 

EEE 727— Child Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and 



problems of child development; observation, 
behavior patterns, child study. 

EEE 728— Movement Exploration and Motor 
Learning in Children (5-0-5) 

Emphasis on understandings, skills, and 
teaching techniques in movement education 
needed in the teaching of young children and 
pre-adolescents. 

EEE 737— Foundations of Early Childhood 
Education (5-0-5) 

Historical developments, philosophy and 
objectives of nursery schools, kindergartens, 
and day care centers; exploration of teacher- 
child and teacher-family interactions, diagno- 
sis and evaluation of children. 

EEE 738— The Young Child and His Family, 
School, Community (5-0-5) 

Interaction with community for services and 
resources. Family study from many different 
angles, utilizing data from various fields, devel- 
oping skills in procedures and techniques for 
working with parents. 

EEE 747— Early Elementary Education 
Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Content, approaches, methods and mate- 
rials appropriate for young children as present- 
ed in interdisciplinary or experience approach 
emphasizing how language arts, science, math- 
ematics, social studies, and the creative arts 
are adapted to skills and needs of children. 

EEE 757— Early Elementary Instructional 
Strategies/ Methods (5-0-5) 

Review of research and programs; teaching 
strategies for children under ten. Implications 
for program development. Developing skills 
involved in translating concepts into class- 
room practice. 

EEE 758— Creative Activities in Art, Music, 
Dance and Drama (5-0-5) 

Focus on activities in the four designated 
areas, utilization of interdisciplinary approach. 

EEE 802— Practicum in Early Elementary 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only). 

Supervised experience with young children, 
level dependent upon prior experiences of 
student. Seminars, projects and research 
planned according to students' needs. 



GRADUATE PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



207 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims, Roy, Department Head 
Burgess. Clifford 
Cochran, John 
Newberry. Lloyd 
Stokes, William 
Tapp, Lawrence 
Ward. Paul 



Objectives 

The Graduate study in physical education is 
designed to strengthen and extend the stu- 
dent's knowledge of history, principles and phi- 
losophy of physical education. In addition, it 
will include in-depth study in physiology of 
exercise, movement exploration, sports psy- 
chology, and kinesio-therapy The program 
will provide opportunities for students to develop 
an understanding of the application of these 
sciences and areas of knowledge to the growth 
and development of atypical as well as typical 
children 

The primary emphasis at the master's level 
will be the preparation of better teachers and 
will include meaningful laboratory and appro- 
priate field experiences. Attention will be given 
to the developmental phases of graduate pro- 
grams for appropriate consideration and em- 
phasis on physical education at the early 
childhood, elementary, junior high and second- 
ary school levels. 
The graduate program will: 
-Contribute to the continual development of 
the community's educational opportunities. 
-Advance the student's technical and ana- 
lytical skills of mechanical analysis and 
motor learning through advanced program 
work and study. 

-Provide an opportunity for the advanced 
study of the physiological functions of the 
human body. 

-Provide for advanced educational skills in 
the methods of planning, teaching methods, 
curriculum development and research tech- 
niques. 

-Provide opportunities for the advancement 
of knowledge in analytical and technical 
skills of movement. 

-Provide an opportunity for continuous pro- 
fessional growth and competency, for ex- 



panding professional and cultural back 
grounds and for extending knowledge and 
understanding in an area of specialty 
-Provide an opportunity for personal growth 
and development through group interaction 
and cooperative research studies and 
methods 

Advisement 

Upon admission to the program each stu- 
dent IS assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study As soon as the student is 
notified of this assignment a conference should 
be scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

A committee of the faculty of the graduate 
program will administer a comprehensive exam- 
ination to candidates for the Master's degree 
The student's advisor will be the chair of the 
examining committee. This chair, in consulta- 
tion with the student, will select the date, time, 
and place for the examination and will report 
this information and the examination results to 
the appropriate college officials 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER IN EDUCATION IN PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Required Education Courses 20 

1. EDU 722,731 10 

2. EDU 741,771 10 

B. Required Physical Education 
Courses 20 

1. PE 700, 760 8 

2. PE 770, 780,800 12 

C. Elective Physical Education 

Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
PE710, 720,730,740, 750. 

790.810; EXC622 10 

(EXC 622 IS required if not taken 
in undergraduate program) 

D. Approved Electives 1_0 

TOTAL 60 

OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

PE 700— Advanced Physiology of Exercise 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 230 or equivalent Physiol- 
ogy of Exercise. 

A study of the neuromuscular, metabolic. 



I 



208 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and cardiovascular-respiratory responses and 
adaptations to exercise. Emphasis is placed 
on the biologic basis of human physical per- 
formance and fitness. Laboratory experiences 
include exposure to environmental, ergono- 
metric, metabolic, circulatory, respiratory, and 
body composition measurement techniques. 

PE 710— Psychology of Coaching (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of psychology as 
applied to the problems of coaching today's 
athletes. A reading and research course de- 
signed to help students understand today's 
special situations, individual and team per- 
sonalities and ways to motivate and improve 
performance. 

PE 720— Philosophy of Sports in Society 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the significance of sports in 
society. The course will focus on the definition 
and clarification of sports and the sporting 
experience in ordertodeterminethe place and 
meaning of sports in our lives. 

PE 730— Outdoor and Recreational 
Activities (5-0-5) 

In-depth study into the formulation of the 
major factors determining the philosophy of 
recreation, program planning and administra- 
tion of outdoor experiences and recreational 
activities in all aspects of school, church and 
industry. Emphasis upon the development of a 
specific recreational program and/or activity. 

PE 740— Social and Psychological Aspects 
of Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the research literature in sociol- 
ogy and psychology as it relates to physical 
activity. Emphasis is placed on application to 
physical education and athletics. 

PE 750— Administration and Supervision 
of Physical Education and Athletics (5-0-5) 

Advanced study and research into the rela- 
tionship of athletics and physical education 
programs in the educational community. Spe- 
cific attention is given to personnel, eligibility, 
finance, liability, safety, and policies in direct- 
ing and supervising intramural and interscho- 
lastic athletics. 

PE 760— Readings in Physical Education 
and Athletics (3-0-3) 

A comprehensive review of literature in 
physical education, athletics, and related areas, 
with emphasis on learning to evaluate research 
methods and findings. 



PE 770— Motor Learning (4-2-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint stu- 
dents with research findings and empirical 
evidence regarding the physiological and psy- 
chological implications of motor skills, learning 
theories and other individual differences as 
they influence physical activity. 

PE 780— Mechanical Analysis (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 330 or equivalent Kinesiol- 
ogy. 

A scientific analysis of basic human move- 
ment skills with emphasis on the laws of phys- 
ics and their application in physical education 
and sport. 

PE 790— Methods and Materials (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 443 or equivalent Methods 
and Curriculum in Health and Physical Educa- 
tion. 

Selection of level of specialization for in- 
depth study of research materials and current 
trends in physical education teaching methods. 

PE 800— Seminar on Current Issues (2-0-2) 

Study of current issues and problems in 
physical education with emphasis on outstand- 
ing studies and research in the field. Emphasis 
is on student participation to provide them the 
opportunity to exchange and assimilate ideas 
and concepts. 

PE 810— Research in Physical Education 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 312 or equivalent mea- 
surement and Education in Health, Physical 
Education and Recreation. 

A study of methods of research in physical 
education. An analysis of selected research 
articles and designs will be emphasized. 

Science Education 



Faculty 

Stokes, William, Coordinator 

Beumer, Ronald 

Brewer, John 

Burgess, Clifford 

Guillou, Laurent 

Hansen, John 

Kilhefner, Dale 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Pingel, Allen 

Robinson, Doris 

Stratton, Cedric 

Thorne, Francis 

Ward, Paul 

Whiten, fVlorris 



I 



GRADUATE SECONDARY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



209 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each stu- 
dent IS assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study As soon as the student is 
notified of this assignment a conference should 
be scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the MEd degree with a concen- 
tration in science education, each student is 
required to pass a comprehensive examina- 
tion covering the areas in which he has had 
course work The examination may be oral or 
written. Oral examinations will last approxi- 
mately one and one-half hours; written exami- 
nations will last approximately three hours. 
This examination will be completed no later 
than mid-term of the quarter preceding that in 
which graduation is anticipated. If the student 
should fail the examination, he may be reexam- 
ined orally or in writing, at the discretion of the 
departments in areas of specific weakness 
only. The Coordinator shall notify the student 
and the Dean of the School of Education ten 
days prior to the examination concerning the 
proposed place, date, and time of the examina- 
tion. The results of the examination are to be 
reported to the Dean of the School of Educa- 
tion within three days after the examination. 

rransfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
Bt an accredited institution may transfer a 
imited number of credits to be applied toward 
he MEd degree in Science Education. Transfer 
Df credit IS handled on an individual basis. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
l/IASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
>CiENCE EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Science Courses 35 

1. EDN 798 5 

2. Other courses are selected, in 
consultation with the student's ad- 
visor, from the graduate courses 
in biology, chemistry, earth sci- 
ence, mathematics and physics. 

(Each student will be required to 
take at least 30 hours of science 
content courses to include at 
least ten hours from each of two 
separate disciplines 30 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 731, 741, 771 15 



Electives are to be chosen through 
advisement and according to 
individual needs and may include 
courses in science, education, or 
a suitable third field with the prior 
approval of the students advisor 
An appropriate course in excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must be 
taken if not taken previously 

TOTAL 60 

Secondary Education and 
Special Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Department Head 

Burgess, Clifford 

Galloway, Herbert 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Robinson, Aurelia 

Stevens, Linda 



Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State 
Department of Education. Degree programs 
for specific, secondary areas of certification 
such as history, English, biology, etc., are de- 
scribed in the chapters of this catalog devoted 
to these content areas. The education depart- 
ments participate in each such program but 
also offer several complete programs leading 
to certification, such as Special Education- 
Behavior Disorders, Reading Specialist, etc. 
The education department heads can provide 
guidance for meeting the certification require- 
ments. 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the depart- 
ments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) 
encouraging the student to do scholarly study 
in advanced professional, specialized and 
general education subject matter; (2) helping 
the student become acquainted with the most 
recent research developments in child growth 
and development and the latest trends in cur- 
riculum; (3) deepening his appreciation for 
performance in scientific investigation and 



210 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



research; and (4) promoting personal and pro- 
fessional maturity of the student that will be 
reflected in his relationships as he goes about 
his work in the community and in the field of 
education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is 
assigned an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment, a con- 
ference should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 
dent must meet in order to complete the 
degree and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delin- 
eated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on GATES 
course transfer is published in the same 
section. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of 
the graduate program will administer an oral 
examination to all candidates for the Master's 
degree. The chair of the examining committee 
will be the student's advisor. The student and 
the advisor will select the other two members 
of the examining committee. This committee 
will have at least one representative from one 
of the content areas on the student's degree 
plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date, time, and place for the exam- 
ination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate 
department head. 

The department head shall notify the Grad- 
uate Office concerning the proposed place, 
date and time of the examination, the composi- 
tion of the Corrimittee, and the result of the 
examination. 

Degree Programs 

Degree programs which are cooperative 
with departments in the School of Arts and 
Sciences and the School of Human Services 
are clearly outlined in the departmental sec- 
tion of this catalog. Departments which are 
cooperative in MEd programs include Biology, 
Chemistry, Health Science, History and Politi- 
cal Science, Languages, Literature and Dra- 
matic Arts, and Mathematics. 

Degree programs in Special Education follow. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
EDUCATION— LEARNING DISABILITIES 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degref 
program include Introduction to Exceptions 
Children (EXC 622). a T-4 Certificate, and on( 
year of teaching experience. 

Houri 

A. Professional Education Courses 2( 

1. EDN722, 731 1( 

2. EDN 741, 771 1( 

B. Specialization Courses 3( 

1. EXC 723, 741.755 1! 

2. EXC 770, 775, 788 1! 

C. Related Field Courses 1 ( 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 721. 744; EXC 625. 754. 
760. 773. 793 

TOTAL 6( 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
EDUCATION— BEHAVIOR DISORDERS 

Special Note: The prerequisite for this degree 
program includes Introduction to Exceptions 
Children (EXC 622). 

Houn 

A. Professional Education Courses 2( 

1. EDN 722, 731 K 

2. EDN 741.771 M 

B. Specialization Courses 3i, 

1. EXC723, 754, 780.781 2( 

2. EXC 785, 786 K 

C. Related Field Courses If 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 641, 645, 753; EXC 625, | 
721, 755. 760, 770, 773, 775. 
788. 790. 791, 792 

TOTAL 6 

Special Note: Students are required to corr 

plete a minimum of ten hours practicum (c 

specialization courses) in one of the followir 

ways: 

A. EXC 785 and EXC 786 may be complete 
over a two quarter period by those studen, 
who are working full time with Behavi 
Disordered students, or 

B. Students who are not employed full tir 
may complete EXC 785 and 786 by worki 
2 different quarters in two different settin 
(such as Georgia Regional Hospital, Ps 
choeducational Center. Behavior Disorde 
classes) for a minimum of 10 hours p 



GRADUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



211 



week for the entire quarter. 



ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
lASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
DUCATION— SPEECH/LANGUAGE 
ATHOLOGY 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
'ogram include Introduction to Exceptional 
hildren (EXC 622) and a T-4 Certificate in 
peech Pathology or its equivalent 

Hours 

A Professional Education Courses ... 15 

1 EDN 721,731 10 

2 EDN 771 5 

B Specialization Courses 40 

1 EXC 730, 732, 734, 736 20 

2 EXC 737, 738, 739, 740 20 

C Related Field Courses 5 

One course selected with 

advisement fronn the following: 

EXC723, 754, 755. 770. 775, 

, 760, 790. 791.792: EDN 641 _ 

! TOTAL 60 

FFERINGS 

Special Note: Most of the following EDU 
)urses are provided primarily— but not ex- 
usively— by the Department of Secondary 
jucation. Generally EDU and EXC courses 
e taught through the Department of Secon- 
iry Education. EDN and EEE courses are 
jnerally taught through the Department of 
ementary Education. 

DU Offerings 

3U 620— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

An examination of the values to be found in 
Iktales, classical myths and legends, as well 
; the body of contemporary writing, espe- 
ally created to satisfy interests and needs of 
lolescents. 

DU 621— Tests and Measurements 
1-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pupil 

(DWth. 

I)U 645— Reading in the Secondary 
::hooi (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
'th the rationale for teaching reading as they 
'^ach their content areas. 



EDU 651— Newer Teaching Media I 
(2-6-5) 

Prerequisite Undergraduate media or per- 
mission of instructor 

Course in multi-sensory learning and the util- 
ization and preparation of audio-visual mate- 
rials. Includes the areas of programmed in- 
struction, instructional design, and computers 
in education 

EDU 665— introduction to Adult 
Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Baccalaureate degree in teach- 
ing field or permission of Department Head. 

An overview of the historical, philosophical 
forces affecting adult education in the United 
States Attention will be given to purposes of 
and practices in the field. 

EDU 666— Psychology of Aduit Learning: 
How Adults Learn (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 665 

Designed to provide the student of adult 
education with an opportunity to become ac- 
quainted with psychological factors which in- 
fluence the adult's learning behavior. Specifi- 
cally, the course will enable the student of adult 
education to acquire and /or to develop a basic 
understanding of the research and theoretical 
formulations regarding adults as learners. 

Emphasis will be placed upon conditions 
that affect the adult learner in terms of his 
ability, potential, motivation, self-perception, 
role identification status and cultural back- 
ground. 

EDU 668— Aduit Education-Strategies 
and Resources (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 666. 

Study and evaluation of methods and mate- 
rials employed in teaching adults. Utilization of 
psychology of teaching the adult learner with 
emphasis upon current teaching strategies for 
the educated and under-educated adult. 

EDU 681— Directed and Evaluating 
Student Teaching (O-V-5) 

Information, skills and understanding re- 
quired for effective supervision of student 
teachers. Selected teachers 

EDU 682— internship for Supervising 
Teachers (V-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only). 

Cooperative field experience involving pub- 
lic school teachers, student teachers, college 
personnel. 



212 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDU 683— Seminar in Supervision 
(V-V-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDU 702— Seminar in Education for Staff 
Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school 
system. Admission to the course must be 
approved by the student's advisor and by the 
department head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may 
be approved for either content or elective 
work. 

With a change in content, this course may 
be repeated for additional credit. 

EDU 711— Philosophy and History of 
Education (5-0-5) 

Traditional and modern philosophical sys- 
tems and their impact on educational theory 
and practice. 

EDU 722— The Nature and Conditions of 
Human Learning (5-0-5) 

An advanced study of the various theories of 
learning with emphasis upon the latest ideas in 
this field. 

EDU 725— Contemporary Problems in 
Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psy- 
chology or sociology or a combination of the 
two. 

A seminar to explore contemporary prob- 
lems of a psycho-social nature affecting edu- 
cation. 

EDU 731 —Social Foundations of Education 
(5-0-5) 

Basic graduate course in the contribution of 
the social sciences to education, focused on 
the significant issues and problems of educa- 
tion. 

EDU 750— Practicum in Health Education 
(1-8-5) 

Supervised, educational activity in a variety 
of settings including, but not limited to public 
health agencies, private health facilities and/or 
public schools. The course will be devoted to 



the design and implementation of health cur- 
riculum and includes a weekly one hour sem- 
inar on campus 

EDU 751 —Newer Teaching Media II (2-6-5] 

Prerequisite: EDN 651 or permission o 
instructor. 

An advanced course emphasizing desigr 
and production of instructional materials in c 
laboratory setting. Student will design, pro 
duce, and try out individual projects using £ 
variety of media. 

EDU 761— Principles and Practices of 
Guidance and Counseling (5-0-5) 

Guidance and counseling philosophy, pro 
cess and techniques with application to indi 
vidual and group training and therapy. 

EDU 771— Education Research (5-0-5) 

Methodology of educational research anc 
its application to instruction and guidance. 

EDU 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5) 

Research theory and an "on-the-job" re 
search project dealing with improvement if 
the student's specific situation. 

EDU 773— Individual Research (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty 
advisor, students conduct research relating t( 
their professional interests and responsibilities 

EDU 775— Individual Study in Education 
(0-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771 . 

Opportunities provided for supervised re 
search and independent study in selectet 
areas. Research and reading in education ti 
meet the needs of students involved. Designe- 
for students with a knowledge of research. A 
work offered on an individual basis with th 
approval of department chairman, advisO| 
and instructor concerned. j 

EDU 791— Environmental Science (5-0-5) 

Exploration of science principles throug 
problem-solving. Designed to make envirori 
mental science situations meaningful. 

EDU 798— Problems in Science Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

Content is based upon problems met in tf", 
teaching of science with emphasis on tl". 
scientific method using the inquiry approac^■ 

EDU 800— Internship (O-V-10) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only). 
Students who hold teaching positions 



GRADUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



213 



school and/or clinic settings will be super- 
vised by college staff members for one aca- 
demic year Supervisors will observe and hold 
conferences with each candidate Students 
must complete one academic year to receive 
credit 

EDU 805— School Evaluation (0-V-(5-10)) 

Study of school assessment procedures, 
self-study and follow-up 

Education of Exceptional Children (EXC) 
Offerings 

EXC 622— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

An introductory study of the identification, 
diagnosis, and education of the atypical child 

EXC 625— Mental Hygiene in Teaching 
[5-0-5) 

A consideration of the forces and influences 
Dn what constitutes normal behavior in per- 
sonal and social relationships within the school 
setting Student behavior, teacher behavior, 
and student-teacher interaction dynamics will 
eceive major attention. Open to qualified 
jndergraduate students, graduate students, 
and teachers seeking renewal of certificates. 

:XC 626— Psychology of Abnormal Be- 
lavior (5-0-5) 

The study of the various forms of abnormal 
)ehavior of children; etiology, symptoms, and 
reatment. 

:XC 723— Assessment and Measurement 
)f the Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

This course will emphasize the means and 
nterpretations of psychological, psychiatric. 
Jducational, and other evaluations. It will at- 
empt to help the teacher understand and 
nake relevant the test specialists' report. 

iXC 730— Diagnosis and Appraisal of 
Communication Disorders (5-0-5) 

Instruments and procedures in diagnosing 
fpeech and language disorders. 

:XC 732— Voice Disorders (5-0-5) 

A study of the vocal mechanism and related 
jisorders; therapeutic procedures for varying 
inds of voice disorders are included. 

iXC 734— Language Disorders in Children 
5-0-5) 

fvlethods of differential diagnosis and reme- 
iation of the major language disorders of 
hildren. 



EXC 736— Language Disorders in 
Adults (5-0-5) 

A study of speech and language disorders in 
adults, with emphasis on the pathology, eval- 
uation, and treatment of aphasia 

EXC 737— Advanced Articulation (5-0-5) 

A study of both functional and organically- 
based disorders of articulation, including etiol- 
ogy, diagnosis, and therapeutic procedures. 

EXC 738— Aural Rehabilitation (5-0-5) 

Rehabilitation principles and procedures in- 
volved in management of the hearing-impaired 
person, including speech reading, auditory 
training, management of hearing aids and 
other amplification systems. 

EXC 739— Practicum I in Speech/ 
Language Pathology (Residence) (0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of 
communication disorders in the public school 
and on-campus- clinic setting. The course 
includes the development of therapeutic pro- 
grams, writing lesson plans, and conducting 
therapy with direct supervision. 

EXC 740— Practicum II in Speech/ 
Language Pathology (Nonresidence) 
(0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of 
communication disorders in off-campus, non- 
public school settings. Approved settings may 
include hospitals, nursing homes, special day 
schools, and institutions. 

EXC 741— Remedial Reading for the Excep- 
tional Child (3-4-5) 

First half of course consists of classroom 
instruction in procedures for teaching reading 
Second half of course consists of tutoring an 
exceptional child in reading under the instruc- 
tor's supervision. 

EXC 754— Behavioral Intervention 
Procedures for Children (5-0-5) 

To acquaint students with historical back- 
ground, developments, concepts, definitions, 
terminology and techniques of behavioral inter- 
vention as well as application of such pro- 
cedures. 

EXC 755— Advanced Research and Read- 
ings in Special Education (5-0-5) 

The students will be directed in research 
and readings in special education to deepen 
their knowledge of exceptional children and to 
draw conclusions from research to apply to 
specific situations. Historical perspectives and 
current trends in special education will be 



214 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



emphasized. 

EXC 760— Consultation with Parents & 
Teacher (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to broaden the skills 
of the teacher of the exceptional child by 
improving communication with regular class- 
room teachers and parents of exceptional 
children. 

EXC 770— Characteristics of the Learning 
Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or equivalent. 

The emphasis in this course will be on inci- 
dence, etiologies, prevailing characteristics, 
and family interactions of learning disabled 
children. 

EXC 773— Independent Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty 
advisor, students conduct research relating to 
their professional interests and responsibilities. 

EXC 775— Methods of Teaching the Learn- 
ing Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 770. 

The student will survey the various methods 
that have been developed to work with the 
learning disabled student, learn howthe meth- 
ods are applied, and design teaching strate- 
gies for individual learners based on the theo- 
retical models. 

EXC 780— Behavior Pathology in Children 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622. 

A study of the epidemiology, etiology, prog- 
nosis, and treatment of behavior disorders in 
children. An extensive examination of the 
social milieu will characterize the course. 

EXC 781— Education of the Emotionally 
Disturbed (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 780. 

The student will survey the various types of 
programs and approaches historically and 
currently in operation for the emotionally dis- 
turbed child. Emphasis will be placed on those 
programs within the public school setting. 

EXC 785— Practicum I in Special Education 
(0-10-5) 

Five hours to be taken among the first 
iwenty-five hours of the student's program. 
During thistime, the student will be required to 
interact with behavior disordered children a 
minimum of ten clock hours per week in pro- 
grams designed to ameliorate the disability. 



EXC 786— Practicum II in Special Education 
(0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 785. 

Five quarter hours of individual studies undei 
the direction of the student's advisor, or the 
advisor's designate. The student will be re- 
quired to work with behavior disordered stu- 
dents for a minimum of ten clock hours pei 
week. The program will be designed so that the 
student develops proficiency in a minimum o 
one treatment mode for behavior disorderec 
children. The student will be expected to dem- 
onstrate expertise in planning, implementing 
and continuously reevaluating his/her treat' 
ment approaches. 

EXC 787— Practicum III in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 786. 

Five hours taken during the final quarter 0* 
the student's program. The student will be 
required to serve a minimum of ten clock hours 
per week in facilities designed for behavioi 
disordered and/or multiple handicapped chil- 
dren. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in teaching exceptiona 
children. A portion of this five quarter hours 
must be served in a residential facility. 

EXC 788— Practicum (0-10-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 770 and EXC 775. 

The student will be required to serve a min 
imum of ten clock hours per week in classes 
designed to teach identified learning disablec 
students. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in planning for and teach 
ing learning disabled children individually anc 
in small groups. 

EXC 790— Seminar in Characteristics of tht 
Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

The seminar will cover the causes an' 
characteristics of the mildly handicapping cor 
ditions of behavior disorder, learning disabilitN 
and mental retardation. 

EXC 791 —Seminar in Methods for Worklm 
with Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

This methods course will prepare the teache 
to plan effective remediation strategies f( 
individuals and groups of children with mil 
behavior disorders, learning disabilities, an 
mental retardation. 

EXC 792— Practicum in Working with the 
Mildly Handicapped (0-10-5) 

The student will spend a minimum of te 



SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 



215 



hours per week planriing for and teaching 
groups of children who are placed in inter- 
related classrooms, i e . children with behavior 
disorders, learning disabilities, and nnental 
retardation 

EXC 793— Special Education 
Administration (5-0-5) 

■ study of the role of leadership personnel 
Aitnm general and special education in plan- 
^ning and implementing comprehensive edu- 
cational programs for exceptional students. 

School of Health 
Professions 

^epella. James, Dean 



Health Science 

•acuity 

'arsons. Dennis, Program Director 
3eumer, Ronald, Biology Representative 
•McCarthy, William, Business Representative 
/acant, Computer Science 
Stokes. William, Education Representative 
iaiy. Steve. Public Policy Representative 



Objectives 

The Health Science Program is designed to 
enhance the concept of health on behalf of 
idividuals and the general public. The curricu- 
•jm will emphasize health promotion, wellness 
ind prevention rather than the curing of illness. 
"he primary format will be an interdisciplinary 
ipproach which permits a more global view of 
lealth. More specific objectives are: 
. To teach individualsthat behavioral change 

can occur through education; 
' To foster health, health promotion, and di- 
sease prevention; 
i. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 

health educators; and, 
-. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gam expertise in the health related 
areas of education, administration, man- 
agement, computer science, correctional 
science, or public policy. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the MHS program 
/vill be assigned an advisor. As soon as the 



student is notified of this assignment, a con 
ference between the advisor and advisee 
should be arranged This meeting will result in 
an approved program of study 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A Health Science Courses 40 

1 HS 500, 550, 660, 670, 700 25 

2. EDU 771 5 

3 HS790, 791 or HS 795 10 

B Concentration Courses 20 

(one of the following areas in 
toto) 

1 Health Education 20 

a HE 500,650 10 

b HE 700,750 10 

2 Computer Science 20 

To be developed 20 

3. Education 20 

a. EDN 741 5 

b. EDN 732 or EDU 665 5 

c. EDU 731, 750 10 

4. Administration 20 

a BAD 661, 662 10 

b. BAD 665, 750 10 

5. Public Policy 20 

a. Three courses from: PCS 
601.603,618, 705 15 

b. POS750 _5 

TOTAL 60 

OFFERINGS 

Health Education Offerings 

HE 500— Marketing Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

From the point of view of social scientists 
and businessand health professionals, the sel- 
ling of health using educational techniques is 
undertaken. The utilization of concepts of 
health into lifestyle is addressed. The Human 
Development model is used. 

HE 650— Counseling and Health 
Care: Topics In Health Science and Devel- 
opmental Crisis (5-0-5) 

Coping mechanisms appropriate to recur- 
ring problems in healthy living and develop- 
mental crises are elaborated. Using noninva- 
sive counseling techniques, these mechanisms 
are offered for incorporation into lifestyles. 

HE 700— Selected Topics in Health Educa- 
tion (5-0-5) 

Psycho-social, political and economical bar- 



216 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



riers to healthy living are identified and attempts 
to overcome them made. Topics are selected 
on the basis of contemporaneity, persistence, 
and impact. 

HE 750— Practlcum (1-8-5) 

The student is afforded the opportunity to 
synthesize and apply concepts of healthy liv- 
ing while involved in the health education of a 
selected group of individuals. 

Health Science Offerings 

HS 500— The Health-Illness Continua 
(5-0-5) 

Health and Illness are viewed not as ends of 
one continuum, but as two discrete continua. 
The course will focus on enhancement of health 
and elimination of illness/injury— as afunction 
of lifestyle, and be taught from the perspective 
of "Human Development". 

HS 550— Topics in Community Health 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
•^ ing the enhancement of health and the elimi- 

nation of illness/injury. Lifestyles and socio- 
political factors relative to optional health per 
age and groupings will be emphasized. 

> HS 660— Selected Topics in Illness/Injury 

jg and Rehabilitation— An Interdisciplinary 

^ Approach (5-0-5) 

j^ Contemporary problems of Illness/Injury 

r (e.g., hypertension, stroke, accidents, carci- 

noma, substance/nutrition abuse), their ther- 
apeutic interventions, and their rehabilitation 
regimens are scrutinized. The Human Devel- 
opment model will be utilized. 

HS 670— Selected Topics in Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

A discussion of the most recent findings 
which enhance health, and the incorporation 
of their findings into a lifestyle. Reduction of 
stress, exercise, nutrition, interpersonal rela- 
tionships and other topics will be taken from 
the Human Development model. 

HS 700— Political Sociology of Health Care: 
The Consumer, The Provider, and State, 
Local, Federal Policies (5-0-5) 

An examination of the economic/political/- 
social milieu in which health care exists. Con- 
straints and demands of directing mores and 
legislation and their influences on lifestyles 
are identified and discussed. 

HS 790, 791— Practlcum I & II (1-8-5) 

A two-quarter course giving the student 



opportunity to specialize or to become know 
edgeable in a health, therapeutic, rehabilitatic 
setting, or combination thereof. HS 790 is pr( 
requisite to HS 791 . 

HS 795— Thesis (O-V-10) 



Graduate Faculty Roster 



Adams, Joseph 
Agyekum, Stephen 
Arens, Olavi 
Babits, Lawrence 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Beumer, Ronald 
Brewer, John 
Brooks, S. Kent 
Brown, Hugh 
Burgess, Clifford 
Burnett, Robert 
Cochran, John 
Coyle, William 
Cyphert, Daniel 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Duncan, John 
Ealy, Steven 
Easterling, William 
Galloway, Herbert 
Gross, Jimmie 
Guillou, Laurent 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Mickie 
Harris, Henry 
Jones, James Land 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Killorin, Joseph 
Lanier, Osmos 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Magnus, Robert 
McCarthy, John 
Megathlin. William 
Menzel, George 
Munson, Richard 
Murphy, Dennis 
Nash, Charles 
Newberry, S. Lloyd 
Newman, John 
Noble, David 
Parsons, Dennis 
Patterson, Robert 



I 



J 



GRADUATE FACULTY 217 



ingel, Allen Stratton. Cedric 

rucJen, George Strozier. Robert 

a, James Tapp, Lawrence 

Steve Thorne, Francis 

ichiers. Stephen Ward, Paul 

obbins. Paul Warlick, Roger 

obinson, Aurelia Whiten, Morris 
hipley, Charles 
ims. Roy 

tephens. Jacqueline Employment dates and degrees earned for 

tevens. Linda each of these faculty are given m the under- 

tokes, William graduate section of this catalog 

tone, Janet 



218 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Undergraduate Index 



Academic Progress 

Academic Standing 

Accelerated Admission Program . . . 

Accreditations 

Administrative Officers 

Admissions 

Accelerated Program 

Conditional 

Early 

Foreign Students 

General Information 

Readmission 

Regular 

Transfer Applicants 

Transient Students 

Veterans 

Vocational Rehabilitation 

Admission Requirements to Specific 
Programs 

Dental Hygiene 

Dental Hygiene Education 

Fine Arts 

Health Information Management . 

Health Science 

Medical Technology 

Nursing (Associate) 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 

Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy 

Teacher Education 

Advanced Placement 

Advisement 

Alumni Activities 

Application Fee 

Arts and Sciences (School of) 

Associate Degree General 

Requirements 

Athletics 

Attendance 

Auditing 



. 34 
. 22 

. 11 
. 6 
. 5 
. 8 
. 11 
. 9 
. 12 
. 12 
. 8 
. 11 
. 9 
. 10 
. 11 
. 12 
. 13 

. 13 
. 15 
. 16 
. 13 
. 16 
. 18 
. 18 
. 13 
. 14 
. 17 
. 17 
117 
. 10 
. 19 
. 37 
. 27 
. 51 

. 43 
. 36 
. 22 
. 23 



Baccalaureate Degree General 

Requirements 

Biology Department 



43 
54 



Calendar (Academic) 

Chemistry Department . . . 
Classification of Students 
Computer Services 



4 
59 
21 
36 



Continuing Education 

Core Curriculum , 

Counseling , 

Course Offerings 

American Civilization 

Accounting (SSC) 1 

Anthropology 1 

Art 

Astronomy , 

Biology 

Botany 

Business Administration (SSC) 1 

Business Education (SSC) 1 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 1 

Criminal Justice 

Dental Hygiene 1 

Developmental Studies 

Drama/Speech 

Economics 

Education 

Business 1 

EDN (Early Elementary and 

Middle School) 1 

EDU (Secondary) 1 

Exceptional Children 1 

Library Media/Science 1 

Engineering 

English 

Entomology 

Film 1 

French 1 

Geography 

Geology 



German 

Health Education 

Health Information Management 

Health Science 

History 

Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 1 

Journalism 1 

Latin 1 

Library Media 1 

Linguistics 1 

Mathematics 1 

Medical Technology 1 

Meteorology 

Military Science 

Museum Preservation Studies 

Music 

Nursing 
Associate Degree (NUR) 1 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A separate graduate index applies to the gradi 
portion of this catalog. 



UNDERGRADUATE INDEX 



219 



Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 1 48 

Oceanography 64 

Office Administration (SSC) 141 

Philosophy 1 04 

Physical Education 1 23 

Physical Science 64 

Physics 65 

Political Science 91 

Psychology 114 

Public Administration 93 

Radiologic Technologies 1 60 

Reading Skills 46 

Respiratory Therapy 163 

Russian 103 

Sociology 115 

Spanish 103 

Study Techniques 46 

Trade and Industrial Education 

(SSC) 142 

Zoology 57 

Jourses 

Auditing 23 

Course Load 21 

Dropping 23 

Lettering System for 44 

Numbering System for 44 

Overload 21 

Repeating 23 

Withdrawing from College 23 

>edit by Examination 10 

>iminal Justice Department 66 



feans List 22 
egree Programs (Categories) 6 

Cooperative 8 

Dual-Degree 7 

Four-Year 7 

Joint Continuing Education Center 7 

Pre-Professional 7 

Two-Year 6 

)egree Programs (Requirements of) 37 

)ental Hygiene Department 1 49 

)evelopment Activities 37 

)evelopmental Studies Department 45 

)ismissal (Academic) 22 



acuity Roster 1 65 

ees 27 

inancial Aid 30 

inancial Obligations 30 

ine Arts Department 70 

oreign Students 12 



General Studies 

Government Benefits 
Graduate Catalog . . . 



.52 
.33 
174 



Health Information Management 
Program 

Health Science Program 

History and Political Science 
Department 

History of the College 

Honor Code 

Honors 

Housing 

Health Professions (School of) . . 



152 
155 



.79 
..6 
.23 
.22 
36 
143 



Intramurals 36 



Joint Continuing Education Center 



Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 

Lettering System for Courses 

Library Media Program 

Library Services 



.94 
.44 
135 
.36 



105 



Mathematics and Computer Science 
Department 

Mathematics and English Placement 
Tests 

Medical Technology Program 

Military Science Program 



.43 
157 
.46 



Naval Science Program 

Notice of Fee Change 

Numbering System for Courses 

Nursing Department (Associate) 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 



.49 

.30 
.44 
144 
146 



Orientation ,34 



his index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A separate graduate index applies to the graduate 
ortion of this catalog. 



220 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Physical Education Department 1 22 

Physical Education Requirements 42 

Placement Services 35 

Placement Tests (English and 

Mathematics 43 

Probation (Academic) 22 

Psychology Department 111 

Purpose of the College 6 

Radiologic Technologies Program 1 59 

Refunds 29 

Regents' Testing Policy 41 

Regents' Testing Program 40 

Registration 

Late Fee 29 

Reports and Grades 21 

Residency Reclassification 28 

Residency Requirements 27 

Respiratory Therapy Department 1 62 

Scholarships 33 

Secondary Education Department 1 27 

Student 

Activities 34 

Cooperative Program 8 

Government 35 

Organizations 35 

Publications 35 

Study Load 21 

Teacher Education Programs 117 

Testing 34 

English and fvlathematics 

Placement Tests 43 

Regents' Testing Policy 41 

Services 34 

Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 32 

Requirements of Applicants 10 

Transient Students 11 



Veterans 

Admissions 

Financial Aid 

Vocational Rehabilitation . 

Withdrawals (Medical) . . . 
Withdrawing from College 
Writing Center 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog A separate graduate index applies to the graduJ 
portion of this catalog 



GRADUATE INDEX 



221 



Graduate Index 



»^ . u.qriic Probation and Standing 181 

nic Regulations 1 79 

strative Withdrawals 1 82 

admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 1 78 

admissions 175 

kdvisement 1 79 

application Fee 1 82 



Jiology Department 1 85 

lusiness Education Program 201 



Elementary Education Department 203 



Faculty Roster 

Fees 

Financial Aid 

Financial Obligations 

Foreign Student Advisement 



.216 
.182 
.183 
.183 
180 



General Degree Requirements 
Graduate Council 



,184 
.174 



'.alendar (Academic) 4 

;ATES Courses 182 

'.hemistry and Physics Department 1 87 

yOurse Eligibility 181 

;ourse Offerings 

Astronomy 1 88 

Biology 185 

Botany 185 

Business Education 202 

Chemistry 187 

\ Criminal Justice 1 89 

I Drama/Speech 1 98 

! Education 

Business Education 202 

Early Elementary Education 203 

EDN Classes 204 

EDU Classes 211 

Exceptional Children (EXC) 213 

Physical Education 207 

English 198 

Film 198 

Geology 188 

Health Education 21 5 

fHealth Science 216 

History 193 

Mathematics 200 

Meteorology 1 88 

Museum Preservation Studies 1 95 

Oceanography 1 88 

Physical Science 1 88 

Physics 188 

Political Science 195 

Public Administration 1 96 

Zoology 1 85 

ourses 

Adding 181 

GATES 182 

Dropping 181 

Load Limitation 181 

Withdrawal from 181 

riminal Justice Department 1 89 



Health Science Program 215 

History and Political Science 

Department 1 90 

History and Purpose of the College 1 74 

Honor Code 1 82 



Languages. Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 



197 



Marine Science Center Offerings 

Biology Department 

Chemistry and Physics Department 
Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 

MEd Programs 

Certification 

Non-certification 

Notice of Fee Change 



,186 
,188 

,199 

184 
,184 
,183 



Parking Regulations 

Physical Education Department 



. 37 
,207 



Refunds 

Registration 

Reports and Grades 

Residency Requirements, 



183 
180 
180 
182 



Second Masters 

Secondary and Special Education 
Department 



.184 
209 



agree Applications 1 84 

agree Candidacy 1 83 

agree Programs 1 75 

agree Requirements 1 83 

apartmental Coordinators 1 74 



Thirty-HourVlan 1 84 

Time Limitation 1 83 

Transcripts 1 83 

Transfer of Credits 1 80 



:;ex applies to only the graduate section of this catalog. A separate undergraduate index applies to the undergraduate 
of this catalog. 



222 GRADUATE INDEX 



Veterans Benefits 1 83 



Withdrawals (Administrative) 1 82 



J 



This index applies to only the graduate section of this catalog A separate undergraduate index applies to the undergrad e 
portion of this catalog 




1. Administration 

2. Lane Library 

3. Gamble Hall 

4. Jenkins Hall 

5. Hawes Hall 

6. Health/Physical Education 

7. Plant Operations 

8. MCC Annex 

9. SolmsHall 

10. Victor Hall 

1 1 . Memorial Center 

12. Fine Arts Building 

13. Health Professions 

14. Student/Visitor Parking 

15. Tennis Courts 

16. Intramural Fields 



V. 



o e 

a g 

00 00 

o o 



< 

3 
3 

3- 

o 

CO 
00 



en 
> 

n 
o 

*^ 

3 

s. c^ 



I 

SO 



> 

3 

(/) 

O 
3 
CO J 

n 

CO 







Z 











C/5 


3 


■^ 


> 


C-o 




< 


CT 


3. 


> 
■7 


•^T^ 


■*' 


2 


>oo 


2 

p 


> 


5|| 


oc 





C^N- 


o 


> 


m ft 

5" 

3